[:: Date : & The prophetic word that came forth  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  ::] 


:: Date & Confirmation in the news and what people have said has taken place  ::  ::  

-  ><>  -  ><>  -   -  <><  -  <><  -




:: 7-26-21 Insider :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

There's a water shortage in Iran as temperatures hit 120F. Security forces are firing on protesters to stop demonstrations.

Jul 26, 2021, 8:10 AM

Protestors in the western province of Kermanshah demonstrate against water shortages on July 21 in footage posted on social media. RFERL/Twitter

Blazing heat and water shortages hit Iran in July, especially the province of Khuzestan.

The situation prompted protests from angry locals, which have been harshly suppressed.

Report say Iranian security forces used live ammunition and killed at least 8 people.

Iranian security fired live rounds at protestors amid water shortages and soaring temperatures, a human rights group and media reports say.

The protests began in the arid, oil-rich province of Khuzestan on July 15 amid weeks long water shortages, and have since spread to other regions.

The temperature in Ahvaz, Khuzestan, was 122 degrees Fahrenheit (50 Celsius) on Monday afternoon, with a predicted overnight temperature of 99F. The outlook is similar all week.

Amnesty International in a report Friday said that security forces had killed eight protestors, including a teenage boy, by deploying indiscriminate and deadly force. The clashes have continued since.

"Video footage from the past week, coupled with consistent accounts from the ground, indicate security forces used deadly automatic weapons, shotguns with inherently indiscriminate ammunition, and tear gas to disperse protesters," Amnesty said.

This footage from last week, shared by BBC Persian service producer Hadi Nili, shows a scene from an early protest:

Masih Alinejah, an anti-Iran activist recently subject to an alleged kidnapping plot, shared what she said were the images of eight people who were killed.

Iranian state media reported that three people were killed in the unrest, including a police officer. State outlets claimed that agitators were responsible for the fatalities.

According to activists, the real death toll is higher, and security forces are the true culprits.

Two independent sources in Khuzestan told CNN that riot police and state security agents were responsible for several deaths at protests over the last week.

The Human Rights Activists News Agency (HRANA), an opposition news service, said that at least 10 people had been killed and 102 arrested in towns and cities across Iran.

Severe droughts have affected parts of Iran since March, with protestors reportedly chanting "I am thirsty" at demonstrations as temperatures rise past 120 F. In an apparent bid to stop word of the protests spreading, Iran has imposed internet blackouts.

The UN's human rights chief Michelle Bachelet on Friday urged Iranian authorities to address the water shortages instead of reacting with force against protestors.

"Shooting and arresting people will simply add to the anger and desperation," she said.

Iran's supreme leader, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, said Saturday that protestors should not be blamed and that authorities should work at addressing the shortages.

"The people showed their displeasure ... but we cannot really blame the people and their issues must be taken care of," Khamenei said, reported Reuters. 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 7-26-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

World's Food Supplies In Jeopardy Amid Climate Disasters

by Tyler Durden Monday, Jul 26, 2021 - 04:15 AM

Devastating floods in Germany, China, Turkey, and India. Scorching hot weather in the Western U.S. and Canada. Worst frost in two decades across Brazil. These recent weather phenomena are rapidly intensifying and threaten further food inflation already at decade highs.

We documented last week Brazil had some of the worst frost conditions in two decades. Temperatures dropped below zero and delivered a massive blow to farmers across the country's coffee belt. The result has been sky-high coffee prices.

Back-to-back heatwaves continue to scorch the Earth across the Western half of the U.S. The corn belt, which spans the Midwest, lacks rainfall, and hot weather could negatively impact crop development, leading to an underwhelming harvest.

In Europe, China, Turkey, and India, devastating floods have torn apart towns, damaged farmland, and killed hundreds of people. Torrential rains have the risk of sparking fungal diseases for grain crops.

"All of these events are touched by jet streams, strong and narrow bands of westerly winds blowing above the Earth's surface. The currents are generated when cold air from the poles clashes against hot air from the tropics, creating storms and other phenomena such as rain and drought," Bloomberg said.

"Jet streams are the weather—they create it, and they steer it," said Jennifer Francis, a senior scientist at the Woodwell Climate Research Center. "Sometimes the jet stream takes on a very convoluted pattern. When we see it taking big swings north and big dips southward, we know we're going to see some unusual weather conditions."

Meteorologists worry whenever those swings and dips form omega-shaped curves that look like waves. When that happens, warm air travels further north and cold air penetrates further south. The result is a succession of unusually hot and cold weather systems along the same latitude. Under these conditions, winds often weaken and dangerous weather can remain stuck in the same place for days or weeks at a time—rather than just a few hours or a day—leading to prolonged rains and heatwaves.

"It's just like when waves in the ocean get to a beach, overturn and break," said Tess Parker, a research fellow at the ARC Centre for Excellence for Climate Extremes at Monash University in Melbourne. "That can happen in the atmosphere as well, and if that happens you tend to catch a high- or low-pressure system that will become stationary." - Bloomberg

So if it's a stalled high-pressure system in the Pacific Northwest producing relentless heatwaves or a low-pressure system that resulted in devastating German floods earlier this month - the jet steam's latest swings have produced incredible weather phenomena such as rain or drought or extreme temperatures.

"Things that are happening in one part of the world end up impacting all of us," said Agnes Kalibata, a United Nations special envoy for the 2021 Food Systems Summit and Rwanda's former agriculture minister. "We've underestimated as a world is just how frequently" weather could seriously disrupt the global food system.

Wild weather affects crop yields worldwide this year. Along with a monetary phenomenon by central banks flushing the world with trillions in credit, commodity prices have been pushed to decade extremes.

U.N.'s Food and Agriculture Organization's food price index is at a decade high and already has tremendous implications on societal trends that have already resulted in uprisings in various emerging market countries.

... and it only took Bloomberg six months to catch up with SocGen's market skeptic Albert Edwards' warning that surging global food insecurity could result in an Arab Spring redux.

Edwards, who, unlike Goldman Sachs, began to worry about food inflation in December. Back then, he outlined similarities in rapid food inflation and how it played a considerable role in sparking unrest and ensuing revolutions in many Arab countries a decade ago.

More recently, Deutsche Bank's Jim Reid reminded us that emerging markets are more vulnerable to food insecurity since their consumers spend a far greater share of their income on food than those in the developed world.

Analysts Michael Every and Michael Magdovitz of Rabobank warned that surging food prices could exacerbate global food insecurity, resulting in social unrest in weaker, emerging market countries.

The latest round of wicked weather worldwide suggests that food insecurity is set to worsen and negatively impact emerging market countries the most, where protests and uprisings are only beginning.

More importantly, food inflation is here to stay.. 

:: 7-26-21 Encouraging Angel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Biblical Case For Famine In Our Country

July 26, 2021 By Stan Szymanski

News aggregators and producers of news like Steve Quayle, Dave Hodges, Mike Adams, Greg Hunter and Lisa Haven are trying to warn us of a coming disruption in the food supply because we have burgeoning interruptions in the supply chains that supply the stores. Food inflation is upon us and hyperinflation of food prices is on the doorstep. In Greg Hunter’s interview of economist Martin Armstrong (dated July 24, 2021 ) Mr. Armstrong states: “The system has come to an end. They know they can no longer borrow indefinitely. So, what is this “Great Reset’? It is basically a move to redesign the world monetary system. They are going to stop the borrowing that they are doing, and they are just going to print. In the context of food when they go whole hog on the money printing because the financial system has broken free of its moorings, the dollars you hold will become worth less and ultimately become worthless. That means you will experience first high inflation, then hyper inflation the type that the Weimar Repubilc experienced in Germany in the 1920’s (please read ‘When Money Dies, The Nightmare of the Weimar Collapse’ by Adam Fergusson). You won’t be able to afford food, much less much else. The leadership of Weimar Germany had a spirit of zeal and blood for war and conquest. They were blamed for starting World War I (hence the reparations that led to many of the economic problems in the country). The collapse of the German economy in the 1920’s led to the public acceptance of a megalomaniacal man who had a bloodlust that put the entire globe to war again in World War II. The people ultimately had to use a wheelbarrow to carry enough German cash to buy a loaf of bread in the mid 1920’s. By the mid-1940’s Germany was destroyed. This type of ‘bloody house’ that the leadership of that country lived in-the unwarranted desire to wipe out entire genus of people was the spiritual impetus for their own destruction. For the Third Reich it was the desire to wipe out the Jewish people. During the life and times of King David it was the the previous actions of King Saul who desired to wipe out a people known as the Gibeonites. A nation or group that desires to wipeout an entire class of people will produce utter famine in their own land and will decimate their own people.

“Then there was a famine in the days of David three years, year after year; and David enquired of the Lord. And the Lord answered, It is for Saul, and for his bloody house, because he slew the Gibeonites.” (2 Samuel 21:1 KJV)

In America, there are lots of people who do good things like ministry to the poor around the world, preaching the gospel and emergency assistance during times of natural catastrophe like earthquakes, hurricanes and the like. However, we must note that for at least a generation now elements of the leadership of America (and for that matter, much of the world) has engaged in its own bloodlust; building its own ‘bloody house’ like that of the house of Saul.

Of course, we are talking about our ‘elected leaders’ (and after the last presidential election we must question ‘elected’?), appointed leaders at the NGO’s and the ultra-rich. The Passing of Roe V. Wade is one of a number of events that we could consider as a starting point to the ‘bloody house’. As of early 2020 there are over 61 million dead at the hands of the abortionists via the legal approval of the Supreme Court of the United States. A ruling body of the government of our nation ruled that it was open season to annihilate of a class of people inside the borders of the US of A.- the unborn children. By the way, please don’t tell me that they are not people as each unborn child has its own blood supply separate and distinct from the mother-the unborn is indeed its own person; you can see each of their faces in every ultrasound picture. If you are a woman that has experienced abortion there is forgiveness for you at the foot of the cross of Jesus Christ who gave his life as a ransom to forgive all who have sinned if they confess their sins, repent of their sins and confess Jesus Christ as their personal Lord and Savior.

When the ruling bodies of this country in fact promoted the Covid-19 inoculations and in some cases -mandated- at the potential risk of loss of employment and income the injection of genetically altering materials that were untested even in animals before their full scale rollout-this is most prolific example of the American version of the ‘bloody house’ of Saul-that is the legislature, the ruling bodies (i.e. the CDC who owns the patent to the coronavirus) and the ultra rich (you know who some of them are) who sit on the boards of the drug and pharmaceutical companies who financially benefit from this employment of unproven gene manipulation. These jabs are mandated for the elderly. These jabs are mandated for terms of employment. These jabs are now being proposed for children under the age of 12. According to Jim Hoft at the Gateway Pundit as of July 17, 2021 there have been 11,140 deaths attributed directly to the Covid-19 vaccines (not the virus) and well over 400,000 injuries as recorded by VAERS. One study reports that less than -one percent- of adverse events are reported to VAERS. What if the numbers that the Gateway Pundit reported were only 10% of what was really happening? The GP reported numbers would be higher by a factor of 10! If the GP numbers were just 1% of what was reported the GP numbers would be higher by a factor of 100! The coronavirus (please don’t forget that the coronavirus was known in the medical literature for over 20 years and ultimately patented by the CDC) spike protein (which is typically part and parcel of the ‘vaccine’) impairs endothelial function via down regulation of ACE2. This study shows that spike protein alone can damage vascular endothelial cells. Everyone has epithelial cells. The vaccine that is populated with spike protein can damage -anyone- breathing with a pulse that has taken a vaccine that contains the spike protein. That, my friends is the targeting of entire phylum of individuals that have the same body type: human beings. This is a planned depopulation event done in and by those who financially benefit from its implementation. This is much bigger than Saul targeting the Gibeonites for extinction, wouldn’t you say?

With a righteous and Godly king on the throne, God meted out revenge for the Gibeonites.

“Wherefore David said unto the Gibeonites, What shall I do for you? and wherewith shall I make the atonement, that ye may bless the inheritance of the Lord? And the Gibeonites said unto him, We will have no silver nor gold of Saul, nor of his house; neither for us shalt thou kill any man in Israel. And he said, What ye shall say, that will I do for you. And they answered the king, The man that consumed us, and that devised against us that we should be destroyed from remaining in any of the coasts of Israel, Let seven men of his sons be delivered unto us, and we will hang them up unto the Lord in Gibeah of Saul, whom the Lord did choose. And the king said, I will give them.”

2 Samuel 21:3-6 KJV

Which resulted in:

“But the king took the two sons of Rizpah the daughter of Aiah, whom she bare unto Saul, Armoni and Mephibosheth; and the five sons of Michal the daughter of Saul, whom she brought up for Adriel the son of Barzillai the Meholathite: And he delivered them into the hands of the Gibeonites, and they hanged them in the hill before the Lord: and they fell all seven together, and were put to death in the days of harvest, in the first days, in the beginning of barley harvest.”

2 Samuel 21:8-9 KJV

So the sons of Saul died in revenge of the Gibeonites for Saul’s ‘bloody house’. And in a wonderful and strange way a barley harvest was visited upon Israel.

We need a -truly- Godly man or woman at the highest elected office in our land. Right now, we assuredly do not have one as the occupier of the bleached house sitting in Uncle Sam’s favorite chair is openly for abortion. He has openly stated (falsely) that if you take the jab you won’t get Covid-19 or die. He is a storyteller of the highest (or perhaps, lowest) magnitude. Until we get a Godly occupant in that seat a famine is upon us and will persist until the ‘bloody house of Saul’ is dealt the judgement of a Holy God from a God loving inhabitant of Pennsylvania Avenue, in my estimation.

I want to make a special point here. The ‘house of Saul’ was held responsible by the Gibeonites for the destruction that Saul caused. None of the soldiers/warriors/military of Israel was held accountable. The Current events version of the ‘house of Saul’ named above is responsible for all manner of evil. Just as the Gibeonites did not hold the rank and file of Israel’s military accountable, neither should any American hold the rank and file of our military military accountable for any decisions of the ultra rich and their playmates. God bless the military of the U.S.A.

Exactly what that punishment should be for the current ‘house of Saul, I do not know. Who will dole it out and when-I cannot fathom. One thing is for sure, people who are trying to warn us of impending famine like Steve Quayle, Dave Hodges, Mike Adams, Greg Hunter and Lisa Haven are definitely not wrong. Please heed their warning. Please re-read the story of the famine in Israel and the revenge that God granted the Gibeonites in 2 Samuel 21. The genocidal actions of bloody house of the Saul’s of this current age, in targeting large groups of people for extermination, have brought famine to our threshold, our doorstep. Nothing short of the righteous actions of a Holy God will stop the drought, starvation and scarcity that is now here. Buy food. Stack it high. Buy seeds. Even at this stage in the year, research what you can still plant. Get rural if you can. Make plans to be able to stay with a country cousin if you can’t get your own place. Pray for God’s provision and guidance for you and your family. Pray imprecatory prayers to stymie the action of Satan and his minions (some named in this writing). Receive Christ as your Lord and Savior while you still can. Food famine is here. This can be the greatest spiritual time of your life if you will choose to fully trust Christ and lean on Him.

Stan Szymanski (or Encouraging Angels) is not a medical doctor. This is not medical advice. In all matters pertaining to the health and care of a human being consult a medical doctor. This is not legal, financial or personal advice. Consult appropriate professionals in those fields for that type of advice. 

:: 7-26-21 ABC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

VA requires COVID-19 vaccination for health care workers

The Department of Veterans Affairs has became the first major federal agency to require health care workers to get COVID-19 vaccines

By RICARDO ALONSO-ZALDIVAR Associated Press  July 26, 2021, 9:21 PM • 5 min read

WASHINGTON -- The Department of Veterans Affairs on Monday became the first major federal agency to require health care workers to get COVID-19 vaccines, as the aggressive delta variant spreads across the nation and some communities report troubling increases in hospitalizations among unvaccinated people.

The VA's move came on a day when nearly 60 leading medical and health care organizations issued a call for health care facilities to require their workers to get vaccinated. No federal law stands in the way of employers requiring vaccinations, but like mask mandates, the issue has been politicized in a society that's divided on matters of public health.

Recent Stories from ABC News

With more than 300 million doses administered in the United States and nearly 4 billion doses administered worldwide, we know the vaccines are safe and highly effective at preventing severe illness and death from COVID-19," Dr. Susan Bailey, immediate past president of the American Medical Association, said in a statement. “Increased vaccinations among health care personnel will not only reduce the spread of COVID-19 but also reduce the harmful toll this virus is taking within the health care workforce and those we are striving to serve.”

Although vaccination among physicians is nearly universal — 96% according to an AMA survey — that's not the case for many other people working at health care facilities. In nursing homes, only about 60% of staffers are vaccinated, compared with about 80% of residents, according to recent numbers from Medicare. And COVID-19 cases are rising.

At the VA, vaccines will now be mandatory for certain medical personnel — including physicians, dentists, podiatrists, optometrists, registered nurses, physician assistants and others who work in departmental facilities or provide direct care to veterans, said VA Secretary Veterans Affairs Secretary Denis McDonough.

Employees will have eight weeks to be fully vaccinated.

"It’s the best way to keep veterans safe, especially as the delta variant spreads across the country,” McDonough said in a statement. “Whenever a veteran or VA employee sets foot in a VA facility, they deserve to know that we have done everything in our power to protect them from COVID-19.

With this mandate, we can once again make — and keep — that fundamental promise,” he added.

It was unclear what would happen to VA employees who refuse to be vaccinated. The agency said vaccination will be required “absent a medical or religious exemption.” The longstanding policy in the health care industry is for staff to stay up-to-date with vaccinations, such as annual flu shots. Exceptions for medical reasons include known allergies.

In addition to the AMA, the medical and health care groups calling for mandatory vaccines for health workers included the American Academy of Nursing, the American Public Health Association, the American Pharmacists Association and, for the first time, a nursing home industry group. LeadingAge, which represents nonprofit nursing homes and elder care facilities, had previously advocated educating nursing home employees about the benefits of getting their shots. Also joining the call was the National Medical Association, the leading professional group representing Black physicians.

“Unfortunately, many health care and long-term care personnel remain unvaccinated,” the groups said in a statement. “We stand with the growing number of experts and institutions that support the requirement for universal vaccination of health workers.”

Earlier this year, the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission said current federal laws do not prevent an employer from requiring employees physically entering the workplace to be vaccinated against COVID-19.

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention has heavily promoted vaccinations as a way to slow the pandemic and save lives. However, the agency has not recommended that state or local officials, or employers, mandate vaccinations for their employees.

“The politics is really tricky because President Biden hasn’t ordered mandatory vaccinations for federal workers," said Lawrence Gostin, a public health law expert at Georgetown University. "And it would seem hypocritical if CDC made that recommendation” to businesses or state and local officials, he said.

A CDC spokeswoman would not comment.

To make matters more complicated, the COVID-19 vaccines have yet to win full approval from the Food and Drug Administration. They continue to be provided under emergency use authorization and the lack of a full approval has fed into hesitancy among some people.

Still, the FDA's emergency approval process was thorough and didn’t skip the extensive testing required of any vaccine. Of the three manufacturers of vaccines approved in the U.S., Pfizer and Moderna have applied for full approval, and a Pfizer decision is expected soon.

The COVID-19 vaccines were not brewed overnight, either. They were the fruit of more than 10 years of behind-the-scenes research and huge injections of funding that laid the groundwork for them to be rolled out so quickly.

Katie Smith Sloan, CEO of LeadingAge, said it's time to go beyond the power of persuasion. "As COVID-19 variants emerge and proliferate, we can start saving more lives today by ensuring staff are fully vaccinated,” she said

AP writers Hope Yen in Washington and Mike Stobbe in New York contributed. 

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

:: 7-27-21 Infowars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Montana Man’ Who Confronted Tucker Carlson Worked For CIA-Founded Front Group

by Chris Menahan | Information Liberation  July 27th 2021, 2:05 am

Dan Bailey, the “Montana man” who confronted Tucker Carlson in a fly fishing shop in Livingston, formerly worked at an organization that was founded as a front group for the CIA.

Here’s how the exchange went down via

[Dan] Bailey can be heard saying, “I don’t care, man. Dude, you are the worst human being known to mankind.” Carlson tells him, “I appreciate that,” and says, “I’m not gonna debate,” as Bailey tells him, “I want you to know that. What you have done to this state, to the United States, to everything else in this world. I don’t care that your daughter’s here. What you have done to people’s families, what you have done to everybody else in this world…”

Carlson then tells Bailey, “Settle down, son,” and begins to walk away. Bailey follows Carlson, saying, “Son? Call me son…”

Dude, you’re like a terrible person, man. No really dude, you’re like really bad, the stuff you’ve done — wow — like, I literally can’t even, it’s like the worst ever and stuff, literally, the whole world… the state… the families — like, wow dude — WOW!

Twitter user Yoopermomma first noticed Bailey’s interesting background.

The Asia Foundation was founded as a CIA front group in 1951, Muckrock reported in 2017.

The Asia Foundation is, on the surface, a private non-profit that contributes to the development of Asia, including donating millions of books. In reality, since it was created by Central Intelligence Agency in 1951, TAF has engaged in a decades long campaign to misrepresent its origins, purpose, and funding.

[…] Originally conceived by CIA as a propaganda machine and a front for covert activities including psychological warfare, TAF has controlled its narrative by becoming the primary source of information on its organization. The narrative presented by TAF effectively erases the first years of its history and misleads the public about its sources of funding over the years. TAF’s deceptions aren’t limited to the public, either. Declassified documents reveal that TAF provided information to the State Department that was incorrect and misleading; this information was subsequently given to Congress. These misrepresentations were then cited in the findings of Congress’ “Asia Foundation Act”, which provides funding for the Foundation, and have become commonly referenced.

[…] TAF portrays itself as having been created “with the approval of the National Security Council” and later being funded by, but remaining functionally independent from, the CIA. In reality, it was a weapon crafted by CIA explicitly for political warfare. Armed with CIA propaganda products, guided by CIA priorities, staffed with CIA contract employees and former CIA staffers, TAF spent the first 16 years of its existence under the direct control of the Agency. For more than a year after that, it relied on funds that the Agency had covertly provided. TAF did not lose touch with the Agency in the following decades, nor did it lose its support.

While TAF has done good work, it also misleads the public about its origins with CIA, and about the current source of its funding. CIA’s administrative file clearly shows, however, that the foundation was staffed and controlled by the Agency. At least two of its Presidents, Greene and Blum, had worked with the Intelligence Community on projects that laid the groundwork for the CFA/TAF, including the project proposal itself and the NSC Directives it relied on. They, like all of TAF’s early Presidents, were CIA contract employees, and it wouldn’t be until 1989 that TAF had a President who wasn’t hand selected by the Agency. While TAF handled its own day to day operations, the chain of command was clear: the foundation had been owned and operated by CIA for more than a decade and a half, despite the denials offered by the foundation, which the leadership knew to false.

TAF these days gets around $100 million a year directly from the US government.

The NSA was caught spying on Tucker just a few weeks ago.

Bailey was born in Casper, Wyoming and “graduated from Montana State University-Bozeman with a bachelor’s degree in land resource analysis and management,” reported. “He then graduated from the University of Montana in 2013 with a master’s degree in resource conservation, he wrote on LinkedIn.”

Heavy continued: “Bailey has worked as the Yellowstone Program Manager for the National Parks Conservation Association in Livingston since 2019, according to his LinkedIn profile. According to its website, the NPCA is based in Washington D.C. and is a nonpartisan and independent membership organization aimed at protecting and preserving national parks and advocating on behalf of the National Parks System.”

I’m assuming Bailey is probably just a random libtard. Sadly, Montana has a lot of them these days.

His resemblance to the pregnant man emoji is striking:

Who do you think is a better representative for the fly fishing community? 

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

:: 7-26-21 Infowars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China Nukes Rival United States – Watch

Jon Bowne |

July 26th 2021, 12:27 pm

As World Net Daily reported, “Peter Huessy of the Mitchell Institute has pointed out, ‘Just this deployment alone will provide China over one thousand new on-alert warheads—1,450—almost double the day-to-day U.S.A. on-alert force and by itself a nuclear force roughly equal to the entire current U.S. nuclear-deployed force of 1,490 sea- and land-based missile warheads.’”

The response of the Biden State Department didn’t exactly breed confidence, rather, it resembles submission. 

[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word)  :: ::  :: ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.

:: 7-27-21 Infowars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Big Tech Companies Agree To Work Together In Internet Freedom Crackdown

by Steve Watson July 27th 2021, 6:31 am

A simultaneous move by Big Tech companies to work together to counter “right wing terrorism” by coordinating censorship, along with Paypal announcing that it will be partnering with the notorious leftist political group the Anti-Defamation League, prompted critics to warn of a renewed move to crush internet freedom.

Reuters reported Monday that “A counterterrorism organization formed by some of the biggest U.S. tech companies including Facebook (FB.O) and Microsoft (MSFT.O) is significantly expanding the types of extremist content shared between firms in a key database, aiming to crack down on material from white supremacists and far-right militias.”

Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, Microsoft and others will actively share information under the Global Internet Forum to Counter Terrorism (GIFCT), a body previously reserved for targeting Taliban and Al Qaeda content.

As is always the case, there is no definition of what “extremist content” is, or what “white supremacists” or the “far right” are, but you can rest assured that past experiences have proven that these terms will encompass anything to do with being white, Christian, not a Marxist, and having an opinion that doesn’t jive with leftists in Silicon Valley.

As we have seen, Facebook is essentially an arm of the Biden administration at this point, and has been working with virulently leftist organisations to censor ‘wrong think’ for years.

In addition, The ADL announced Monday that they are partnering with PayPal “to fight extremism and hate” by coming together to analyze “how extremists leverage financial platforms to fund criminal activity.”

In other words, cutting off the accounts of people they disagree with, like the state does in communist China.

Reuters notes that “The initiative will be led through ADL’s Center on Extremism, and will focus on uncovering and disrupting the financial flows supporting white supremacist and anti-government organizations.”

This is far from unprecedented and has been going on for some time. Outlets like Infowars had their Paypal accounts suspended a long time ago.

Now it’s time for everyone else to become the target: 

:: 7-27-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As Joe Biden Implodes, More Signs Of Impending Medical Tyranny Continue To Emerge With 'Yellow Wrist Bands' For 'The Unvaxxed' The Latest Sign We're Being Herded Into Slavery And Segregation

- Keep 'Loading For Bear' As Democrats Try To Turn America Into Nazi Germany

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die  July 27, 2021

Back on July 19th, we'd reported in this ANP story titled "Americans Are Avoiding 'Biden's Shots' As If They Are 'The Plague' Itself Because Most Americans No Longer Trust The Media, Congress, Biden Or Our Medical And Education Systems - You Want To Regain Americans Trust? Then Quit Lying To Us!" that the US Presidency had the confidence of only 38% of Americans.

And that horrific number actually trounced the confidence level Americans have in the mainstream media of only 16%, and destroyed the confidence level Americans have in Congress of only 12% according to a new Gallup poll.

So while Democrats and Republican traitors in Congress are attempting to push the most draconian laws upon Americans in 2021, our lawmakers are almost universally hated and distrusted, with the first video that we've embedded directly below showing just one of the reasons why, Joe Biden is a walking, babbling disaster.

With this video exposing Biden for who he really is as Joe meets up with CNN talking head Don Lemon who tells him he'd been 'vaxxed', the mumbling, jumbling Joe responds first with a look of bewilderment and the words 'you got the vaccination, and you're ok?' before breaking out into a series of "or or or or or or or or or or or" and "I..I...I...I...I....I...I", garnering the following top-voted comments on that video.:

For Lemon to stand there and act like nothing is wrong. I can see him trying to cover for him but you know after it was done Lemon told people personally that guy is.... (censored by ANP, you can fill in the blank!)

This guy has the voice of a man, but the words of a confused 7 year old.

Lemons body language said 'no I didn't get it'. They are all liars.

I predicted he'd be president for less than a year. Looks like I'm gonna be right.

The video that we speak of before we continue.:

With any attempt to mandate vaccinations for Americans for us simply to go to the grocery store or a restaurant or other locations another push towards not only tyranny but pushing Americans toward starvation, we can learn a lot by what's happening now in Europe and in California.

With this Fortune story titled "Europe shows U.S. what measures may come next in COVID-19 fight" the latest huge hint of the globalists now working on some kind of labeling and categorization system of free human beings, both Hawaii and California now working on some kind of a 'passport system' are more signs of what's coming to America if the far-left led by 'babbling Biden' gets their way.

And while Congresswoman Marjorie Taylor Greene is being chastised by the mainstream media for comparing new attempts to force unwanted vaxxes on people to what they did in Nazi Germany, all we need to do is look at what's already happening in parts of America to see that she isn't far off, at all!

So while some are fighting back, with one California restaurant posting a 'proof of being UN-vaccinated' sign to their doors for admittance, as the Liberty Daily had reported in this July 26th story, the 'fully woke' and 'fully failing' NFL is now pushing yellow wrist bands for the unvaxxed. Trying to turn America into Nazi Germany, NFL? From that story before we go on.

Nazi Germany forced Jews to wear yellow patches with the Star of David on them so everyone could easily spot them in a crowd. The Tampa Bay Buccaneers are forcing unvaccinated players to wear yellow wristbands so journalists can spot them on the practice field. Irony is lost on the NFL.

Players who are vaccinated get to wear the red wristbands of honor while yellow wristbands will denote which players need to be pressured by press, fans, and sponsors. It is intended as a mark of shame; there is no other way to describe it. Claims by the organization that they’re doing it for the safety of players is absolutely ludicrous.

According to NBC Sports:

The Buccaneers have informed PFT that the Super Bowl LV champions will be using two different wristbands at practice to distinguish vaccinated players from unvaccinated players. According to the team, vaccinate players will wear red wristbands and unvaccinated players will wear yellow wristbands.

As the Bucs begin practicing today, photos inevitably will emerge from the session — and many will be looking for the yellow wristbands. (It’s hard to spot them, if they’re even there, in practice videos posted by the team on social media.)

Running back Leonard Fournette surely will have one. Via Rick Stroud of the Tampa Bay Times, Fournette said on Sunday that he’s still deciding whether to get vaccinated.

As can be clearly seen in this article, attempts by the press to single out and expose unvaccinated players has already started. This is going to get ugly. Shame on the Buccaneers for embracing this Nazi tactic.

So with what's happening in the NFL a sign of what's coming to America, how long before we're seeing scenes like the photograph below on the streets of America? One thing that anyone attempting to impose full-scale tyranny in America needs to remember, Americans thankfully have 450 million+ guns to defend themselves from tyrants thanks to the amazing wisdom of America's Founding Fathers. And take note of the 'yellow star' this poor man was forced to wear. A look at America's future?

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to renewed censorship by 'big tech' upon ANP articles, we'll be running an emergency fundraising drive over the next month or so until we catch up on upcoming expenses. We also want to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this absolutely critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread institutional corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

So with the Presidency, Congress, the mainstream media, the US education system and many more of Americans biggest institutions completely failing the American people in 2021, proving they deserve their absolutely horrifically failing 'trust grades', what are Americans to do when we're still being fed lies on a massive scale by those who nobody trusts?

And with any attempts to institute mandatory vaccines (that we get more proof don't work in this story out of Cape Cod, Mass reporting a new Covid cluster is breaking out among the fully vaxxed), as this story over at Tulsa World reports, what we're now witnessing is nothing less than the globalists latest attempts to 'segregate society'.

But with hugely lower vaccination rates among black Americans than white Americans according to the CDC, can you imagine what will happen in America's inner cities should they mandate vaccine passports just for Americans to go into grocery stores?! With one Democrat-run-city after another already imploding in crime and violence, as this new Fox News story reported, the MSM continues to cover-up those huge failings of leftist mayors; so what happens in the inner cities when people who want to eat cannot get food simply because they haven't gotten 'vaxxed' yet?

We should all continue to pay very close attention to what's happening in America's inner cities because they're an 'early warning system' for the rest of the country.

So as we had warned in this July 15th ANP story titled "This Explains The Orwellian Rush Into Medical Tyranny: Dangerous Polls Show Americans Agree, The MSM, Biden, Congress And Medical System Have Failed America Horribly" we should all expect and prepare for the rush to despotism to be kicked into overdrive in America as Americans 'awaken en masse' to 'woke', and the globalists continue to lose their influence as more and more turn away from the MSM.

Each of the videos below take a look at what's now happening to America as the globalists takeover we've long been warned about is kicked into high gear in 2021, with 'Covid' being the 'trojan horse' they're pushing to help rush us into something that we absolutely must avoid if we're going to be free people in the future. As Mike Adams warns in the 2nd video below, even cool-headed experts in various fields are now warning of what's to come, giving everybody more reasons to stock up and arm up and prepare for the end game that they are now heavily pushing to fully usher in medical tyranny and their 'new world order'. 

:: 7-27-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Disastrous rockslide destroys bridge and kills 9 people after rocks smash a tourist bus

By Strange Sounds - Jul 27, 2021

Nine tourists were killed after heavy boulders fell on their tempo traveller in a landslide in the Sangla valley of Kinnaur district in Himachal Pradesh on Sunday.

The rockslide appears to have started as a result of a collapse on a very steep, rocky outcrop above the bridge at Batseri.

There are several videos of this event, taken from different perspectives.

The first apocalyptic footage features the destruction of a bridge in the valley:

It appears that a mass collapsed, maybe about 700 m vertically above the bridge, and fragmented to generate the “evil dancing boulders”. The situation in which the boulders start to rotate about a short axis and to bounce is very dangerous. This is the case for numerous boulders here, generating extremely high velocities.

The boulder that destroys the bridge also bounced very high, meaning that it impacted the structure in close to freefall. The bridge was unable to withstand the impact.

The next video shows right at the start, the source of the rockslide. Nine seconds into the video it also shows traffic passing along the road that traverses the slope, of which more later.

The last video shows the dramatic movement of the boulders down the partially forested slope.

Rockslide tragedy: A tourist bus was traversing the road at the time of the landslide, and was hit directly by at least one boulder, killing 9 and injuring 3. [Landslide blog]

It’s maybe time to built a new 3d-printed steel bridge like that in Amsterdam…

Now subscribe to this blog to get more amazing news curated just for you right in your inbox on a daily basis (here an example of our new newsletter).

You can also follow us on Facebook and/ or Twitter. And, by the way you can also make a donation through Paypal. Thank you!

You should really subscribe to QFiles. You will get very interesting information about strange events around the world.

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 7-18-21 The Algemeiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tisha B’Av: Clashes Erupt Between Palestinians, Police on Temple Mount

avatar by i24 News  July 18, 2021 9:09 am

Palestinians walk at the compound that houses Al-Aqsa Mosque, known to Muslims as Noble Sanctuary and to Jews as Temple Mount, in Jerusalem’s Old City May 21, 2021. Photo: REUTERS/Ammar Awad

i24 News – Dozens of Muslim Palestinians flocked to the Temple Mount in Jerusalem’s Old City early Sunday at the site of the al-Aqsa Mosque, in response to calls to prevent Jewish worshipers from reaching the site on the occasion of the fast of Tisha B’Av, which commemorates the destruction of the two Jewish temples that stood there.

Clashes erupted between Palestinians and the Israel Police, which responded with riot control means.

The Palestine Red Crescent reported a number of injuries, with the majority treated in the field.

Israel’s Channel 12 reported that unofficial prayers have been taking place every morning for months, with footage showing Jewish worshipers gathered without prayer books or Tefillin (phylacteries), or any other religious symbol that might attract attention in the compound that houses the al-Aqsa Mosque.

According to this source, the Waqf, which administers the site’s Muslim holy sites, is aware of the situation and is monitoring them from a distance, but has so far taken no action.

After Israeli police cleared the site of protesters, Jewish worshippers began to ascend to the Temple Mount for Tisha B’Av prayers. According to Arab media, 240 Jews ascended to the Temple Mount with hundreds more expected throughout the day.

Thousands of Jews are expected in Jerusalem on Sunday for the solemn day, heading to the Western Wall and Temple Mount for prayers as evening turns to nightfall. 

:: 7-16-21 CBN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Inside the Gaza Summer Camps Training Children to be the Next Generation of Terrorists

07-16-2021 Chris Mitchell

JERUSALEM, Israel – When summer camp for kids comes to mind you might think of swimming, boating and hiking. Summer camp in the Gaza Strip is more like a military boot camp.

Hamas and Islamic Jihad – both designated terrorist groups – held camps this summer for the youth of Gaza. In videos published by MEMRI – the Middle East Media Research Institute – the groups boasted that 70,000 youth from all age groups attended the camps. Islamic Jihad called their camp the “Sword of Jerusalem,” after the name of the recent war with Israel in May.

One teenage boy explained why they came to the camp. "We did not come here to enjoy ourselves, or to play, or anything like that. We came with our souls, our blood, our martyrs, and our wounded to sacrifice ourselves for Palestine and for our people.”

Military trainers and commanders from the Al-Quds military Brigade run the camp. Spokesman Ahmad Al-Rai explained the reason for their camp: “So that in the next phase, Allah willing, these boys will be able to confront the plundering enemy and disfigure its face in the next war."

Before the camps, a promotional video urged students from primary school, high school and college to participate. In the camp, they practice shooting with AK-47’s, anti-tank weapons and video simulations.

Abu Omas, an Islamic Jihad commander in charge of the training said, “We say to the enemy: ‘These children picked up these weapons, and we trained them how to use them, as well as how to take security measures, so that they follow in the footsteps of their fathers and take up arms, Allah willing.’”

Hamas runs a camp called the “Pioneers of Liberation,” a reference to liberating Jerusalem and destroying the Jewish state. One young boy said why he came: “I chose to spend my vacation in the 'Pioneers of Liberation' summer camp in order to continue the path of my father, the martyred commander Walid Shamaleh Abu Bilal, and in order to strengthen our determination and liberate Jerusalem, Allah willing."

In May, Hamas and other Islamic groups fought an 11-day war with Israel. They say they’re preparing the next generation for the next war.

These young men and boys vow to return to Israel and learn anti-Semitism at an early age.

"We asked Hitler why he left some of you alive. He did so in order to show us how wicked you are,” one boy said. “We will come to you from under the ground and hammer fear into your hearts, and above the ground, we will tear your bodies apart with our rockets. Scram into the shelters, you mice, you sons of a Jewish woman!"

Yael Yehoshua, Israel’s MEMRI Director, told CBN News they have been monitoring these summer camps for ten years.

The videos and images from those camps and reflect the way that Hamas is operating and deepening its control,” said Yehoshua. “In ten or fifteen years from now, the kids will be adults and parents, maybe even officials in Gaza and decision-makers, so we see that the extremism in Gaza will be even worse.”

Yehoshua said that Hamas took over the Gaza Strip by force of arms thirteen years ago, “So since birth, this generation has been raised only on the values of this terrorist movementThis is of course only deepening the crisis forcing any chance for a dignified, peaceful life for the kids and for all the residents of Gaza.” She feels the international community should speak up about these camps.

While these kids are in camp, Hamas’s leader, Ismail Haniyeh, is visiting nations like Mauritania pledging to continue the war against Israel.

"Let me tell you, my brothers and sisters: the sword of Jerusalem will not be sheathed until the blessed al-Aqsa mosque is liberated,” he said at a reception in his honor during his visit.

Given these summer camps, it seems the battle for Jerusalem is being passed onto to the next generation. 

[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (third word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::]

etc. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. etc.

:: 7-18-21 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump: Biden, Crime 'Far Worse' Than Even I Thought in 'Fake Election'

By Eric Mack | Sunday, 18 July 2021 03:43 PM

After a shooting outside Nationals Park in Washington, D.C., former President Donald Trump called out Democrat-run cities becoming overcome by violence and lawlessness, and rebuked the Biden administration for failing the American people.

Trump issued a statement Sunday from his Save America PAC:

"Crime in our country is escalating at a pace we've never seen before. At the same time, people are pouring through our Borders totally unchecked. Jails in other countries are being emptied out into the United States. This is far worse than anyone thought during the fake election!"

The Washington shooting forced the cancellation of the Nationals baseball game as four people were injured and the Nationals dugout took in fans fearing the shooter was in the stadium, having heard the gunshots ring out.

The stadium ordered fans to seek shelter before the game was ultimately postponed. Saturday's shooting came just one day after another D.C. shooting killed a 6-year-old girl and left five other adults injured.

Trump issued another statement Sunday, rebuking the Biden administration's struggles to curb vaccine hesitancy less than a year after Biden's campaign questioned the safety and efficacy of the vaccine before it was released.

Trump's second statement from his Save America PAC read:

"Joe Biden kept talking about how good of a job he's doing on the distribution of the vaccine that was developed by Operation Warp Speed, or quite simply, the Trump administration. He's not doing well at all.

"He's way behind schedule, and the people are refusing to take the vaccine because they don't trust his administration, they don't trust the election results, and they certainly don't trust the fake news, which is refusing to tell the truth."

Notably, during debates both Biden and Vice President Kamala Harris expressed concern the vaccines were being rushed to the American people before the election to help Trump gain reelection. But the vaccine makers did not release the results of their trials until after Biden and Harris claimed victory in the contested election.

In the case of Pfizer, the trials data came until just hours after their claim to victory. Trump has rebuked the timing of the Pfizer efficacy data as being politically motivated. 

:: 7-18-21 Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Losing your life to follow Jesus

By Choco De’ Jesus, Op-ed Contributor Sunday, July 18, 2021

Every person is born self-absorbed, but that’s because it’s our nature to be selfish. This inbred bent is inflamed by our consumer culture. The ads we see and hear promise that the next purchase will give us ultimate fulfillment—and that’s what we think is the good life: having everything we want and avoiding everything that’s annoying or painful.

But Jesus came not to be served but to serve. No one took His life; He freely gave it. The Pharisees and the Romans played only bit parts in the drama. His reason for coming to earth was to die a shameful death so we could receive forgiveness, honor, and adoption into God’s family. In one of the most powerful statements in the Gospels, Jesus said these words to those who were committed to following Him:

Whoever wants to be my disciple must deny themselves and take up their cross and follow me. For whoever wants to save their life will lose it, but whoever loses their life for me will find it. What good will it be for someone to gain the whole world, yet forfeit their soul? Or what can anyone give in exchange for their soul? For the Son of Man is going to come in his Father’s glory with his angels, and then he will reward each person according to what they have done.

—Matthew 16:24–27, NIV

Jesus gives us a cost-benefit analysis. If we organize our pursuits around our own pleasure, prestige, and power, we’ll live with the nagging fear that we’ll never have enough. We’ll compare ourselves with others, and we’ll believe that we aren’t handsome enough, pretty enough, smart enough, talented enough, or rich enough.

But if we say no to selfish ambition and yes to Jesus’ purpose, we’ll organize our lives around Him—His love, His power, His timetable, and His goals. And we’ll experience the joy of knowing the God of glory, the love of the One who gave everything for us, and the power of the Spirit as we align our purposes with His.

Jesus doesn’t force us to lay down our selfish ambitions and follow Him. It’s our choice—and the results are our consequences. If we demand our own way, we’ll follow our desires and emotions. And if we want to play it safe and avoid risks, we’ll miss out on the blessings God has for us.

The kingdom of God is upside down: If we lose our lives for Jesus’ sake, we’ll find real life. But if we cling to our selfish ambitions and live to protect ourselves from risks, we’ll lose the joy and impact God created us for. This is entirely counter-cultural. When we follow Jesus, we choose Him and His values and purposes over everything the world promises. We’re willing to lose opportunities, our reputations, and our comfort so Jesus’ kingdom will be advanced. We’re willing to love when it’s unpopular and inconvenient.

People will post ugly comments about us on social media. They’ll gossip about us, make fun of us, and avoid us. When we read the accounts of Jesus’ life, we get vivid reminders that His love was unpopular with the religious elite, and it proved to be far more than inconvenient—it cost Him His life.

The men and women in the Rose of Sharon ministry at New Life Covenant Church in Chicago sacrifice every Friday night to go out to the streets to meet prostitutes. They give each lady a rose and tell her, “This is what Jesus thinks of you. You’re as precious as this rose.” And they pray for these ladies. If you ask this team how they feel about losing their Friday nights for the sake of Christ, they’ll laugh at the thought. This is what they live for! Bringing light into the darkness of these lives gives them the deepest sense of fulfillment: they’re doing what Jesus would do, with the love He has for all people, with no strings attached. Many of the women who have come to the New Life for Women farm that the church runs for recovering prostitutes are the direct result of this team’s love.

When we say no to our selfish desires and yes to Jesus, we get in touch with the heart of love, we obey the command to love, and we realize the emptiness of not loving—and God uses us to give hope to the hopeless, courage to the timid, and security to the fearful. 

:: 1-18-09 am service (1st word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Keep your eyes upon me, watch and listen, even as volcanoes begin to erupt, landslides and avalanches, flooding overseas, soon to America. But keep your eyes on the things that I have told you and realize that my church shall go through this time in great victory.

:: 7-18-21 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Merkel visits 'surreal' flood zone as death toll rises

Sun, July 18, 2021, 1:10 AM·4 min read AFP

Chancellor Angela Merkel said Sunday she was horrified by the "surreal" devastation in the flood-ravaged region of western Germany, as the death toll in Germany and Belgium passed 190 with dozens of people still missing.

The veteran leader said the world must step up efforts to tackle the climate crisis, as global warming makes extreme weather events more likely.

"We must hurry," she said. "We have to be faster in the fight against climate change."

Wearing hiking boots and offering pandemic-safe fist bumps to rescue workers, Merkel walked through the village of Schuld in Rhineland-Palatinate state, one of the two hardest-hit regions in western Germany.

She listened to the accounts of residents where the swollen Ahr river swept away houses and left debris piled high in the streets.

Merkel, who is retiring from politics after September's elections, described the damage as "surreal" and pledged quick aid to rebuild.

"It is shocking — I can almost say that the German language doesn't have words for the destruction that's been wreaked," she said.

At least 160 people have died since Wednesday in Germany's worst flooding in living memory, police said.

Merkel was accompanied by Malu Dreyer, premier of Rhineland-Palatinate which has recorded 112 fatalities.

As they navigated damaged roads together, the chancellor gripped the hand of Dreyer, who has multiple sclerosis, to support her.

At least 31 people have lost their lives in neighbouring Belgium.

Heavy rainfall has also battered Switzerland, Luxembourg, the Netherlands and Austria in recent days.

- Climate spotlight -

The disaster has catapulted climate change back to the top of the agenda in Germany, ahead of September 26 polls that will mark the end of Merkel's 16 years in power.

Experts say that because a warmer atmosphere holds more water, climate change increases the risk and intensity of flooding from extreme rainfall etc story continues 

:: 7-17-21 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Videos surface from Cuba show brutal repression by Communist régime

'No medicine, no food. Everyone is in the streets'

Art Moore By Art Moore  Published July 16, 2021 at 7:47pm

New videos have surfaced showing the communist régime in Cuba brutally repressing demonstrators.

The Cuban government cut internet service to the island and left many cities and towns without electricity. But the CBS affiliate in Miami reported some people managed to flood social media with videos documenting the repression and asking for help.

On Sunday, protesters took to the streets across Cuba waving American flags, and shouting "freedom" and "down with the dictatorship" in the biggest public demonstrations in nearly three decades. By Sunday night, police had put down demonstrations in Havana, but they continued Tuesday in other parts of the island.

One video shows Cuban police beating a man who was protesting. People can be heard screaming in Spanish, "Do not kill him."

As the police walk away, the man lays motionless on the sidewalk. Police have been going into homes and taking teenagers, forcing them to fight against their own families and people, Miami's WFOR-TV reported.

A family is seen begging in one video to let the teenager go before authorities finally take him.

Another video shows young teenagers put in the front lines by authorities to block protesters.

Cubans are heard saying, "Don’t be afraid."

Others are heard declaring, "Liberate yourself."

A woman who just arrived in Miami from Cuba told WFOR the situation is "really bad, but we are hopeful for any sort of help, because there is too much suffering."

"No medicine, no food. Everyone is in the streets. We need some protection and people need to continue to protest."

BLM praises communist régime for 'solidarity with oppressed'

The Black Lives Matter organization issued a statement this week in support of the Cuban communist régime.

BLM praised the régime for its "solidarity with oppressed peoples of African descent," including "protecting black revolutionaries" like Shakur.

Sen. Marco Rubio, R-Fla., the son of Cuban immigrants, condemned the BLM statement, noting Cuba has a substantial population of people of African descent.

"A lot of them were in the streets getting their heads cracked open by that régime," he said in a Fox News interview on Thursday. 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

:: 7-19-21 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

 Philippines Challenges Chinese Warship in South China Sea

Bloomberg  Mon, 19 July 2021, 4:33 AM·1 min read By Andreo Calonzo

The Philippines Coast Guard said it drove away a Chinese warship in the South China Sea, in another sign of tension between the two nations in the disputed waters.

In a statement Monday citing a July 13 report, the Coast Guard said it had sent a verbal challenge to Chinese warship spotted at Marie Louise Bank. The Chinese vessel eventually moved away from the area, the statement said.

The foreign vessel sent a radio message identifying itself as “Chinese Navy Warship 189” and asked the Philippine ship tailing it to keep distance, the Coast Guard said.

The two nations’ vessels have been locked in a standoff in the South China Sea for months, after hundreds of Chinese ships swarmed disputed territory earlier this year. The Philippines has repeatedly protested the ships’ presence and has been backed by the U.S., while Beijing has said its actions were normal and legitimate. 

[ :: 4-28-19 am service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc Russia, is building stronger and stronger and stronger every day, for I have a fishhook in her mouth and I am tugging on it as hard as I can and before they can go into Israel they must first destroy Babylon. They have all the military power to do that and America has nothing, absolutely nothing to stop it, wake up, wake up. You have other enemies such as China, North Korea, are you fooled by North Korea, I sure hope not, for I have spoken to you concerning that. Where are their old submarines, where are they sitting, on the bottom of the ocean ready to strike, for they were seen loading with all types of weaponry, where are they now, where, and China, how about their newest weapon? etc

:: 7-19-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia successfully tests hypersonic Zircon missile that Putin boasted is 'without equal' and 'can strike anywhere and evade US defence shield'

Putin touted the missile system as being unstoppable by US defence systems

The president has also claimed that the missiles can strike anywhere in the world

Russia has said it intends to fit submarines and surface ships with the missiles

Country's defence ministry said the missile successfully hit a target over 220 miles away off the coast of the Barents Sea from a frigate in the White Sea

By Chris Jewers and Will Stewart In Russia For Mailonline and Wires

Published: 07:03 EDT, 19 July 2021 | Updated: 10:25 EDT, 19 July 2021

Russia said on Monday it had successfully tested a Tsirkon (Zircon) hypersonic cruise missile, a weapon President Vladimir Putin has touted as part of a new generation of missile systems without equal in the world.

The defence ministry said in a statement that the missile had been fired from the Admiral Gorshkov, a warship located in the White Sea.

It traveled at around seven times the speed of sound before hitting a ground target on the coastline of the Barents Sea more than 220 miles away, it claimed.

The target was hit in the Zircon's first state trial and the missile's 'tactical and technical characteristics were confirmed', reported state-owned RIA Novosti and Defence Ministry TV channel Zvezda.

Russia plans to fit the Tsirkon missile system to its submarines and surface ships.

Putin announced an array of new hypersonic weapons in 2018 in one of his most bellicose speeches in years, saying they could hit almost any point in the world and evade a U.S.-built missile shield.

The following year, he threatened to deploy hypersonic missiles on ships and submarines that could lurk outside U.S. territorial waters if the United States moved to deploy intermediate-range nuclear weapons in Europe.

Washington has not deployed such missiles in Europe, but Moscow is worried it might amid rising tensions between the two global superpowers.

Putin has said the Zircon missile would be capable of flying at nine times the speed of sound and have a range of 1,000 kilometres (620 miles).

Some Western experts have questioned how advanced Russia's new generation of weapons is, while recognising that the combination of speed, manoeuvrability and altitude of hypersonic missiles makes them difficult to track and intercept.

An earlier test launch took place in October, on Putin's birthday. Russia's leader hailed it as a 'big event' for the country.

'Equipping our armed forces - the army and the navy - with the latest, truly unparalleled weapon systems will certainly ensure the defence capability of our country in the long term,' Putin said at the time.

The new small-sized hypersonic missiles are seen as modernising Russia's non-nuclear defences.

Experts say they will ensure Russia's 'leading position in this field of high-tech type of weapons' and offer 'irresistible blows' to highly-protected targets.

'A ramjet engine was developed specially for the new super-high-speed rocket,' reported Izvestia.

The launch came the day after TASS news agency had suggested a delay in state trials of the missile until August, although they had been scheduled for July.

Tests of the Zircon from submarines and land are due soon.

The missile is on track to go into service next year, deployed first from the stealth-technology Admiral Golovko frigate.

A key use of the missile is taking out enemy ships and reports suggested its maximum range is between 188 and 620 miles.

But there have been unconfirmed reports its true range is some 1,200 miles.

The missile system's design and development have been conducted in deep secrecy.

Putin has warned that foreign spies have tried to steal its secrets.

The Zircon adds to Russia's already considerable missile arsenal. It already has the Avangard missile system with a hypersonic glide vehicle which Putin claims strikes 'like a meteorite' and is unstoppable by any defence system.

It is capable of travelling at 20 times the speed of sound, rising outside Earth's atmosphere, and hitting anywhere in the world in less than 30 minutes.

There is also the Dagger - hypersonic nuclear-capable missile which operates at ten times the speed of sound. 

:: 7-8-16 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Navy Admiral oversaw 29 Spies in Nazi Germany & started US Secret Space Program

Written by Dr Michael Salla on July 8, 2016. Posted in Space Programs

Rear Admiral Rico Botta was an extremely busy man during World War II. In addition to his official daytime naval duty as “Assembly and Repair Officer” at Naval Air Station, San Diego, in the evenings he led a covert Navy program operating with 29 spies embedded in Nazi Germany’s most advanced aerospace programs which were developing antigravity flying saucers.

According to retired aerospace engineer, William Tompkins; from 1942 to 1946, Admiral Botta seamlessly performed his official and covert Navy duties. The covert program learned from the Navy operatives (Lieutenants in rank) that the Nazis had developed up to 30 prototypes of antigravity craft, some of which were capable of space flight.

It was Admiral Botta’s duty to understand both the war and post-war potential of the Nazi aerospace programs, and disseminate the relevant technical information acquired by the spies to his Navy superiors, and also select U.S. aerospace companies, think tanks and government laboratories.

Tompkins job was to assist Admiral Botta by physically taking the briefing packages created during the covert program to organizations with the technical expertise to understand the Nazi designs and prototypes, assess their feasibility, and incorporate them into the war effort, if possible.

Tompkins did this approximately 1200 times. Each late night debriefing session was run by the Admiral, with one or more out of a pool of three Navy captains in attendance, along with Tompkins and a stenographer to record the sessions.

After the official end of WWII, Botta went on to play a key role in starting a U.S. Navy led secret space program filling a number of positions until his final “official” assignment at Naval Air Material Center, Philadelphia, from 1950 until his retirement in 1952.

Admiral Botta’s covert program was first publicly revealed in December 2015 by Tompkins in his book, Selected by Extraterrestrials.

Here Tompkins released a document revealing his mission orders as a Disseminator of Naval Aircraft Research and Information, and explained how he would deliver briefing packages to various aerospace organizations.

Tompkins also released a document issued by Navy Secretary James Forrestal, which formalized the technology acquisition program headed by Admiral Botta within the newly created Office of Research and Inventions on May 19, 1945.

Yet more documents he released are two exit passes signed by Admiral Botta, which gave Tompkins permission to exit the Naval facility with his “briefing packages.”

These two exit passes confirm Admiral Botta’s direct role in the covert Navy program. It is hard evidence that Botta was leading a covert program at Naval Air Station, San Diego, which was authorized by Secretary Forrestal, as Tompkins has claimed.

Confirming Botta’s role in the covert program described by Tompkins has been elusive up until recently. Botta’s background and expertise would remain a mystery until researchers at combined their efforts to find an official biography on him.

Botta’s biography was published on the website of the “Golden Eagles,” an organization formed by naval aviators back in 1956. Curiously, Botta’s biography was only made available in March 2016, four months after Tompkins’ Selected by Extraterrestrials was published and publicly identified Admiral (Rico) Botta (mistakenly spelled in the book as “Rick Obatta”).

This occurrence, five years after the Golden Eagles website first appeared in 2011, is oddly coincidental, and suggestive of “official approval” for the release of Botta’s biography into the public arena.

Despite the curious timing of its release, there is no reason to question the accuracy of Botta’s biographical details as found on the Golden Eagles website.

Evaluating Admiral Botta’s various commands and expertise will help considerably in determining whether or not he was capable of running the covert Navy Spy program alleged by Tompkins, and whether Tompkins testimony itself is credible.

One of the first issues to address about Admiral Botta’s background is his rank while stationed at Naval Air Station, San Diego. His official position as “Assembly and Repair Officer” in normal circumstances would be filled by a Captain.

This is confirmed in the citation for his award of the “Legion of Merit” after WWII for his time at San Diego:

The President of the United States of America takes pleasure in presenting the Legion of Merit to Captain Rico Botta, United States Navy, for exceptionally meritorious conduct in the performance of outstanding services to the Government of the United States as the Assembly and Repair Officer, U.S. Naval Air Station, San Diego, California from 31 December 1942 to the termination of hostilities in August 1945.

Yet, on January 11, 1946, after the award of his Legion of Merit, Botta was retroactively promoted to Rear Admiral, spanning back to June 30, 1943. The Congressional record refers to the retroactive promotion due to a temporary assignment which meant that his position as ‘Assembly and Repair Officer” had acquired flag officer responsibilities.

It’s feasible that his temporary appointment as Admiral was due to the wartime responsibility of “Assembly and Repair Officer” expanding significantly beyond the normal command level involved during peacetime operations. This is certainly the view of WWII historians such as Ken McCanliss, who points out that Botta is among “a list of 58 Navy flag officers who were given retroactive promotions reflecting war time rank.”

It’s also possible that his temporary rank of Rear Admiral was due to him performing additional duties of extreme importance to the Navy, commensurate with the rank of Rear Admiral. This is what Tompkins’ two May 1945 documents suggest in terms of a covert technology acquisition program that reported directly to Secretary Forrestal.

According to Tompkins, Forrestal directly intervened in ensuring Botta’s temporary promotion to Rear Admiral since that was required for the covert program that Botta would head. It would certainly make a difference for Tompkins’ briefing packages to be taken seriously if he was working for a Rear Admiral, rather than a Navy Captain, when he delivered them to leading aerospace companies.

Furthermore, Botta’s background as an Australian citizen (he emigrated to the U.S. in 1908 at age 18), and not being a graduate of the U.S. Naval Academy, would likely have created additional hurdles to advancement to flag officer rank.

Botta’s promotion supports Tompkins claim that in addition to Botta’s official “daytime” duties, he also performed covert duties at night, in running the Navy spy program out of Nazi Germany, which required a flag officer to be in command. It’s worth emphasizing that Tompkins recalls that when he began working under Botta in 1942, the latter wore the uniform of an admiral.

We can now examine some of Botta’s other Naval assignments to assess whether he was capable of running a covert espionage program out of Germany to learn about its aerospace secrets.

According to his biography, Botta worked for the Bureau of Aeronautics for two periods. First from 1921 to 1924, and the second time from 1937 to 1942. During his second stint, he worked in the Engineering Division Material Branch and later was the head of the Power Plant Design Section.

Here is what we know of the Bureau of Aeronautics from Wikipedia:

The Bureau of Aeronautics (BuAer) was the U.S. Navy’s material-support organization for naval aviation from 1921 to 1959. The bureau had “cognizance” (i.e., responsibility) for the design, procurement, and support of Naval aircraft and related systems.

These two assignments confirm that in 1942, Admiral Botta had nearly nine year’s experience in a variety of areas associated with aircraft engineering, design and power supply. This had contributed to him developing a “superior and outstanding technical knowledge” as described in his “Legion of Merit” citation:

Captain Botta, by his superior and outstanding technical knowledge and skill, his great administrative ability and his constant devotion to duty enabled this Department to meet the ever increasing demands of the Fleet Air commands for combat aircraft of the latest type and with the latest combat-proved changes installed.

The citation is consistent with what Tompkins claims Botta was doing at the Naval Air Station with the covert operatives in Nazi Germany. It refers to Botta learning about the “latest type” of combat aircraft and changes to improve combat readiness for US Navy aircraft.

Consequently, if the Navy had spies embedded in Nazi Germany, then Admiral Botta would have been an ideal choice as someone who could debrief them, adequately assess the technical information involved, and pass on relevant information to select aerospace companies and think tanks for further study and development, as Tompkins contends.

Admiral Botta’s career after WWII took him into positions that were directly involved in the study of antigravity technology that could help start a US Navy secret space program.

One of the Navy research centers that Tompkins says he took his briefing packages to during the war was the Naval Air Material Center, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. The Naval Air Material Center was located at the Philadelphia Naval Shipyard, and during WWII was responsible for developing new aircraft technologies.

On July 1, 1950, Botta became the commander of the Naval Air Material Center, suggesting that he would be assisting it with developing experimental aerospace technologies, especially with regard to antigravity technologies.

Here is what was publicly known about experimental aviation projects at the Naval Air Material Center in 1944:

Naval Air Material Center  When Admiral Botta took over command of the Naval Air Material Center on July 1, 1950, he was in charge of a facility that was capable of running up to a 1000 experimental aviation projects. Not only is this powerful confirmation that Botta had the expertise to run a covert program with 29 operatives embedded in Nazi Germany’s secret aerospace programs, but also that he continued to work on such projects well into the 1950’s.

I therefore agree with Major George Filer’s [USAF ret.] assessment of the significance of Botta’s postwar assignments:

His [Botta’s] leadership likely helped the Navy to lead in the development of disk craft and spaceships.

Tompkins claims that while employed at the Advanced Design think tank at Douglas Aircraft Company from 1951 to 1961, he worked on unsolicited proposals sent to the U.S. Navy for kilometers-long antigravity spacecraft. This suggests that Tompkins’ proposals were assessed and developed, at least up to 1952, at the Naval Air Material Center run by his former boss, Admiral Botta.

A review of Admiral Botta’s expertise, experience and military commands shows that it is very feasible that he ran a covert Navy operation out of Naval Air Station, San Diego, from 1942 to 1946, as Tompkins claims. Furthermore, Botta’s post WWII assignments suggest that he continued to work on Navy aerospace projects associated with the antigravity space craft first developed by Nazi Germany.

It can be reasonably concluded that not only did Admiral Botta run a covert espionage program during World War II learning about Nazi Germany’s successful development of antigravity space craft, but he also played a leading role in developing similar craft for the U.S. Navy.

Consequently, a review of Admiral Botta’s background supports Tompkins claims that he (Tompkins) was directly involved in a covert Navy espionage program that learned about Nazi Germany’s antigravity secrets, and passed these on to senior officials and leading aerospace companies, for the development of a secret space program run by the U.S. Navy. 

[ :: 6-27-21 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For there is not as much time left as you believe that there is, for Russia is knocking on the door right now for war, China is knocking on the door right now for war, they’re pushing for a war between the blacks and the whites. Do you not hear it, do you not recognize it, do you not realize it, etc

[ :: 4-8-12 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the racial divide that shall lead to blood in the streets etc.

[ :: 2-12-16 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Do not, do not go overseas without me telling you to.  Be careful of where you go, seek my face, call upon my name, don’t just go because others go, don’t just go because you feel like you would desire to go, don’t do it, saith your Father God, for blood shall be flowing in streets. etc.

:: 7-17-21 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mark Levin Calls on Americans to Rise up against Marxism: 'This Is NOT a Passing Fad'

Conservative issues warning about Marxist movement in the United States

By: Jay Greenberg |@NeonNettle  on 17th July 2021 @ 6.00pm

Conservative commentator Mark Levin is calling on patriotic Americans to rise up against the push for Marxism from the radical-left.

During a recent episode of his Fox News show "Life, Liberty, and Levin," he launched into a fiery rant against Marxism.

Levin encouraged viewers to stand up against Marxist theories, warning "this is not a passing fad."

He began his show with a lengthy discussion on the growing discussion of Critical Race Theory (CRT) in public discourse.

He noted that Marxism is at the heart of the discourse.

"Critical Race Theory is not about learning the history of America," he said.

CRT "is not about learning slavery and segregation," Levin continued.

"It's not about learning about Neo-Nazis and the Klan.

"It is about a Marxist movement, invented by the Marxists, Herbert Marcuse, Derek Bell, and many, many others.

"And it attracts Marxists like Black Lives Matter founders, two or three of them already said they were Marxists.

"And that’s not a coincidence," Levin said.

He went on to describe in detail other different iterations of this Marxist theory through the Latino/Chicano movement, critical gender theory, and transgenderism as well as the war against capitalism.

Essentially, all of these movements, according to Levin, boil down to "the white dominant American society must go."

CRT has become the latest controversy that has seeped its way into every government institution from public schools to military bases.

Critics like Levin previously called out the theory as a "neo-racist" ideology that seeks to dismantle allegedly racist structures such as capitalism and meritocracy.

Various politicians have now called for the banning of CRT being taught in public schools.

Despite this, Levin warns that Marxist beliefs through CRT or otherwise are here to stay.

"All these forces and more, these are spawned from the notion of Marxism.

"This is not a passing fad. It’s not liberalism.

"It’s not ‘oh there’s the old Democrat party.’

"No no no. This is here. This is now, and it’s in your face."

Ultimately, Levin emphasized confronting Marxist thought in every form for what it is: a failed ideology.

"Tell me; where on the face of the earth has Marxism worked?" he asked.

"Where on the face of the earth has Marxism not ended up in the slaughtering of tens of millions of people?

"The imprisonment of tens of millions of people?

"The silencing of hundreds of millions of people?

"Is that really what we want in the greatest nation on the face of the earth?" 

:: 7-18-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Exposing The Totalitarian Roots Of The Democrat Party And Their 'Big Lie', Critical Race Theory - History Gives Us Proof, Democrats Are The Biggest Hypocrites And Biggest Racists In America!

By Don Boys, Ph.D. for All News Pipeline July 18, 2021 

I am weary and wary but not wrong over false accusations, even silly charges against Whites, a group to which I belong through no fault of my own. It’s time to call out the racists—Blacks and Whites— who hide their self-hate, anger, inferiority, or bigotry behind the fig leaf of contemptible accusations of white people. It seems Whites are responsible for everything including, but not limited to, sunspots, dandruff, arthritis, and sandstorms in Saudi Arabia.

We are told, in essence, that Whites are born with a bulls-eye on the back of their heads because they are white.

Let me remind my readers that most of the good things we enjoy in the free world were accomplished by “dead white men.” No, not all things, but most things were accomplished by white men, not nonwhites or non-men. It is not politically correct to assert such, but only a fool, fanatic, or falsifier denies it. Others will agree it is true but don’t want it spoken because the truth offends some people.

Too bad. Welcome to the real world. Being offended won’t kill anyone, and they will get over it sooner or later. If not, such is life. And I’m tired of minorities who constantly ridicule white people to make themselves feel superior. They have invented a false history of self-aggrandizement in which they celebrate, although during occasional seizures of honesty they know it is all make-believe.  But they feel better.

For schools to teach that to be white is a curse, a shame, and something to overcome is outrageous, odious, and offensive. Every person with any connection to such a farce should be fired and forever forbidden from the classroom at all levels. Any preacher who is so stupid to teach it should be tarred and feathered and run out of town on a rail. Any media person who stoops so low in promoting such absurdities should be forever doomed to do the weather in a remote station in the Aleutian Islands. Additionally, they should be forced to perform with a Jeffrey Toobin Award hanging from their neck.

Facts are inflexible and honest people accept them even if they are embarrassing. There are good and bad people of all races in all strata of society. Moreover, everyone should make whatever changes necessary to leave this world better because he was here. I believe the most immediate and permanent change is genuine Christian conversion that impacts every area of life. Others will refuse that approach and try everything from Atheism to Zoroastrianism.

Each American has a right to be wrong. Other fanatics campaign for an amalgamated society with no variance except a slight difference in the hue— not black, red, or yellow and not white for sure. That sounds so cosmopolitan, multi-cultural, progressive, unnecessary, gratuitous, and so self-hating. If God permitted each of us to be born as we are, is it wise to tamper with that arrangement? What is wrong with keeping the status quo? What’s wrong with having the original plan of various hues?

After all, there is a black continent made up of 52 nations, and no one is suggesting they become whiter or less black. We have many Asian countries basically made up of yellow-skinned folk, and no one is suggesting they be mongrelized. So, why not keep America basically, as it is with all the various hues and colors? Why must Whites be assimilated? No one can prove any such achievement would be advantageous to society.

Let’s keep it the way it is through voluntary choices: Whites, 75%; Blacks, 12%; Hispanic, 11%; American Indian, 10% and Asian, 3.6%. If a Black chooses to marry a white person, then go to it but don’t try to force us through governmental action or even social intimidation to ridicule, repudiate, and reject Whites to arrive at a very dubious social experiment.

Most of us would say it is permissible if a Black wants to marry a white person liking all that goes with such a union. So, why is it wrong if a White decides to only marry another white person, or a Black decides to only marry another Black person, wanting what goes with that—the heritage, the color, the family connections, preservation of a group, etc.?

In recent years, in collaboration with the feds, environmental zealots went to contemptible extremes to preserve the spotted owl, snail darter, and the yellow belly sapsucker, so why not keep America as the land of the free and the home of the brave? Why is it admirable for American Indians, Hispanics, Blacks, Arabs, and others to loudly proclaim their ethnicity, but when a white, English-speaking person does so, everyone treats him like a bigot? This is a subject no one wants to handle. It’s like an elephant sitting in a formal living room that no one admits is there! While I don’t want to be identified with white supremacists, I think it is proper and desirable to keep the white heritage and culture alive.

It is appalling that white people have apologized for being white. Is it prima fascia evidence that we hate people if we think being white is just as good as black, brown, etc.? There are far more nations populated by people of color than white nations. Why not have a majority white nation here and there around the globe?

Hispanics, Blacks, American Indians, etc., should be proud of their nationality and race; after all, God made them that way. So would you mind if I believe the same thing about being white and English speaking? And why make America into another Spanish-speaking nation? Are there not enough of them south of the U.S.?

New immigrates to the U.S. should learn to speak English. That is the least they can do. Teddy Roosevelt suggested that any immigrant who did not learn English within five years of his arrival should be shipped back home! Tally Ho, Teddy!

My grandchildren have a right to live in a nation similar to what I knew, so I don’t want them to see our culture changed to that of the seventh-century Arabian Desert or a Third World African nation. It is not unreasonable to expect America to reflect the America where I grew up.

Yes, I believe America is superior to all other nations, even with some nut jobs running around declaring otherwise. It can’t happen, but I would like a return to the relative innocence of the 1950s when we once again believe that there is a difference between right and wrong, and we have a moral responsibility to choose the right. We can discriminate because we will make value judgments about cars, music, television shows, politics, and even religion.

With the massive increase in legal and illegal immigration, we are going to lose our national identity. Some think that is good. I’m not one of them. People from Europe immigrating to the U.S. are much easier to assimilate than most Latin American, African, and Middle Eastern nations. Only fools say all immigrants are equal. My critics will say that is evident proof of bigotry and hatred, but it is a statement of fact. And anyone’s refusal to recognize such truths clearly indicates closed-mindedness or prejudice.

When many immigrants come to America and hold loyalty to former homelands, it erodes our society. Duel loyalty weakens our strength, stability, and security. If we have to assimilate a million new Americans here, do you think it would be easier to assimilate a million British or a million Haitians? I don’t want any new immigrants for a few years.

The proponents of the salad bowl theory tell us that one culture or religion is just as good as another. My critics tell us a 300-member Stone Age culture with all its barbarism, brutality, and backwardness is just as viable, valuable, and virtuous as our modern, urbane, sophisticated society with elevators, airplanes, automobiles, hospitals, MRI machines, computers, etc. Likewise, the voodoo cultures practicing witchcraft, shamanism, demonism, pantheism, etc., are acceptable and on par with Christianity. I don’t believe that either.  Neither do you.

I believe that some immigration is acceptable, although I would stop it for five years, and people who want to blend with our culture should have priority. Most Americans want a cultural and national melting pot, not a salad bowl. If we continue with unrestricted immigration, legal and illegal, this melting pot will become a chamber pot. (If you don’t know, search it.)

There should be rules, restrictions, and requirements for immigrants. While restricting immigration, we should elevate our entrance requirements whereby all immigrants must sing in English all the verses of “America, the Beautiful” and whistle the National Anthem simultaneously–with a mouthful of saltine crackers! Well, maybe not quite that extreme, but almost!

Immigrates who demand we be sensitive to their feelings when they don’t give a flip about ours are wearisome. We have our own language, lifestyle, culture, music (such as it is), and I am weary of foreigners who enjoy all the many benefits of our nation and are not sensitive to our feelings. America opened her collective arms and invited anyone and everyone to her shores with no questions asked and no obligations required, all in the name of multiculturalism and non-discrimination. We have been fools and are watching American culture being denounced, denigrated, and destroyed in front of our eyes. That must stop!

We are often told that new immigrants are offended when we sing patriotic songs, fly the American flag, and pray to Christ. Too bad, no one gets through life being unoffended. This is a big world, so they can move someplace else. I’ve seen plenty of empty space on the Arabian Desert!

I was born white and will probably stay that way until I die. What hue or color I then become, I don’t care. While I am embarrassed by some white Americans, I am generally proud of whites’ accomplishments. I will treat all people with respect until their actions prove them to be jerks, crooks, liars, incompetents, charlatans, frauds, quacks, or Progressives.

Moreover, I am not ashamed of being white and have no reason to apologize. That won’t happen if there is a Great Freeze in a place the Bible speaks about or if all the shrimp in Louisiana learn to whistle Dixie in harmony.  No guilt, no hatred, no fear, no apology.

(Dr. Don Boys is a former member of the Indiana House of Representatives who ran a large Christian school in Indianapolis and wrote columns for USA Today for 8 years. Boys authored 18 books, the most recent being Muslim Invasion: The Fuse is Burning! The eBook is available here with the printed edition (and other titles) at Follow him on Facebook at Don Boys, Ph.D., and visit his blog. Send a request to  for a free subscription to his articles, and click here to support his work with a donation.) 

:: 7-16-21 100 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

VIDEO: Tucker Reveals Stunning New Information on Why Hunter Biden’s Case Was Buried

By Leisa Audette | Jul 16, 2021

Tucker Carlson discussed the double standard between the Hunter Biden and the American people during his opening monologue tonight. He described how information was suppressed about Hunter Biden until after the election because it could harm Joe Biden’s chances to be elected POTUS.

The news broke this week that this was a purposeful effort by intel officials who tried to claim it was the Russians pushing a fake laptop from the Kremlin. Carlson plays a video of Biden from the debate where he spews the lie. Stunning…What’s even more stunning is a follow-up clip of Hunter Biden discussing whether this was his laptop.

Politico just reported the US Attorney for the state of Delaware, David Weiss, held the information back…” at the request of the Biden family and their lawyers.” Wow!

When you cover for a Democratic presidential campaign, you are…a sober-minded prosecutor.

Carlson goes on to point out the FBI had the Hunter Biden laptop for a year before the election, and they’ve still done nothing.

Video of CNN filming the arrest of Roger Stone and his wife being arrested in the early morning was shown to point out the double standard between Hunter Biden and anyone on the right. 

[ :: 2-12-16 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Do not, do not go overseas without me telling you to.  Be careful of where you go, seek my face, call upon my name, don’t just go because others go, don’t just go because you feel like you would desire to go, don’t do it, saith your Father God, for blood shall be flowing in streets. etc.

:: 7-15-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Good luck with that! Chicago mental health professionals will be dispatched on 911 calls instead of cops following defund the police protests - as gang members now outnumber officers ten to one

The city is launching a two-part 'alternative response' pilot program this fall that takes a more public health approach to responding to mental health 911 calls

A mental health professional and a paramedic will be dispatched to mental health-related calls instead of police officers

Mental health professionals will also be stationed inside 911 call centers and, from October, will be responding to some 911 calls by phone

The initiatives aim to both ensure people suffering a mental health crisis get the help they need rather than jailed and free police up for tackling crime

It comes amid a mass exodus of cops from Chicago PD with 363 officers retiring between January and June this year - higher than the whole of 2018

Defund the police protests following George Floyd's murder have left only around 13,000 cops remaining while some crimes have surged

More than 100 people were shot and at least 17 killed over July 4 weekend alone, while shootings have spiked 11% so far this year

By Rachel Sharp For Published: 13:34 EDT, 14 July 2021 | Updated: 09:11 EDT, 15 July 2021

Mental health professionals will be sent out to respond to some 911 calls in Chicago instead of cops, following defund the police protests and a number of police killings of mentally-unwell people.

The city is launching a two-part 'alternative response' pilot program this fall that takes a more public health approach to responding to 911 calls for mental health emergencies.

The initiatives aim to both ensure people suffering a mental health crisis get the help they need rather than face criminalization and free police up for tackling crime, amid a mass exodus of cops from the force.

A total of 363 officers retired from the Chicago Police Department between January and June this year, with another 56 on track to quit in July, according to figures from the police pension board.

If the trend continues, the mass departure will even dwarf the 560 retirements last year, when swathes of officers quit amid protests over the police murder of George Floyd and demands to defund the police.

With only around 13,000 cops remaining, Fox News reported that Chicago's 117,000 gang members now outnumber officers by roughly 10 to one, at a time when the Windy City is facing a surge in violent crime.

More than 100 people were shot and at least 17 killed over July 4 weekend alone, while shootings have spiked 11 percent so far in 2021 compared to the same period last year.

Chicago's new 'alternative response' programs will involve dispatching a team that includes a mental health professional and a paramedic to mental health-related calls, reported Chicago Sun-Times.

One program will involve sending a paramedic and a mental health clinician for 'behavioral health calls.'

A second program will involve sending a paramedic with a 'recovery specialist' for calls relating to substance abuse, the outlet reported.

It is not fully clear how 911 dispatchers will determine which calls should be responded to by police officers or by mental health professionals.

However, the city said mental health professionals will be stationed inside 911 call centers to help monitor situations and, from October, will be responding to some 911 calls by phone. has reached out to the Chicago Mayor Lori Lightfoot's office and the Chicago Police Department for more information.

The landmark program marks the first time 911 calls will not be responded to by police officers in the Windy City.

Ahead of the launch, the city is rolling out two dedicated ambulance teams in August who can respond to calls in 13 neighborhoods that deal with especially high rates of mental health emergencies.

The two teams each include a police officer trained in crisis intervention, a paramedic and a mental health clinician.

One team will be dedicated to calls in the North Side and the other in the South Side of the city, serving Uptown, North Center, Lakeview, Humboldt Park, West and East Garfield Park, West Englewood, West Elsdon, Chicago Lawn, West Lawn, Gage Park, Auburn Gresham and Chatham neighborhoods.

Alex Heaton, Lightfoot's policy advisor for public safety, told the Sun-Times the city hopes the 'public health approach' to mental health calls will ensure residents get the help they need.

'This is a brand new workforce for the city, and it's an exciting opportunity to use a public health approach for people likely to come in contact with the first responder system,' he said.

'Are we reducing calls from an individual? Is it cost-effective? And are we able to connect folks with places that can address their medical concerns?

'Are we able to engage these organizations to make 911 not be the go-to place?'

By having professionals trained in dealing with mental health crises respond to the calls, mental health patients can be given a pathway of support rather than end up in hospitals and jail, Heaton said.

'The only options now are the ER or the lockup,' Heaton said. 'But in this pilot... they'll bring you [to the center], help stabilize you and connect you with follow-up resources.'

The new initiatives are part of Lightfoot's $3.5 million Crisis Assistance Response and Engagement plan unveiled last month.

The plan also includes three new 24/7 drop-off centers across the city for people struggling with mental health issues.

One of the sites is already up and running at the Roseland Community Triage Center, while the other two are set to open on the north and west sides of the city.

The city's new approach to mental health calls comes in the wake of two high-profile police killings of teens who were suffering from mental health episodes.

Laquan McDonald, a 17-year-old black teen, was shot and killed by Chicago police Officer Jason Van Dyke in 2014 in the West Side of the city.

Police footage of the incident showed the cop shooting McDonald 16 times as he appeared to walk away from the officer while carrying a knife.

McDonald had learning disabilities and complex mental health diagnoses, having been hospitalized three times for psychiatric issues and arrested 26 times before his death.

Four years on form his killing, Van Dyke was found guilty of second-degree murder and 16 counts of aggravated battery over the shooting and was sentenced to seven years in prison.

One year after McDonald's murder, 19-year-old student Quintonio LeGrier was shot and killed by cops the day after Christmas Day 2015.

LeGrier was carrying a bat when officers responded to a call at his father's home.

Chicago Police Department officer Robert Rialmo opened fire shooting LeGrier six times, killing him, and also killing the teen's neighbor who was caught by a stray bullet.

LeGrier was an engineering student at Northern Illinois University and had started showing signs of poor mental health and had been admitted involuntarily to a hospital for a psychiatric evaluation.

The morning he was killed he had called 911 three times in mental distress claiming someone was threatening his life.

One 911 dispatcher hung up the call on the teen.

LeGrier's father then called 911 to report his son trying to break down his door with a baseball bat.

The two cases sparked uproar in Chicago and fueled demands for an overhaul to how mental health calls are dealt with by law enforcement.

The city launched crisis intervention training but calls for police reform grew further last year, following Floyd's murder at the hands of white cop Derek Chauvin.

In 2019, Chicago cops responded to 41,000 mental health calls, according to Supt. David Brown.

As well as meaning people are not getting the help they need, this also diverts police away from tackling crime in the city at a time when shootings are surging and cops are quitting.

Chicago Police pension board figures reveal more cops have left the force so far in 2021 than did in the whole of 2018.

In total, 363 officers retired between January and June compared to 339 in 2018.

The numbers have steadily risen to 475 in 2019 and 560 in 2020 but Ald. Ray Lopez warned the Sun-Times the department is on track 'to have one of the highest retirement numbers in the city's history.'

The latest crime data from Chicago PD shows there have been 1,688 shooting incidents from January through July 11 this year.

This marks an 11 percent increase on the 1,515 recorded in the same period last year.

Criminal sexual assault has also surged 23 percent in the same timeframe while murders dipped 1 percent and overall crime 6 percent.

July 4 marked a particularly bloody weekend for the city with at least 108 people shot, 17 fatally, between July 2 and July 4.

Eleven children, some as young as five and six, were wounded in what was the most violent weekend of the year.

Two ATF agents and a police officer were among the city's shooting victims. 

[ :: 3-6-05 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have talked about the EU and how they have grown in power and shall grow to more power. I have talked to you about China and yet America embraces China their enemy and they build them up that later China shall come against many and destroy many because of the finances you have provided for them. That was not my wisdom, that was not my knowledge. It was not my wisdom nor my knowledge when you gave your secrets to a country that worships a false god and they have sold them to other countries and become superior. Oh how foolish man is. etc..

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[:: 9-28-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The EU is on its own, Russia is on its own, China is on its own, many are not your friends, many have already plotted and planned the things that they shall do, it is recorded in my Book. And if you were to study my Book you would see the things that are taking place right now. etc..

:: 7-8-21 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Xi Jinping Is Mobilizing China for War, Possibly With Nukes

by Gordon G. Chang July 8, 2021 at 5:00 am

Beijing looks as if it is preparing for a full-scale invasion of Indian territory.... Ladakh is not the only hotspot. There is a Chinese encroachment in India's Sikkim as well as incursions in neighboring Bhutan and Nepal.

Lately, Xi's references in public pronouncements have become unmistakable, and his subordinates have been clear that Xi believes that everyone outside China owes him obedience.

Xi, while spouting tianxia-like language and bellicose words, has been getting the Chinese people ready for war.

The changes signal the growing clout of the People's Army inside the Party and highlight the militarization of the country's external relations. China is fast becoming a military state.

Xi Jinping on July 1 told the world what he is going to do. We are, in all probability, in the last moments of peace.

China in recent weeks has sent tens of thousands of troops to its disputed border with India in Ladakh, high in the Himalayas.

Beijing looks as if it is preparing for a full-scale invasion of Indian territory.

This deployment occurred while Chinese ruler Xi Jinping, in the words of the Communist Party's China Daily, made a "pro-peace, pro-development, and pro-cooperation speech" to celebrate the centennial of the Party's founding.

"The Chinese people have never bullied, oppressed, or subjugated the people of any other country, and we never will," Xi said on July 1.

In May of last year, the People's Liberation Army moved troops south of the Line of Actual Control in Ladakh, in other words, into Indian-controlled territory. A month later, on the night of June 15, Chinese soldiers launched a surprise attack, killing 20 Indian troops.

India responded by reinforcing its forces and launching a counterattack in August. China then added to its troop count, increasing the number of soldiers from 15,000 a year ago to 50,000 at this moment. Beijing has also brought advanced weapons to the area and began building bases.

Ladakh is not the only Himalayan hotspot. There is a Chinese encroachment in India's Sikkim as well as incursions in neighboring Bhutan and Nepal.

Beijing's campaign against India has been multifaceted. "Since June of last year, there was a China-attributed attack on the Mumbai electric grid, Chinese-linked Maoist terrorists killed another 20 Indian security forces, and we witnessed a destructive attack on an iPhone parts-manufacturing plant that looks like part of a Beijing political warfare operation to discourage the shifting of supply chains to India," Cleo Paskal of the Foundation for Defense of Democracies told Gatestone.

As a result, many in India now see China in the worst possible light. As Paskal explains, "The breadth and depth of the Communist Party's aggressive unrestricted warfare against India leads one to think there are no barriers to Beijing's malign behavior."

The Indian people are right to be concerned. China has changed the definition of "warfare," and one of its instruments is disease. If SARS-CoV-2, the pathogen causing COVID-19, did not start out as a biological weapon, Chinese Communist Party leaders turned it into one, by lying about contagiousness and pressuring other countries to take disease-ridden arrivals from China.

"It's no wonder many Indians think their second wave of coronavirus was a deliberate release by China to weaken them further," Paskal notes.

Beijing looks as though it is even thinking of using nuclear weapons to fight the next war.

The Washington Post reported China appears to be building, in an area covering more than 700 square miles in the Gansu desert, 119 missile silos for the ten-warhead DF-41 intercontinental ballistic missile. When added to 26 more silos the Chinese military is building elsewhere, China could soon be housing from these fixed locations about as much firepower as the existing U.S. nuclear arsenal. When China's missiles carried on mobile launchers and submarines are added, China's warheads could end up exceeding America's.

Because Beijing already has a sufficient number of nukes to deter others — China has had for a long time sufficient weapons for a so-called "minimal deterrent"— it looks as if Chinese military planners are thinking of using nuclear weapons in an offensive capacity. China's flag officers and political leaders have in public threatened to use their arsenal in this way.

In any event, Xi Jinping in his bellicose July 1 speech promised to "crack heads and spill blood" of those standing in the way of what are, in essence, his plans to take territory under the control of others.

More significantly, he threatened to take down the existing Westphalian international system of sovereign states, established in 1648. "The Communist Party of China and the Chinese people, with their bravery and tenacity, solemnly proclaim to the world that the Chinese people are not only good at taking down the old world, but also good at building a new one," Xi said.

A new world? Throughout this century, Xi has made indirect references to tianxia, or "all under Heaven." For two millennia, Chinese emperors believed they both had the Mandate of Heaven to rule tianxia and the obligation to do so.

Lately, Xi's references in public pronouncements have become unmistakable, and his subordinates have been clear that Xi believes that everyone outside China owes him obedience.

Xi, while spouting tianxia-like language and bellicose words, has been getting the Chinese people ready for war. On July 1, he talked about foreigners meeting a "wall of steel built with the flesh and blood of 1.4 billion Chinese people."

Moreover, he is making preparations to use his shiny new military. Amendments to China's National Defense Law, effective the first of this year, transfer powers from civilian to military officials.

The amendments reduce the role of the central government's State Council and transfer powers to the Communist Party's Central Military Commission. Specifically, the State Council will no longer supervise the mobilization of the People's Liberation Army. At most, the central government will merely implement Party directives.

It is true that the law could be mere posturing — the Communist Party has always been in control — but the signaling is ominous nonetheless. The new law, after all, contemplates the mass mobilization of society for war.

The changes signal the growing clout of the People's Army inside the Party and highlight the militarization of the country's external relations. China is fast becoming a military state.

Xi Jinping on July 1 told the world what he is going to do. We are, in all probability, in the last moments of peace.

Gordon G. Chang is the author of The Coming Collapse of China, a Gatestone Institute distinguished senior fellow, and a member of its Advisory Board.

Follow Gordon G. Chang on Twitter 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

[ :: 2-11-18 am service  [ third word]  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

You have seen all the strange new signs that you are seeing, whether it be in weather, whether it be in the flu, whether it be in the germ warfare, and there is germ warfare going on right here, it has been delivered to this country by their enemies. etc. 

:: 7--21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Death Valley sees its hottest day since 1913 at 130F and 50 million Americans are under heat advisories as blistering temperatures ravage the West Coast fueling wildfires and power outages

Temperature in Death Valley, California reached 130 degrees - just 4 degrees shy of all-time record on Earth

In July 1913, Furnace Creek desert hit 134 degrees, considered the highest measured temperature on Earth

Most of Western United States continues to be under heat warnings and advisories as temperatures soar

Intense heat has put system-wide strain on power grids, causing power outages and fueling wildfires

Over the weekend, there were some three dozen fires throughout California, Oregon, Washington, and Idaho

By Ariel Zilber For and Agencies

Published: 09:07 EDT, 11 July 2021 | Updated: 15:53 EDT, 12 July 2021

A brutal heat wave punishing the Western United States pushed temperatures toward all-time records for a third day on Sunday, as Death Valley in California, scorched at 130-degrees Fahrenheit was again one of the hottest spots on the planet.

A thermometer outside Furnace Creek Visitors Center in the heart of Death Valley showed 134 degrees Fahrenheit shortly before 4pm on Sunday, although a National Park Service ranger said that it was typically slightly above the official reading.

The National Weather Service recorded the temperature on Saturday at 130 degrees, which if verified would be one of the highest ever recorded on Earth.

The sweltering heat, which extended across much of the Pacific Northwest, pressured power grids and fueled major wildfires, including a blaze burning in Southern Oregon that threatened homes and knocked out electricity.

The National Weather Service issued excessive heat warnings across much of the region and cautioned residents that the high temperatures could be hazardous to the their health and that of loved ones, especially small children and the elderly. In Death Valley a ranger measured the sidewalk temperature outside the visitors center at 178 degrees Fahrenheit on Sunday afternoon.

'I just came up here to see how hot it gets,' said Richard Rader of Scottsdale, Arizona, who said he had ridden his bike 10 miles across Death Valley on Sunday.

Other tourists got out of their air-conditioned cars only long enough to pose for pictures with the thermometer.

Firefighters working in searing weather struggled to contain a Northern California wildfire that continued to grow Sunday and forced the temporary closure of a major highway, one of several large blazes burning across the Western US.

In Arizona, a small plane crashed Saturday during a survey of a wildfire in rural Mohave County, killing both crew members on board.

The Beech C-90 aircraft was helping perform reconnaissance over the lightning-caused Cedar Basin Fire, near the tiny community of Wikieup northwest of Phoenix, when it went down around noon.

Officials on Sunday identified the victims as Air Tactical Group Supervisor Jeff Piechura, 62, a retired Tucson-area fire chief who was working for the Coronado National Forest, and Matthew Miller, 48, a pilot with Falcon Executive Aviation contracted by the US Forest Service.

The National Transportation Safety Board is investigating the crash.

'Our hearts go out to the families of our brave wildland firefighters,' an Arizona Bureau of Land Management spokesperson said in a statement.

In California, officials asked all residents to reduce power consumption quickly after a major wildfire in southern Oregon knocked out interstate power lines, preventing up to 5,500 megawatts of electricity from flowing south into the state.

The California Independent System Operator, which runs the state's power grid, said Saturday the Bootleg Fire took three transmission lines off-line, straining electricity supplies as temperatures in the area soared.

'The Bootleg Fire will see the potential for extreme growth today,' the National Weather Service in Medford, Oregon, tweeted Sunday.

Pushed by strong winds, the blaze exploded to 224 square miles as it raced through heavy timber in Oregon's Fremont-Winema National Forest, near the Klamath County town of Sprague River.

To the southeast, the largest wildfire of the year in California was raging near the border with Nevada.

The Beckwourth Complex Fire - a combination of two lightning-caused blazes burning 45 miles north of Lake Tahoe - showed no sign of slowing its rush northeast from the Sierra Nevada forest region after doubling in size between Friday and Saturday.

Late Saturday, flames jumped US 395, which was closed near the small town of Doyle in California's Lassen County.

The lanes reopened Sunday, and officials urged motorists to use caution and keep moving along the key north-south route where flames were still active.

'Do not stop and take pictures,' said the fire's Operations Section Chief Jake Cagle.

'You are going to impede our operations if you stop and look at what's going on.'

Cagle said structures had burned in Doyle, but he didn't have an exact number.

Bob Prary, who manages the Buck-Inn Bar in the town of about 600 people, said he saw at least six houses destroyed after Saturday's flareup.

The fire was smoldering Sunday in and around Doyle, but he feared some remote ranch properties were still in danger. 'It seems like the worst is over in town, but back on the mountainside the fire's still going strong. Not sure what's going to happen if the wind changes direction,' Prary said.

Erratic winds were a concern for firefighters, Cagle noted, with gusts expected to reach 20 mph.

The blaze, which was only 9 percent contained, increased to 131 square miles. Temperatures in the area could top 100 degrees again Sunday.

It was one of several fires threatening homes across Western states that were expected to see triple-digit heat through the weekend as a high-pressure zone blankets the region.

Death Valley in southeastern California's Mojave Desert reached 128 degrees Fahrenheit on Saturday, according to the National Weather Service's reading at Furnace Creek.

The shockingly high temperature was actually lower than the previous day, when the location reached 130 F.

Death Valley also recorded a 130-degree day in August of last year.

If that reading and the one Friday are confirmed by experts as accurate, they will be the hottest highs recorded there since July 1913, when the Furnace Creek desert hit 134 F, considered the highest measured temperature on Earth.

The National Weather Service warned the dangerous conditions could cause heat-related illnesses.

Palm Springs in Southern California also hit a record high temperature of 120 F on Saturday, while Las Vegas tied the all-time record high of 117 F.

NV Energy, Nevada's largest power provider, also urged customers to conserve electricity Saturday and Sunday evenings because of the heat wave and wildfires affecting transmission lines throughout the region.

In Idaho, Governor Brad Little mobilized the state´s National Guard to help fight fires sparked after lightning storms swept across the drought-stricken region. 

:: 7-9-21 Sputnik News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia's Nuclear-Powered Space Tug Zeus Can Disable Enemy Spacecraft Systems, Designer Says

Military & Intelligence

09:09 GMT 09.07.2021Get short URL

MOSCOW (Sputnik) - The Russian nuclear-powered tug Zeus, which is equipped with a megawatt-class electric propulsion system, can be used to disable control systems of enemy spacecraft with an electromagnetic impulse and "shoot" with laser beams, according to a paper of the Arsenal design bureau (part of Russia's state space agency Roscosmos).

In May, the Keldysh Research Centre released a paper showing that Zeus can be used in anti-aircraft defence, detecting air targets from the orbit and relaying information to anti-aircraft systems.

"In 2018-2019, the Arsenal design bureau conducted the 'Yadro' [Core] research project that reviewed options for using a spacecraft with a megawatt-class nuclear power propulsion system to perform the following tasks — probing the Earth surface and the near-Earth air space from a distance; electromagnetic interference with electronic components of control, reconnaissance, communication and navigation systems; directed-energy laser emission," the Arsenal paper read.

The Zeus nuclear-powered space tug is designed for deep space flights from one orbit to another. It has been in development since 2010. The spacecraft's preliminary design is expected to be finished by July 2024 and will cost 4.2 billion rubles ($56.3 million). Zeus is expected to be sent into space for test flights in 2030. 

:: 7-11-21 Sputnik News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russian Space Agency Proposes Putting a Nuclear Power Station on Mars


15:36 GMT 11.07.2021(updated 15:44 GMT 11.07.2021) Get short URL

Engineers say the power plant can be delivered to the Red Planet using the Zeus – a prospective Russian nuclear-powered space tug design expected to begin flight-testing in 2030.

Specialists from the Arsenal Design Bureau – a St. Petersburg-based subsidiary of Russia’s Roscosmos space agency specialising in the production of spacecraft, satellites, and other space technologies – have proposed the creation of a nuclear power plant for a future Russian Mars base.

Sputnik was able to familiarise itself with the proposal – which recommends using technologies developed for the Zeus interplanetary space tug for a stationary nuclear reactor for the Martian surface as well.

Under Arsenal’s proposal, the reactor would be delivered to Red Planet aboard the Zeus, and floated down to its surface using a parachute system. After landing, the power plant would be activated to provide energy to a prospective Russian martian base.

On top of that, engineers say that if the Zeus were to be deployed at the Lagrange point between the Sun and Mars (i.e. the point in space where gravitational forces of these bodies are equally strong), its onboard communications sensors and transmitters could serve as a “high-speed channel for the transmission of information to Earth from the surface of Mars and from spacecraft orbiting the planet.”

Earlier, Sputnik reported that the Zeus project’s proposed megawatt-class electric propulsion system would allow it to disable the control systems of adversarial spacecraft using an electromagnetic impulse, and even allow it to fire laser beams.

Designers at the Moscow-based Keldysh Research Centre have also suggested the spacecraft class can be used as a component in Russia’s air defence networkdetecting targets from orbit and relaying this information to ground-based missile systems.

Russia has been working on the creation of an interplanetary spacecraft with a nuclear power plant since 2010. In 2019, a concept for the space tug was presented for the first time at the MAKS International Aviation and Space Show outside Moscow, with a more detailed presentation given at the ARMY-2020 forum.

Last December, Roscosmos signed a $56.5 million contract with the Arsenal Design Bureau for experimental design work for the Zeus. This work is expected to be completed by 2024, with flight testing hopefully starting in 2030.

In June, Roscosmos Chief Dmitry Rogozin said that in addition to Mars, Zeus tugs could be sent to other planets, including Venus, and even travel beyond our solar system, where they can search for alien life.

Roscosmos has announced a series of ambitious plans in recent years, including the construction of the first Russian-only space station since the deorbiting of Mir in 2001, and plans for a series of manned and unmanned missions to the Moon and even a possible Moon base. Russia’s space programme has faced two major problems, however: a lack of sufficient funding to realise some of its ambitious projects, and the concentration of funds and other resources for arguably questionable purposes – such as the ongoing construction of a 250,000 square metre office centre next to the legendary Khrunichev space rocket factory in Moscow.

Despite a long list of space firsts (including first satellite, first man and woman in space, first space station, first Moon and Mars landing, etc.) Russia spent just $3.58 billion on its space programme in 2020, just $260 million more than Japan, and less than France ($4.04 billion), China ($8.85 billion) and the United States ($47.69 billion). These and other factors have left the country which once enjoyed the status of a space pioneer looking on as China’s space agency and NASA show off the latest images and footage of their rovers roaming around on the Martian surface. 

:: 6-1-21  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hitler Had a Secret Anti-Gravity UFO, and the US Took It

June 18, 2021 Exo News Editor

Deep State, Hidden History

Article by Kyle Mizokami June 1, 2021 (

After World War II, the Nazis emerged with an almost mythical reputation for high-tech weapons: tanks, jets, and rockets. The American military considered the achievements of Nazi scientists and engineers to be so advanced that in the later stages of the war, the US Army sent reconnaissance teams into Germany to secure scientists and military technology before other powers, particularly the Soviet Union, could capture them, under Project Paperclip.

• The noted aerospace engineer Wernher von Braun who invented the V-2 rocket was among the Paperclip trophies. Von Braun later designed the Saturn V rocket for NASA’s Apollo program.

US forces put these German scientists and engineers to work on developing anti-gravity technology. According to legend, the Germans developed a bell-shaped anti-gravity craft known as ‘Die Glocke’. Rumors of the device first appeared as Nazi sci-fi in the 1960 book Morning of the Magicians, and then showed up in Igor Witkowski’s 2000 book Prawda o Wunderwaffe (The Truth About the Wonder Weapon), followed by Nick Cook’s The Hunt for Zero Point—as a “glowing, rotating contraption” that possibly had “some kind of antigravitational effect,” or was even a “time machine” that was part of an “SS antigravity program” for the “Repulsine” flying saucer.

• Cook even suggests that the notorious SS colonel Hans Kammler traded Die Glocke to the US military in exchange for his freedom. Kammler disappeared in the closing days of World War II and was never seen again. Mainstream historians claim that Die Glocke crashed outside Kecksburg, Pennsylvania in December 1965.

• According to dubious mainstream historians, all of this is ‘extraordinarily unlikely’. If the U.S. had had access to anti-gravity technology, then where are the anti-gravity planes? And NASA attributes the Kecksburg Incident to the reentry of a failed Soviet Venus probe, Cosmos 96.

• Nevertheless, the legend of “Die Glocke” (“The Bell”) persists in conspiracy and UFO circles. A new video from military historian Mark Felton (see below) explores the bell-shaped device that Adolf Hitler’s Schutzstaffel (SS) paramilitary organization purportedly developed. However writers and sci-fi hoaxers may have actually concocted the machine, plying the postwar reputation of Nazi scientists being capable of almost any technological feat.

• [Editor’s Note] Is it that hard to imagine that Hitler was allied with a malevolent extraterrestrial race who provided the Nazi’s with advanced technology in return for the German’s long-term assistance in capturing and controlling this planet, along with other worlds throughout our galaxy? This would explain how Hitler became so fanatical and confident that he could take over the world. William Tompkins said that he saw Hans Kammler at a NASA facility in Huntsville, Alabama. If the thing that the military took away at Kecksburg was just a Soviet satellite probe, then why didn’t they parade it in front of the media as a Cold War trophy? Of course the deep state military industrial complex orchestrated all of it.

‘Where are the anti-gravity planes’ you ask? The deep state has kept all of this advanced technology hidden from the public in order to control it and thereby control the planet, just as their extraterrestrial overlords had planned. We have seen these “UFOs” in our skies ever since World War II. More recently we’ve seen smaller ‘drone’ versions of them “swarming” Navy vessels. The US Navy has patented the technology and the US Senate has requested an intelligence report on them due out this month. Of course, the report will reveal nothing, because the deep state holdouts in the Pentagon and Congress do not want the public to know that we have this technology. They see a better use of this ‘unknown phenomenon’ to create public fear and panic of a national security threat. The deep state can exploit this to demand greater and greater defense budgets, to justify more black budget projects, and to persuade the people to willingly turn over their rights and freedoms in return for this deep state military faction stepping in to save the world from a false flag UFO invasion. Let’s hope and pray that the white hat Alliance military leaders will not allow this to happen.

Did Nazi scientists, eager to devise a weapon that could throw back advancing Allied armies, create a time-traveling UFO to win World War II? Almost certainly not. Nevertheless, the legend of “Die Glocke” (“The Bell”) persists in conspiracy and UFO circles.

A new video from military historian Mark Felton, included below, explores the bell-shaped device that Adolf Hitler’s Schutzstaffel (SS) paramilitary organization purportedly developed. However, sci-fi writers and hoaxers may have actually concocted the machine, plying the postwar reputation of Nazi scientists being capable of almost any technological feat.

Even though the Nazis lost World War II, they emerged from the war with an almost mythical reputation for high-tech weapons. Nazi tanks were often technically superior to Allied tanks; the Luftwaffe flew fighter jets in combat before the Allies did; and the V (for Vengeance) series of terror weapons, including the V-1 cruise missile and V-2 ballistic missile, made for terrifying, though strategically questionable, weapons.

Adversaries considered the achievements of Nazi scientists and engineers to be so advanced, in fact, that the U.S. Army sent reconnaissance teams into Germany in the later stages of the war to secure scientists and military technology before other powers, particularly the Soviet Union, could capture them. The effort, known as Project Paperclip, secured V-2 missiles and important figures like Wernher von Braun, the infamous aerospace engineer Wernher von Braun who invented the V-2 and later designed the Saturn V rocket for NASA’s Apollo program.

According to legend, Die Glocke was reportedly one such German “wunderwaffe” (“wonder weapon”).

Rumors of the device first appeared as Nazi sci-fi in the 1960 book Morning of the Magicians. Die Glocke also showed up in Igor Witkowski’s 2000 book Prawda o Wunderwaffe (The Truth About the Wonder Weapon)—and soon after, Nick Cook’s The Hunt for Zero Point—as a “glowing, rotating contraption” that possibly had “some kind of antigravitational effect,” or was even a “time machine” that was part of an “SS antigravity program” for the “Repulsine” flying saucer. 

:: 7-10-21 Israel Haylom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Explosion hits northern Tehran on heels of cyberattack on Iran's railway grid

Massive blast takes place near a compound housing the Islamic republic's state broadcasting company, Tehran police insist the explosion caused no harm. Hackers who cripple the country's railroad system post fake messages on platform display boards, listing the number of the supreme leader's office as an information hotline.

By Neta Bar , Shahar Klaiman , Dean Shmuel Elmas and News Agencies

Published on 07-10-2021 12:26 Last modified: 07-10-2021

Iranian police said no casualties or damage were reported, the official IRNA news agency reported.

Tehran Deputy Police Chief Gen. Hamid Hodavand said the case was under investigation and details would be provided later. He accused foreign media outlets of exaggerating the reported blast. "An unknown object exploded ...There was no damage and no one was hurt," he said.

Tehran Deputy Governor Hamid Reza Goudarzi, who is in charge of security issues in the Iranian capital, visited the scene.

"Just one explosion took place inside Mellat [People] Park," he told the semi-official Tasnim news agency.

Asked whether the incident was an attack, Goudarzi said: "We are investigating the dimensions and causes of the incident and we will provide information after we are sure."

At 12:52 a.m. (local time) Iranian media reported an explosion had taken place in northern Tehran. Dozens of social media users posted accounts of hearing or seeing the blast, as well. s from individuals on social media. Later, state TV showed Goudarzi in front of Mellat Park saying rescue teams, firefighters and police found no sign of an explosion, fire, or damage in the area.

Occasionally, Iranian media have reported on flash-bang grenades exploding without giving details. Those grenades are designed to emit a loud sound and a flash of light without causing serious damage.

The 84-acre park is located on the southern side of the 295-acre site of the state broadcasting company, which includes several buildings.

Terrorist attacks are rare in Iran, but a number of sensitive military and nuclear sites have been targeted in recent years. Iran has accused Israel of several attacks on facilities and scientists linked to its nuclear program. Israel has neither denied nor confirmed the allegation.

The blast came on the heels of a cyberattack that paralyzed Iran's railroad system on Friday afternoon.

State news agencies reported that the hackers posted fake messages about train delays or cancellations on display boards at stations across the country.

The hackers posted messages such as, "Long delays because of cyberattack" or "canceled" on the boards. They also urged passengers to call an information hotline, listing the phone number of the office of the country's supreme leader, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei.

Fars news agency reported that the hack led to "unprecedented chaos" at rail stations.

No group claimed responsibility for the attack. Earlier in the day, Fars reported that trains across Iran had lost their electronic tracking system. It was not immediately clear if that was also part of the cyberattack.

Later media reports quoted the spokesman of the state railway company, Sadegh Sekri, as saying "the disruption" did not cause any problem for train services.

In 2019, an error in the railway company's computer servers caused multiple delays in train services.

It was not clear if the reported attack caused any damage or disruptions in Iran's computer and internet systems, and whether it was the latest chapter in the US and Iran's cyber operations targeting the other.

Iran disconnected much of its infrastructure from the internet after it was hit by the Stuxnet computer virus widely believed to be a joint US-Israeli creation – in 2010. The incident disrupted thousands of Iranian centrifuges in the country's nuclear sites. 

:: 7-11-21 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

COVID-19 not connected to bats, Israeli biologists say

Researchers at Tel Aviv University’s Bat Lab attempt to rehabilitate winged creature’s much-maligned public image


The bat shivered in fear as it hung precariously from Maya Weinberg’s gloved hand.

“His name is Zorro and he is less than a year old,” said Weinberg, a veterinary doctor and PhD candidate at Prof. Yossi Yovel’s Bat Lab.

Located in Tel Aviv University’s I. Meier Segals Garden for Zoological Research, the Bat Lab hosts an eclectic range of Israeli biologists that specialize in groundbreaking research.

As biologists, a cameraman and others crowded around to get a better look, Zorro’s trembling grew more violent. Weinberg gingerly put him back into the welcoming dark confines of a small carrier sitting on the nearby counter, away from prying eyes and the laboratory’s bright neon lights.

At the Bat Lab, Israel’s real-life Bat-men (and Bat-women) conduct research into a wide variety of bats, the only mammals capable of flying.

There are more than 1,400 species of bats worldwide; most are nocturnal and rarely come into contact with humans. Some are beneficial to their environments, since they eat a lot of insects and even help to disperse seeds and pollinate flowers.

Since the COVID-19 pandemic these unique winged creatures’ public image has taken a massive hit. So far scientists have not been able to find any evidence linking bats to the virus, but the connection has proven to be nearly impossible to dispel.

Up until now there is no evidence to show a connection between bats and COVID-19,” Weinberg told The Media Line. “This idea bordered on conspiracy.”

“The way in which the scientific community echoed this theory was simply outrageous,” she argued. “It has done great damage to bats around the world, especially in China, where it damaged public perception of bats, which was already poor to begin with.

A recent study led by Weinberg and Tel Aviv University postdoctoral researcher Dr. Kelsey Moreno could have far-reaching implications for discovering the origins of COVID-19. The study, which was recently published in the Annals of the New York Academy of Science, found that sick bats maintain social distancing, possibly to prevent the spread of mass contagion in their colonies.

In order to observe their behavior, researchers monitored two colonies of Egyptian fruit bats: one living in captivity in an enclosure and the other living in its natural environment. Researchers injected a bacteria-like protein into several bats in each colony, which simulated an immune response that generated symptoms of illness.

“We were very surprised to see that sick bats actively social distance,” Weinberg said. “We thought that the group would be the one to stay away from the sick bats – but instead it was the sick bats that actively stayed away from others in the colony. This is really not a typical behavior for a wild animal, which will generally attempt to hide its illness.”

Though the origins of COVID-19 virus remain a mystery, some have speculated that a scientist in China who was studying coronaviruses in Wuhan may have leaked the strain, thereby causing a worldwide outbreak. The Wuhan Institute of Virology is notably located near the outbreak’s earliest known epicenter, but Beijing has vociferously denied this theory.

However, Weinberg believes it is possible that a scientist who ventured deep into China’s wild to collect virus samples may have unwittingly unleashed it.

As long as we maintain distance from bats and allow them to remain in their secluded natural habitats … then we won’t expose ourselves to pathogens for which we have no defense,” she stressed.

Other biologists at the Bat Lab are examining the biomechanics of bats, including their use of echolocation and sonar beams.

Doctoral candidate Ofri Eitan and his team are conducting behavioral experiments with bats inside an anechoic chamber, a room that is designed to absorb reflections of sound.

“In this flight room we use two methods that can help us understand the sensory behavior of bats,” Eitan told The Media Line. “These two techniques are motion tracking and the recording of the echolocation of bats.”

The room is fitted with 50 ultrasonic microphones and a system that tracks the bat’s motion as it flies. The goal is to observe the animal’s sensory behavior and gain a deeper understanding of how bats perceive their environments.

Eitan echoed Weinberg and stressed that bats were not connected to the pandemic.

“We’re trying to educate people and to show [them] that bats are much more incredible creatures than they thought,” he said.

Adi Rachum, who is studying for a master’s degree, is in charge of the Bat Lab’s imprinted colony, where dozens of fruit bats come and go as they please. Rachum and other students regularly feed the bats fresh fruit, providing them with an incentive to keep returning.

The room is dark, humid and resembles a cave. The goal is to mimic the animals’ natural environment as closely as possible while also allowing scientists to conduct research.

There are several cameras spread throughout the cave, including a live feed that is accessible online 24/7.

“I put a chip on every bat that we release,” Rachum told The Media Line as she held a bat up for inspection. “It doesn’t hurt them and it helps us to definitively identify them, which in turn helps with our research.”

Weinberg, a doctor of veterinary medicine who has specialized in bats for the past 12 years, hopes that the lab’s ongoing, pioneering research will eventually help to convince people that the winged creatures are not to be feared.

“They’re a very gentle, sociable and communicative animal,” she said. “I worked with many different animals before arriving at bats. When you see how unique they are and learn the facts, then you look at them differently.” 

:: 7-10-21 Town Hall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

An Abortion Facility is Reported to Have Thrown An Aborted 17-Week Old Baby in the Dumpster

Rebecca Downs Posted: Jul 10, 2021 6:30 PM

On Wednesday, Ohio Right to Life revealed that a 17-week old aborted baby had been left discarded in a dumpster. The group claims the abortion facility, Northeast Ohio Women's Center (NEOWC) is responsible for the illegal disposal, as do Right to Life of Northeast Ohio and Citizens for a Pro-Life Society.

A statement from Ohio Right to Life read in part: “Ohio Right to Life is heartbroken and appalled by the abortion industry’s utter disregard for human life,” said Mike Gonidakis, president of Ohio Right to Life. “This child suffered doubly at the hands of the abortion industry: first, by being subjected to a brutal death by dismemberment and second by the degradation of his or her broken body being dumped into the trash like garbage. Tragedies like this are why Ohio Right to Life worked tirelessly to pass the Unborn Child Dignity Act.”

Governor Mike DeWine signed S.B. 27, the Unborn Child Dignity Act, into law in December 2020. S.B. 27 requires the Ohio Department of Health to establish rules for the proper and humane burial or cremation of children who have lost their lives to an abortion procedure.

A live-streamed press conference from ORTL discussed the situation further, which included going over the photos of the aborted baby.

A Facebook post from Created Equal, which contains multiple graphic images, noted that a pro-life volunteer who searched through trash containers found "the dismembered body of an aborted baby, approximately 16 to 18 weeks gestation, killed by the dilation and evacuation abortion method." The post also mentioned that the "aborted baby had been hidden, wrapped up in a blood-stained blue surgical pad used during the abortion procedure." It went on to note that the "left leg, left foot, and right hand of the baby was found in the NEOWC dumpster, as well as the name of one clinic abortionist on a prescription."

According to, a project between former abortion provider Dr. Anthony Levatino and Live Action:

A dilation (dilatation) and evacuation abortion, D&E, is a surgical abortion procedure during which an abortionist first dilates the woman’s cervix and then uses instruments to dismember and extract the baby from the uterus. The D&E abortion procedure is usually performed between thirteen and twenty-four weeks LMP (that is thirteen to twenty-four weeks after the first day of the woman’s last menstrual period).

Reporting for The Daily Caller, Mary Margaret Olohan emphasized that the abortion facility is not returning request for comment, although they did provide brief comment for the Akron Beacon Journal.

From Eric Marotta's coverage for the Akron Beacon Journal:

Sherri Lynn Grossman, Northeast Ohio Women's Center administrator, said she learned of the allegations Wednesday, and denied them all.

She said the improper disposal of fetal remains, medical waste and patient information could not have taken place.

"Absolutely not — absolutely not," she said. "We have very strict policies and procedures in place," she said, adding that any attempt by the groups to retrieve items discarded at the site may constitute criminal trespassing. She declined to comment further, adding the facility is conducting an investigation.

The three groups said the alleged improper disposal of fetal remains, medical waste and patient information are violations of state law.

Ohio Right to Life said it is filing complaints with agencies including the Ohio Department of Health, the Ohio Medical Board, the Ohio Environmental Protection Agency and Summit County Public Health, among others.

Blood-stained sheets and urine cups with women's names on them were also found to be improperly disposed of, which could involve HIPAA violation concerns.

Created Equal also made reference to how "NEOWC has a negative history."

In 2014, Jeremy Pelzer reported for that the facility was discovered by the state's Department of Health to have expired medical equipment, lacked emergency lighting, and didn't meet requirements for staff training.

On July 25, 2020, a 29-year old woman was taken by ambulance from the facility to a nearby hospital for "uncontrolled bleeding" after her abortion, according to 911 records accessed by the pro-life group Operation Rescue.

Concerns were also raised about one of the facility's abortion providers, David Burkons, who had his license revoked in 2015 for failing to record prescribed controlled substances into patient records, including highly addictive opioid drugs.

He was just recently released from his probation on February 10, 2021 and his license has been active since then.

Dr. Burkons was also employed at Planned Parenthood. According to Danny Davids with Live Action News.

The clinic’s current abortionist and training instructor is Dr. David Burkons. From 2011-2012, during his time working as an abortionist for Planned Parenthood, seventeen of Burkons’ patients experienced moderate to severe complications from their abortions. His performance was so dismal, state records show that 41% of all medication abortion complications came from his office during those years.

In 2015, at the time of reporting, Burkons was at Capital Care Network. "Upon inspecting the clinic, state officials found atrocious conditions: filthy walls, carpets, and furniture – even a bullet hole through the recovery room exit door. In 2011, Capital Care Network was cited for multiple violations of safety standards in infection control, cleaning procedures, and personnel training," Davids also wrote.

Cortney O'Brien in August 2013 covered for Townhall some complaints against Burkons.

Operation Rescue provides a comprehensive look into Burkons' less than stellar record from over the years.

Mike DeWine, the Republican governor and former state attorney general who investigated abortion facilities for the illegal disposal of aborted babies, signed the Unborn Child Dignity Act into law on December 31, 2020. Although the law has been tangled up in the courts, Gov. Dewine signed an executive order on April 6, 2021 for it to go into effect.

The Northeast Ohio Women's Center was one of the abortion facilities which sued in an attempt to stop the law from going into effect. 

[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word)  :: ::  :: ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, etc

:: 7-12-21 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FBI Tells Americans to Report ‘Family Members and Peers’ for ‘Suspicious Behaviors’

By Kristina Wong12 Jul 2021

The Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) published a tweet on Sunday telling Americans to report their own family members and peers for “suspicious behaviors.

Family members and peers are often best positioned to witness signs of mobilization to violence. Help prevent homegrown violent extremism. Visit  to learn how to spot suspicious behaviors and report them to the #FBI. #NatSec

The tweet included a link to a government booklet that was first written in 2015 on “indicators” that someone may be contemplating violent action.

The booklet states on page 22 that it is focused on individuals or groups inspired by Islamist terrorist organizations:

Certainly, behaviors exist and are noted in this booklet that would be troubling regardless of ideological motivation and may warrant contacting law enforcement. However, this booklet is focused on individuals or groups that are inspired or enabled by foreign terrorist organizations, including but not limited to ISIS, al-Qa‘ida, and their affiliates and allies.

The booklet also states several times that the “indicators” may be constitutionally protected activities, but if they are observed in combination with “other suspicious behaviors,” those indicators may “raise suspicions” and “constitute a basis for reporting”:

The National Counterterrorism Center (NCTC), the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), and the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) emphasize that many of the indicators described herein may involve constitutionally protected activities and might be insignificant on their own. However, when observed in combination with other suspicious behaviors, these indicators may raise suspicion in a reasonable person and constitute a basis for reporting. Law enforcement action should not be taken solely based on the exercise of constitutionally protected rights, or on the apparent or actual race, ethnicity, national origin or religion of the subject, or on any combination of these factors. Individuals are encouraged to contact law enforcement if, based on these indicators and the situational context, they suspect an individual is mobilizing to violence.

Conservatives slammed the FBI for encouraging Americans to report their family members.

Sen. Ted Cruz (R-TX) tweeted: “In both Cuba & China, they also ask children to spy on their parents….”

Rep. Dan Bishop (R-NC) tweeted: “These people protected Hillary, abused NSA surveillance databases against Americans, used known, unreliable DNC-funded propaganda to spy on Trump, perpetuated the Russia hoax, & lied to the FISC repeatedly. And now they tell you that you should spy on your family.”

Former Acting Director of National Intelligence Richard Grenell tweeted: “This is outrageous. The @FBI has a growing credibility problem and this type of sinister snitching is clearly unhelpful. Why hasn’t the @fbi made more progress finding the BLM rioters from last summer? Why hasn’t the @fbi leadership apologized for the Russian hoax they pushed?

Mike Doran, Middle East expert and senior fellow at the Hudson Institute, tweeted: “If any person takes this seriously, I feel sorry for them. The FBI encourages us to snitch on family members. Meanwhile FBI leaders cover up for the transgressions of their colleagues, to say nothing of their families.”

Follow Breitbart News’s Kristina Wong on Twitter or on Facebook. 

:: 7-12-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::


World NewsDesk 12 July 2021 Hits: 10455

South Africa is in the midst of total societal collapse as roving bands of rioters, smash, loot, and burn businesses in the city of Durban. Government has announced it has "lost control." Armed citizens are firing live rounds into rioters, capturing some and WHIPPING THEM in the streets.

Durban, South Africa is in shear chaos today as tens-of-thousands riot, loot, smash, and burn. It initially began as a protest to "Free Zuma." The former president has been sentenced to 15 months prison for contempt of court. He refused to give evidence in an official corruption trial.

The protests descended almost instantly into criminal "get free shit."

Here is a scalable map of South Africa showing the location of Durban:

Groups of Armed Citizens are having to OPEN FIRE upon rampaging groups of rioters, and are in fact shooting them in the streets!

Entire shopping malls have been, and continue to be, LOOTED.

The savages are so brazen, they are even stealing forklift trucks to steal more than they can carry.

Armed citizen groups are hurling FIRE BOMBS at Looters whose vehicles are displaying loads of looted goods.

Looters who get captured are literally being WHIPPED in the streets!

In residential areas, Looters are being BEATEN BLOODY with bats:

There is utter chaos almost everywhere, and ALL of it erupted within TWO HOURS.

It grows exponentially worse by the hour, spreading to other cities.

Check back for updates . . .


[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. etc.

:: 11-1-2020 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘Demonic texts’: The enemy can use technology, says exorcist

By: Cathy Cañares Yamsuan - @inquirerdotnet

Philippine Daily Inquirer / 05:16 AM November 01, 2020

(Last of two parts)

MANILA, Philippines — Demonic spirits can send text messages to cell phones and use modern technology to harass or lure people to the dark side.

Fr. Jose Francisco Syquia, chief exorcist of the Archdiocese of Manila, also says receiving messages from demons is an experience common to priests helping possessed persons liberate themselves.

“We did not expect [demons] could do so but if you ask other exorcists, they would tell you the same experience. Usually [the demons would swear at you] or say, ‘This person will never get away from us,’” he says in an interview.

Syquia, president of the 170-strong Philippine Association of Catholic Exorcists (PACE), has been performing exorcisms since 2002.

His most memorable encounter with demonic texts happened in 2003 when the office cell phone used by the Archdiocese of Manila Office of Exorcism (AMOE) received menacing messages from the phone of a female ex-satanist referred to him by a Cavite-based priest. The priest earlier reported seeing the woman levitate.

As “Gina,” Syquia’s secretary and AMOE coordinator, remembers it, the priest was in his office speaking with the possessed woman and her companion when the companion’s phone began receiving messages from the possessed’s phone that was in another room, near Gina’s desk.

The messages were all in Filipino. “Don’t believe Father,” one read. Another claimed that Syquia was a sinner and a liar, and that he wouldn’t be able to help the woman at all.

Gina says she herself received a call from the possessed woman after the latter left their office. During their conversation, her phone was also getting messages saying it’s not true that God loves her and she’d fail in helping Syquia perform the exorcism.

“I erased the messages right away after our conversation. We don’t keep records of them. We believe it is not okay to keep them,” Gina says.

Anger and curses

Syquia recalls that the messages brimmed with anger and curses. The possessed woman who consulted him did not speak English, but he received “f*ck you” messages from her number.

“The devil has power over anything electrical,” Syquia says. “If this place is infested, for example, and they want their presence known, usually the lights would flicker. If I give a talk and use a certain gadget, the devil would easily shut it down because he is an expert in anything electrical.”

But more than threatening messages, Syquia is worried about how the devil uses modern technology to lure young people through the internet, especially during this lockdown when they spend unsupervised hours in cyberspace.

He cites a study done in 2000 that found children age 10-17 having only one-third of face-to-face encounters with other people compared to similar age groups from past generations.

“When a person gets isolated, the devil starts to work on the mind,” he warns. “The young start to have all these thoughts that make them feel depressed and alone. Only 30-percent human contact? That’s what the devil desires.”

According to Syquia, spending much time surfing the web can put a young mind in a hypnotic trance and become open to diabolical influences and auto-suggestion.

The internet has no morality and a child would tend to search for what titillates his senses. So he jumps from one [medium] to another, trying to sustain a high similar to a dopamine hit,” says the priest.

He adds: The devil attacks individuals in varying degrees. Temptations that one encounters daily are considered ordinary attacks.

5 senses

“Extraordinary” attacks that may require help from a priest include demonic oppression and obsession where a person’s five senses are assaulted through frightening apparitions; suicidal and blasphemous voices; bruises, pains and sexual harassment; foul odors; or loss of appetite.

In more serious cases, Syquia says, the devil toys with a person’s emotions and causes intense depression, anger and fear. The person will eventually experience spiritual “dryness” and desolation, and become too lazy to pray, let alone hear Mass.

A person’s imagination may also be assaulted with demonic, sexual and blasphemous images. Memory can be used by causing “obsessive remembrances of past hurts,” Syquia says.

Worse attacks, he says, can lead to unexplained sicknesses or tumors as well as freak accidents. Sleep may be disturbed by night terrors and sexual attacks by an incubus (male spirit) or succubus (female spirit). Eventually, relationships in the home and at work may suffer, further isolating a person from others. Businesses may falter and fail.

The most serious form of demonic attack is possession, where the devil or several evil spirits take over a person’s body and cause it to do humanly impossible things that the person will not remember once the crisis state is over.

In a talk on exorcism at the Vatican, Syquia presented AMOE records showing that in the Philippines, demonic oppression comprises most of the cases (55 percent) followed by cases of infestation or haunting of places and homes (21 percent). Possession cases are at 15 percent, and those involving demonic obsessions or thoughts at 9 percent.

‘Second beast’

Syquia says the Vatican has alerted Catholic exorcists to occult websites that put a curse on anyone who opens them. This means a person in a hypnotic trance will easily appropriate the images and messages in the website.

Ranking Church officials in Rome have warned that the Book of Revelation, the last chapter in the New Testament, refers to a “second beast” that will emerge from the red dragon commonly known as Satan, according to Syquia.

“[They] said this second beast is actually the virtual world that the devil Satan is creating,” he says. “While we have the real world, the red dragon that is the devil would have two beasts come from him. One of these will have powers to create a virtual world that is different from the world of God. It has its own rules, and once people start to live there more than in the real world, it will be an escape from the struggle to become holy in this world.”

Worse, aggression and despair may develop in an isolated person already addicted to the web. Once these thoughts become overwhelming and a crisis hits, the person may become suicidal, Syquia says, adding:

He cannot, in a sense, become ready for life because in the internet, there is no such thing as suffering. The person is not taught how to bear the Cross.”

Syquia himself became a target of demonic harassment before he entered the seminary. He was an undergraduate with plans for the priesthood when the New Age movement piqued his curiosity and led to his exploration of esoterica.

Exorcism ministry

As a result, he says, his “third eye” was opened, and he began experiencing demonic attacks.

He eventually turned back to the Catholic faith and to his plan of becoming a priest.

It was in 2002 when Syquia began the exorcism ministry, armed with a book on the subject written by Fr. Gabriel Amorth, chief exorcist of the Vatican at that time, and a second book on deliverance by an ex-priest whose name he cannot remember.

His peers in the Archdiocese of Manila were skeptical, and wondered: “Why do we need that?”

And then the cases started coming in. “Many Catholics were going to [faith healers and spiritists]. So when people heard that the Church has this [ministry], boom! [Many came to us],” Syquia recalls.

First book

Bishops Ted Buhain and Socrates Villegas eventually gave Syquia the faculty of exorcism.

In 2006, Cardinal Gaudencio Rosales formally created the AMOE with Syquia and a second priest as exorcists. With them were one deliverance minister, a nun, a coordinator, a Catholic doctor, a lawyer and two lay volunteers. It was also at this time that Syquia published his first book, “Exorcism: Encounters with the Paranormal and the Occult.”

Two years later, AMOE had four exorcists and Syquia was training priests from other dioceses.

The team has grown to include a clinical psychologist, a psychometrician, two counselors and several lay volunteers, along with case officers who interview referrals to AMOE and help Syquia determine cases of possession.

In 2015, Syquia gathered 12 more exorcists from provincial dioceses and began streamlining the group. PACE was established in March 2017, initially with 117 members from 52 dioceses.

PACE is directly under the Catholic Bishops’ Conference of the Philippines and is affiliated with the Vatican-approved International Association of Exorcists.

Then Bishop Luis “Chito” Tagle of Imus, Cavite, was among those who regularly referred cases to Syquia and was diligent in seeking follow-up reports. In 2019, Tagle, by then a cardinal, appointed more exorcists to boost AMOE.

AMOE now has six exorcists, including Syquia, based in Metro Manila. The others are Fr. Winston Cabading, Fr. Robert dela Cruz, Fr. Eugene David, Fr. Ramon Merino and Fr. Lorenzo Ruggiero, an Italian priest. AMOE and PACE invite international guest speakers to their yearly local conferences on the Ministry of Spiritual Liberation and Exorcism.

The groups train priests, exorcists and lay teams in Malaysia, Singapore and Indonesia. As chief exorcist of AMOE, Syquia has also been invited to give talks in Rome and at the Pope Leo Institute in Chicago.

The exorcists’ current project is the construction of the St. Michael Center of Spiritual Liberation and Exorcism in Manila.

Good and evil

Syquia has lost count of the exorcisms he has performed in the past 18 years. But each experience strengthens his belief that God and the devil both exist.

“I have seen God work in a very tangible way, how God acts and how present He really is,” Syquia says. “During an exorcism, you see a person levitate, see him vomiting mud—that’s not psychological. You see the reality of the diabolical. The exorcist commands, ‘In the name of Jesus!’ And the demons react, you see their fear of God, especially when they are expelled and the person is liberated.”

One time, the priest says, he prayed to Satan’s nemesis during an exorcism and immediately, the demons possessing the person shouted, “St. Michael the Archangel is here!”

Any exorcist asked about his experience will say that liberating persons from the devil is one of the most concrete proofs of the fight between good and evil, Syquia says.

He adds: “The devil knows the infinite value of every soul in the eyes of God. And if the exorcist does not save the person’s soul, he could end up like those demons — human souls but with a diabolical spirit of hatred and despair that would last forever.”

Read more: 

Follow us: @inquirerdotnet on Twitter | inquirerdotnet on Facebook

:: 9-26-2006 Wired :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Cell Phones? Hell Phones!

09.26.2006 02:00 AM

Convenient and beguiling, the cell phone nevertheless is the devil's handiwork. Don't think so? Read on.

I don't have a cell phone. In fact, I'm here today to tell you that they're the work of the devil. Switch yours off for five minutes and I'll explain why.


Phones have always been interrupting machines. Like a screaming baby demanding to be fed, a phone demands your attention as soon as it rings. It requires you to be interruptable. And a hell phone, unlike a house phone, tags along with you wherever you go, nagging.

Health hazard

Any small, desirable consumer item you wave around conspicuously in public makes you a target for thieves, who may well injure you. Your hell phone may or may not give you brain cancer, but it certainly increases the quantity of microwaves being pumped through the air. What's more, like any electronic device, it's difficult to recycle.

Then there's all the cultural pollution hell phones are responsible for: annoying ringtones, or those loud conversations you're forced to listen to. These social aggravations affect your health by raising your stress levels; the confrontations they can spark with your fellow citizens can come to blows. Not healthy!


A hell phone is a device you carry that, when switched on, tells a satellite exactly where you are every few seconds. It's a device with a microphone in it that can transmit all it hears even when you're not consciously making a call. You don't have to be super-paranoid (or bin Laden) to see how this compromises your privacy, and you don't have to read very far in the newspapers to see how little we can trust governments these days not to use, misuse and hoard whatever information they can get on you.

It doesn't even have to be the government. It might be a sleazy tabloid journalist, a stalker or the detective employed by your estranged wife. Hell!

Private in public

OK, now I pull on my minister's collar; now we come to the ethical stuff. Hell phones encourage a privatization of public space. Whereas once the voices in public places were always directed to other people who were present, a great back-turning seems to have taken place. A voice on a bus is now as likely to be speaking to someone invisible and absent as someone else sitting on the bus.

As a result, the public zone becomes a sort of refuse tip, cluttered with the useless chaff of private conversations intended for someone somewhere else. Like a freeway built through a village, this prioritization of what's elsewhere degrades many of the pleasures of being here, now.


Have you noticed that no one makes firm appointments anymore? Everything is sketchy, provisional, pencilled in. "I'll call you when I get there." "Something's come up; can we reschedule?"

The hell phone may be a boon to the spontaneous, but it's also a license for the slippery, the evasive and the passive aggressive to mess with your head.


Just as hell phones allow you to avoid committing yourself to a specific time and place, so they allow you to remain detached from other commitments. We switch our phones off in the cinema because without bracketing all other concerns and giving our undivided attention to the drama unfolding on the screen we'd be wasting our time and money.

But what about the drama of our lives? Why is it OK to interrupt that? Is there such a thing as "emotional multitasking"? Maybe that's what you were doing when you struggled to suppress rising irritation as you waited for my hell phone call to end ... I'm sorry about that. And I'll be sorry next time, too.

The auction

(Let me clip on red devil horns for this one.) Okay, I'm here right now, but I'm just waiting for a better offer to come along. Hold on, my cell phone is ringing. Listen, I have to go. I've decided to spend my evening somewhere else. I might not even stay there, either. I run my social life like an auction, and the offers come in by phone.

One convenient thing about this is that it really takes away all incentive to stick around long enough to hear bad news about myself, or to attempt to change myself in any way. With new offers coming in all the time, why would I even do that? Later, dude. Call me.

Me and my friends

A telephone connects you, potentially, to everybody in the entire world. But when was the last time you cold-called "somebody in the world" just to say hi? Mostly, a hell phone lubricates habitual links to a small circle of people you already know. Whereas the internet feels like a public and global space, a hell phone feels like a private, local one. Just as most cars visit the same five or six places, so most hell phones call the same five or six numbers over and over.

It's not exactly horizon- or mind-expanding. Combine that restricted form of sociability with other social developments like gated communities, filtered news sources and a security-obsessed state and it leads to a dangerous narrowing of the mind.

The world's worst text input device

Why, when there are laptops with proper keyboards, do people insist on tapping out text on a hell phone's alpha-numeric keypad -- the world's worst text-input device? Are you guys insane? Why evolve freak thumbs -- and turn the English language into mulch -- when you could just use a writing machine actually designed for the purpose?


Confession time: I'm not immune to excitement about the hell phone as a consumer object. I got my first in 1993, and abandoned my last in 2003. Browsing in a branch of Bic Camera in Osaka earlier this year, I marvelled at just how gorgeous and tempting Japanese hell phones have become. Slim, pearly-sleek and futuristic, they incorporate TVs, still and video cameras, mp3 players, portable game systems, GPS mapping.

Compare them with plain old cameras, computers, watches or any other once-desirable gadget and there's no competition; it's quite clear that the all-consuming, all-converging hell phone is the star of the store, the only machine that's truly compulsive at this point.

The hell phone is where the most passionate consumer desire resides right now, and where all the design ingenuity is going. It's just a shame that so few people seem to know the designer's name: Satan. 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

[ :: 5-13-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc Pray about the earthquakes, the tornadoes, the hurricanes, pray about the hail, the snowstorms, the blizzards, pray concerning these things.  For the enemy is moving mightily in different areas to cause the price in your grocery stores to skyrocket and if you don’t pray this will affect you. etc.

:: 7-6-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Vicious hailstorm buries Mexican cities in feet of hail – Streets turn into raging rivers (videos and pictures)

By Strange Sounds - Jul 6, 2021

A severe thunderstorm buried the Mexican municipalities of Naucalpan, Atizapán de Zaragoza, Tlalnepantla and Huixquilucan, in more than 1 foot (60 cms) of hail and transforming streets into raging rivers.

The storm started around 6:20 p.m. and lasted for approximately 20 minutes. Apocalyptic, no?

During the storms, a man died of hyperthermia after being trapped in his car. There are no reports of bad injuries.

More than 30 houses, an hospital and a governmental office have been flooded as streets became raging rivers.

Meanwhile, more than 300 government workers have been deployed to help residents.

I hope everybody reading this blog is safe and ready for the next emergency disaster! [Milenio]

Now subscribe to this blog to get more amazing news curated just for you right in your inbox on a daily basis (here an example of our new newsletter).

You can also follow us on Facebook and/ or Twitter. And, by the way you can also make a donation through Paypal. Thank you!

You should really subscribe to QFiles to get very interesting information about strange events around the world. 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 7-6-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Biden to Send Government Officials Door to Door Across America to Pressure People to VAX

Nation NewsDesk 06 July 2021 Hits: 11870

President Joe Biden said Tuesday that he would be sending officials out to knock on people’s doors across America to pressure them to take the coronavirus vaccine. Do not answer the door or let these people in - they are all likely exposed to the Virus and will likely INFECT YOU!

“Now we need to go community by community, neighborhood by neighborhood, and often times door by door – literally knocking on doors to get help to the remaining people,” Biden said during his speech about coronavirus.

White House press secretary Jen Psaki used a similar phrase Tuesday in which she said coronavirus preventative measures will entail “targeted community by community, door to door outreach to get the remaining Americans vaccinated.” A CBS News reporter asked Psaki during the same briefing if “the White House would reimpose” coronavirus “restrictions, as cases tick up, or is it up to the states?”

“We certainly support their decisions to implement measures that will make their community safe,” Psaki stated. “States and local communities will have to make evaluations about what is in their interest.”

There are much higher rates of vaccination in some parts of the country versus others,” she continued. “We are at almost 70 percent vaccination rate for adults 27 and older but not for adults 18 and older.”

Hal Turner Editorial Opinion

In the interest of full disclosure, I begin by telling you I have NOT been "vaccinated" with this experimental genetic therapy and I have ZERO Intention of taking it in the future.

I strongly DISCOURAGE the public from taking what I call this "Death Dart."

God gave me an Immune System which works just fine, thank you. If I get sick, my immune system will take care of it the way it has for everything else in my 59 years on this Earth.

That said, this so-called "vaccine" is nothing of the sort. It contains no active virus or even attenuated virus the way ALL other vaccines in history have. Instead, it contains what the manufacturer's "claim" is "messenger Ribonucleic Acid (mRNA) which the scientists "CLAIM" will teach our bodies to develop immunity. The empirical evidence shows that claim to be outright FALSE.

Of all the people in hospital now for alleged "COVID-19" symptoms, almost ALL of them have already had one or more of the so-called "vaccine" shots. Clearly, the shots do not seem to work.

In fact, Doctors around the world are sounding the alarm that this vaccine actually causes our body to produce its own "spike protein" which, they found out too late, is actually toxic. The spike protein causes inflammation in the heart, brain, and other organs, which KILLS many people who take the vaccine. It also accumulates in the testes of men, and in the Ovaries of woman, raising all sorts of concerns about fertility.

In my opinion, the so-called "vaccine" is literally mass murder. Over 6,000 people in the USA have already died from it. Over 15,000 in Europe are also DEAD. Countless others are severely injured by the vaccine, many permanently disabled because of it. It is THIS that those government people are coming to your door to do to you. These are not friendly people. They're not coming to help you. They want you to take the Death Dart.

Even if you don't believe a word about the side-effects or adverse reactions, there is one thing you cannot argue: The Government workers being sent door-to-door will have been going where? To the homes of UN-VACCINATED . . . the very people they claim could be contagious or spawning mutations! That reality necessarily means those government workers are highly likely to be INFECTED and can thus spread it to YOU. Put bluntly, these government people are, themselves, SUPER SPREADERS!

I urge Americans to NOT ANSWER THE DOOR when these folks come calling. Tell them do go away or you'll call the police to remove them. No warrant, no entry. Period.

If that doesn't work, ARM YOURSLEF, and if these people refuse to leave your land, or try to force their way in, treat them as you would any other defiant trespasser or home invader. Defend yourself and your family. 

:: 7-6-21 NC Renegade :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::


Posted on July 6, 2021 by Wes Rhinier

Video click on link below 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 7-1-21 Wired :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Oregon’s Buckled Roads and Melted Cables Are Warning Signs

Business 07.01.2021 07:00 AM

Highways and rail lines in the Pacific Northwest were built for a cooler climate. But the heat wave proved that extreme weather is becoming more common.

This week, trapped under a stalled mountain of warm air called a heat dome, the Pacific Northwest got a taste of the future.

On Sunday, as temperatures hit 105, the concrete beneath State Route 544 outside Everson, Washington, began to do what concrete does when it gets really hot: It expanded. By 5 pm, the asphalt above it had softened and cracked, leaving a thick, humped seam across two lanes. To the south, in Portland, Oregon, a road on the northern side of the city seized up around a pothole, leading authorities to close surrounding streets.

As the heat wave wore on, the hits kept coming. Amtrak slowed trains on its Cascades service, worried the heat would warp the tracks. Power cables melted on the Portland Streetcar, which canceled service on Sunday and Monday. The local light rail system also halted, after its copper overhead wires sagged in 120-degree heat and became unusable.

“With extreme weather becoming more common, we’re realizing that as an agency we need to become more climate-resilient,” says Tyler Graf, a spokesperson for TriMet, the agency that runs the light-rail system.

Scientists have long warned of more violent and extreme weather events as the climate changes. What were once 100- or 1,000-year heat waves, floods, storms, and hurricanes will become more common. Now, the extreme weather in the Northwest, and the cracks, sags, and delays that followed, are reminders that the country’s underfunded and underappreciated transportation network isn’t prepared for what’s ahead.

“With extreme weather becoming more common, we’re realizing that as an agency we need to become more climate-resilient.”

Tyler Graf, spokesperson, TriMet, Portland's regional transit agency

Aging roads—in some cases 50 or 70 years old—contribute to the problem. Over time, water and other debris have leaked into the spaces between the slabs of concrete that make up the road. When the concrete expands in extreme heat, it pushes up. “When an area that doesn't experience heat that regularly has it come in, it creates a lot of challenges for us,” says Morgan Balogh, an assistant regional administrator for maintenance and operations at the Washington Department of Transportation.

It’s complicated by a little-known fact: Roads and railways are built differently in different places. Many highways in the US are paved with asphalt concrete, a mix of crushed stone, gravel, and sand called “aggregate” and a soft, black “binder.” The binder is what remains of crude oil after petroleum, kerosene, and other products are refined; its qualities depend on where and how it's made. In an arid, hot desert like Arizona, engineers use a stiff binder that will withstand high temperatures. In Seattle, binders can soften at lower temperatures, because it’s not supposed to get as hot. That’s partly why Phoenix’s normal summertime temperature wreaked havoc on a place like Bellingham, Washington. Similarly, the overhead wires in Phoenix’s light-rail system are calibrated to withstand heat up to 120 degrees.

In extreme heat, asphalt gets soft and behaves kind of like peanut butter, says Hussain Bahia, a civil and environmental engineering professor at the University of Wisconsin who heads the school’s Modified Asphalt Research Center. Put it in an oven and it will become a “slush fluid,” he says. Sustained heat on roads not built for heat can lead to potholes, pockmarks, and bumps. The bumps can cause cars to spin out of control. When it rains again, they increase the likelihood of hydroplaning. Excessive heat is especially bad for roads, because it can make them less able to resist strain and spread heavy loads across their surfaces. As regional climates change, road builders are having a hard time keeping up. A few state agencies have begun to incorporate more recent climate data into their formulas for choosing asphalt mixes, says Shane Underwood, an associate professor of civil, construction, and environmental engineering at North Carolina State University. But none are yet projecting a hotter future, he says. Roads built today are meant to last decades, but they might not be prepared to withstand the future climate. He and colleagues estimate the changing climate could boost road maintenance costs by billions of dollars a year.

Integrating what the science says about what temperatures are going to look like into decision making is definitely important,” Underwood says. Agencies will have to strike a fine balance to navigate limited budgets and the cost of different road materials. Meanwhile, in Washington, DC, politicians are hammering out a new infrastructure deal—and have stripped it of its major climate proposals. As the Pacific Northwest continues to tabulate how many people died during its record-breaking heat, it’s not clear if those in charge understand what’s coming, or are willing to learn from the recent past.



[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 7-6-21 Harbingers Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hobby Lobby Faces Backlash for Ad Declaring America is ‘One Nation Under God’

By Source + HD Editor’s Note July 6, 2021

Hobby Lobby drew applause and criticism on the Fourth of July for a holiday-themed newspaper advertisement that cited a Bible verse and said the United States was “One Nation Under God.”

The full-page advertisement ran in newspapers nationwide but also was available on the company’s website. Hobby Lobby, which was founded by a Christian family, has run holiday-themed ads since 1996 and Independence Day ads since 2006.

The 2021 ad showed an American flag alongside the phrase “One Nation Under God” and a verse from Psalm 33:12, “Blessed is the nation whose God is the Lord.”

The bottom of the bad included 20 quotes from Founding Fathers, Congress, the U.S. Supreme Court and others on the subject of religion.

A quote from George Washington read, “It is the duty of all nations to acknowledge the providence of Almighty God, to obey His will, to be grateful for His benefits, and humbly to implore His protection and favor.”

A quote from John Adams read, “Our Constitution was made only for a moral and religious people. It is wholly inadequate to the government of any other.”

Hobby Lobby has run a similar advertisement in the past. In fact, the 2020 ad included the same quotes and the same Bible verse.

Still, this year’s ad sparked a back-and-forth among supporters and critics on social media. “Hobby Lobby” trended in the Top 5 on Twitter for much of Independence Day.

As an American Jew who served in the United States Army and took an oath to defend the Constitution; I find your statement of America should be lead by Christians to be asinine and unconstitutional,” one person tweeted. “Shame on you”

But the Hobby Lobby ad had plenty of supporters. The company also posted the ad on its social media accounts.

Thank you Hobby Lobby for the encouraging WORD that you have tweeted,” one person wrote. “May the Lord bless you and all your employees and their families and cause you to prosper and continue to be a bright light in this dark community.”

Hobby Lobby founder David Green came up with the idea for the ads during the 1995 Christmas season.

“Green was reading the Christmas advertisements, including those for his own store, and he felt commissioned by God to do something different,” Hobby Lobby’s website says. “Hobby Lobby was selling all kinds of crafts that customers used to celebrate Christmas, yet David Green was struck by the lack of any testimony in newspapers regarding the meaning of the holiday.

“… Before long, Hobby Lobby was placing beautiful full-page ads celebrating the real meaning of Christmas, Easter and Independence Day in newspapers across the country. The impact and relevancy of these messages is ongoing, so we post them here for your enjoyment.”

Outraging The Enemies Of God

Franklin Graham responded to the backlash received by Hobby Looby for their Christian message, stating: Hobby Lobby is being attacked for running some beautiful full-page newspaper ads on July 4. The ad was titled “One Nation Under God” and included the Bible verse, “Blessed is the nation whose God is the Lord” (Psalm 33:12). These positive advertisements have outraged enemies of God’s Word such as the Freedom from Religion Foundation. I hope this exposure for their ads, even though it was intended for harm, will actually allow even more people to read the message and appreciate what Hobby Lobby’s owners, the Green family stand for. I thank God for the Green family, their Christian-run business, and their strong public stand for the Word of God and biblical values.

Unsurprisingly, Hobby Lobby came the most prominently under fire by secularists groups for its July 4th newspaper advertisements.

The Freedom From Religion Foundation, published a news release titled, “This July Fourth, celebrate secularism and boycott Hobby Lobby,” in which they slam the craft store for its Christian beliefs, and for the 8th consecutive year call for atheists across America to boycott the company.

Alongside an advertisement that reads “celebrate our godless constitution,” FFRF writes:

The Freedom From Religion Foundation is drawing attention to the harm of theocratic propaganda put out every July Fourth by Hobby Lobby, a for-profit corporation that is assiduously working to undermine America’s secular heritage and impose a Christian nationalist agenda. [emphasis added]

Others took to Twitter claiming that the Hobby Lobby ad advocated for a “Christian only” government. However, the company’s ad simply consisted of:

one nation under God” along side an America flag   A Bible verse – Psalm 33:12

Quotes from prominent Americas throughout history declaring the importance of America’s Judeo-Christian founding

A small section on the bottom letting people know where they can find more information about salvation through Jesus Christ and download a Bible. (You can view the full ad here).

Secularists may try to twist the message, but their anger is not due to a Hobby Lobby Christian coup conspiracy, their rage is actually fueled by a hatred of God.

Many have pointed out that although the secular left continuously states that they are the group that stands wholeheartedly for tolerance, it is abundantly clear that they only “tolerate” the views and values that align with themselves.

The godless will not “tolerate” the true and living God being acknowledged. The very mention of Jesus is an offense to those who reject Him.

The Bible provides us keen insight into the mind behind this thinking.

1 Peter 2:7-8 states that to those who believe, Jesus is precious, but to the disobedient to God, Christ is a “stone of stumbling and a rock of offense.”

2 Timothy 3:1-13 states that in the last days, perilous times would come and that all that live “godly in Christ shall suffer persecution.” In other words, people would despise all those who live according to the truth and morality standards laid out in God’s Word. The same chapter explains that man in the last days will be corrupt, despise the truth, and be “reprobate concerning the faith.”

In the future, the Bible outlines that a man will come onto the scene, the antichrist, who will establish a world government that is in opposition to God and Christianity.

America and what it stands for (or what it stood for when it was founded) runs in direct opposition to this coming world order. America was founded on Biblical Judeo-Christian values, and it promised freedoms to its citizens. This means that those setting the stage from the approaching antichrist system, knowingly or unknowingly, must remove God, take away basic freedoms, and corrupt the country’s democracy.

It has become trendy to believe America’s founding was evil and that it needs to be torn down and rebuilt (or built back better) upon a Marxist foundation.

David Fiorazo, earlier this year, stated that: “Socialists and globalists have already convinced people that Christianity is intolerant and patriotism is divisive. But we must not allow the left to turn our love for God and respect for our country into something shameful, wrong, or dangerous.” 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 7--21 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FDA reverses itself: rejects COVID antibody test results; insanity reigns

Guest Post by Jon Rappoport

Even a robot programmed to “follow the science” would throw up his hands in despair while reading the latest FDA COVID pronouncement.

After untold numbers of people have been given antibody tests to determine their COVID status, the FDA now states:

Today, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration issued a safety communication informing the public that results from SARS-CoV-2 antibody tests should not be used to evaluate immunity or protection from COVID-19 at any time, and especially after the person received a COVID-19 vaccination.” Boom.

I’m imagining just a small sample of people — perhaps 5000— marching in unison into a hospital, saying, “We tested positive for COVID on an antibody test…and then we had to isolate, and some of us were treated with toxic drugs…and NOW we learn that the antibody test is useless…”

The FDA document, dated May 19, 2021, is titled: “FDA In Brief: FDA Advises Against Use of SARS-CoV-2 Antibody Test Results to Evaluate Immunity or Protection From COVID-19, Including After Vaccination”.

Digging a little deeper in the document, we have a statement referring to the COVID vaccine:

The authorized vaccines for prevention of COVID-19 induce antibodies to specific viral protein targets; post-vaccination antibody test results will be negative in individuals without a history of previous natural infection if the test used does not detect the type of antibodies induced by the vaccine.”[1][2]

In other words, the FDA is saying, “Look, the vaccine creates specific antibodies against the spike protein, not the virus. If you take the standard antibody test after vaccination, it’ll be useless, because the test isn’t meant to detect antibodies against the spike protein. It only detects antibodies against the virus.” [3] This raises several serious questions. One of them is: Since developing antibody tests is as easy as pie, why hasn’t the FDA developed one that detects antibodies against the spike protein?

And the answer to that question is obvious. If the FDA did develop such a test, then—in terms of conventional vaccine theory—it would be easy to see how well the vaccine is working, or not working.

And THAT is not a goal public health officials want to achieve. That is not a risk worth taking. Suppose, after testing 20,000 vaccinated people, it turns out that only 800 have produced antibodies against the spike protein? reigns etc

Another (unanswered) question: Are specific antibodies against the spike protein, conferred by the vaccine, sufficient to neutralize, disable, destroy the actual virus if it drops down out of a cloud and tries to infect a vaccinated person?

Of course, as my readers know, I’ve spent a year demonstrating that no one has proved the SARS-CoV-2 virus exists. However, I make many forays into the insane world where people believe the virus is real; and I show that even within that world, the experts contradict themselves and compound their egregious fallacies like rabbits spawning babies.

[1] FDA Advises Against Use of SARS-CoV-2 Antibody Test Results to Evaluate Immunity or Protection From COVID-19 at any time, and especially after the person received a COVID-19 vaccination.”

I’m imagining just a small sample of people — perhaps 5000— marching in unison into a hospital, saying, “We tested positive for COVID on an antibody test…and then we had to isolate, and some of us were treated with toxic drugs…and NOW we learn that the antibody test is useless…”

The FDA document, dated May 19, 2021, is titled: “FDA In Brief: FDA Advises Against Use of SARS-CoV-2 Antibody Test Results to Evaluate Immunity or Protection From COVID-19, Including After Vaccination”.

Digging a little deeper in the document, we have a statement referring to the COVID vaccine:

The authorized vaccines for prevention of COVID-19 induce antibodies to specific viral protein targets; post-vaccination antibody test results will be negative in individuals without a history of previous natural infection if the test used does not detect the type of antibodies induced by the vaccine.”[1][2]

In other words, the FDA is saying, “Look, the vaccine creates specific antibodies against the spike protein, not the virus. If you take the standard antibody test after vaccination, it’ll be useless, because the test isn’t meant to detect antibodies against the spike protein. It only detects antibodies against the virus.” [3] This raises several serious questions. One of them is: Since developing antibody tests is as easy as pie, why hasn’t the FDA developed one that detects antibodies against the spike protein?

And the answer to that question is obvious. If the FDA did develop such a test, then—in terms of conventional vaccine theory—it would be easy to see how well the vaccine is working, or not working.

And THAT is not a goal public health officials want to achieve. That is not a risk worth taking. Suppose, after testing 20,000 vaccinated people, it turns out that only 800 have produced antibodies against the spike protein?

Another (unanswered) question: Are specific antibodies against the spike protein, conferred by the vaccine, sufficient to neutralize, disable, destroy the actual virus if it drops down out of a cloud and tries to infect a vaccinated person?

Of course, as my readers know, I’ve spent a year demonstrating that no one has proved the SARS-CoV-2 virus exists. However, I make many forays into the insane world where people believe the virus is real; and I show that even within that world, the experts contradict themselves and compound their egregious fallacies like rabbits spawning babies. reigns

Guest Post by Jon Rappoport

Even a robot programmed to “follow the science” would throw up his hands in despair while reading the latest FDA COVID pronouncement.

After untold numbers of people have been given antibody tests to determine their COVID status, the FDA now states:

Today, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration issued a safety communication informing the public that results from SARS-CoV-2 antibody tests should not be used to evaluate immunity or protection from COVID-19 at any time, and especially after the person received a COVID-19 vaccination.” Boom.

I’m imagining just a small sample of people — perhaps 5000— marching in unison into a hospital, saying,We tested positive for COVID on an antibody test…and then we had to isolate, and some of us were treated with toxic drugs…and NOW we learn that the antibody test is useless…”

The FDA document, dated May 19, 2021, is titled: “FDA In Brief: FDA Advises Against Use of SARS-CoV-2 Antibody Test Results to Evaluate Immunity or Protection From COVID-19, Including After Vaccination”.

Digging a little deeper in the document, we have a statement referring to the COVID vaccine:

The authorized vaccines for prevention of COVID-19 induce antibodies to specific viral protein targets; post-vaccination antibody test results will be negative in individuals without a history of previous natural infection if the test used does not detect the type of antibodies induced by the vaccine.”[1][2]

In other words, the FDA is saying, “Look, the vaccine creates specific antibodies against the spike protein, not the virus. If you take the standard antibody test after vaccination, it’ll be useless, because the test isn’t meant to detect antibodies against the spike protein. It only detects antibodies against the virus.” [3]

This raises several serious questions. One of them is: Since developing antibody tests is as easy as pie, why hasn’t the FDA developed one that detects antibodies against the spike protein?

And the answer to that question is obvious. If the FDA did develop such a test, then—in terms of conventional vaccine theory—it would be easy to see how well the vaccine is working, or not working.

And THAT is not a goal public health officials want to achieve. That is not a risk worth taking. Suppose, after testing 20,000 vaccinated people, it turns out that only 800 have produced antibodies against the spike protein?

Another (unanswered) question: Are specific antibodies against the spike protein, conferred by the vaccine, sufficient to neutralize, disable, destroy the actual virus if it drops down out of a cloud and tries to infect a vaccinated person?

Of course, as my readers know, I’ve spent a year demonstrating that no one has proved the SARS-CoV-2 virus exists. However, I make many forays into the insane world where people believe the virus is real; and I show that even within that world, the experts contradict themselves and compound their egregious fallacies like rabbits spawning babies.

[1] FDA Advises Against Use of SARS-CoV-2 Antibody Test Results to Evaluate Immunity or Protection From COVID-19, Including After Vaccination [back]

[2] FDA Advises Against Use of SARS-CoV-2 Antibody Test Results to Evaluate Immunity or Protection From COVID-19, Including After Vaccination – ARCHIVED VERSION [back]

[3] COVID: here come the antibody tests—quick, easy, and insane [back]

This latest foray shows the FDA is both criminal and insane. 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

[ :: 10-14-12 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Even though the world shall not see this, for they shall see and feel the terrible drought and finances, but not my people, saith your Father God, for I shall bless them, I shall bless them in ways they have never been blessed. etc..

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 7-6-21 CBC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Manitoba municipality declares state of agricultural disaster due to drought, record-breaking heat

The lack of rain, along with the heat dome, has been stressing crops and producers in the province

Marianne Klowak · CBC News · Posted: Jul 06, 2021 5:00 AM CT | Last Updated: July 6

Relentless heat, record-breaking temperatures and a lack of rain are pushing some Manitoba farmers over the edge.

The Rural Municipality of St. Laurent, in the Interlake region, declared an agricultural state of disaster on Monday after weekend temperatures reached the mid-30s C over the weekend.

The municipality says it has received less than 40 per cent of the normal amount of rain so far this year, crop yields are coming in at excessively low volumes, and dugouts and wells are dry or drying up.

Water supply and water quality is a growing concern, while a grasshopper infestation is compounding the lack of forage, the municipality said.

Extreme heat wallops wheat and canola crops, pushing prices to record highs

Deputy Reeve Frank Bruce said some farmers are being forced to sell their livestock because of the high cost of feed and water. He calls the farmers' plight desperate.

"Some are selling off their cattle because of the dryness. It is a disaster. Many don't have water," said Bruce. "They are getting wells dug up and are actually hauling water from the lake into the dugouts.

"And on top of this, grasshoppers are eating their crops. There is an infestation."

The extreme economic impact has forced council to ask for immediate assistance through provincial and federal programs, Bruce said.

A provincial spokesperson said in an email the government is working closely with municipalities and producers and is offering a number of resources and supports to those who need it.

Interlake in rough shape

Bill Campbell, president of Manitoba's Keystone Agricultural Producers, isn't surprised. He said the Interlake is very dry and in rough shape. So are many other areas in the province.

KAP represents about 4,500 farmers in the province and around 21 commodity groups.

B.C. farmers concerned about impact of scorching heat on blueberry crops

"There is probably irreversible damage to the crops, the hay and the pastures," said Campbell.

"With this heat there will be pod abortion, and the wheat won't be as good as it could be. It's just too much stress and you don't get it back. You can't repair that at this stage of the game."

Campbell said it's too early to know the monetary value of the damage. He said farmers measure what goes into the bin, and those numbers aren't available yet.

While isolated showers did bring some optimism in mid-June, Campbell says the heat dome over the weekend has left farmers worried and concerned if harvest will be earlier than usual this year.

"Beetles ravaging canola, frost and cold temperatures in the spring, poor germination and then re-seeding, it's almost like your emotions are a yo-yo. You go up and down," he said. "Then this blast of intense heat.

"While we know a lot about how to deal with adversity, Mother Nature holds the trump card, and we haven't had enough rain."

He is worried about the lack of water for his purebred livestock too, citing a lack of snowfall this winter and spring runoff.

"The dugouts, the creeks didn't replenish. And you know whatever limited rainfall there was, there was no runoff. The dugouts are dry and empty," said Campbell.

"Without water on a pasture, it becomes a problem for cattle. They need to drink everyday. And on Saturday and Sunday, they would have in excess of 10 gallons per animal. If you don't have water, you have to move them."

He has had to build a fence and move his cattle back to the well, putting in shallow pumps to access water and trench it to the pasture.

'We get one chance at this'

Larry Wagner says anything that was stressed before the heat wave is going downhill fast.

Wagner is a cattle producer near Virden, Man. He's also the chair of the Manitoba Forage and Grasslands Association.

He's also worried about an early harvest.

"Some of the crops are on the verge of being written off and then they can be harvested as feed for livestock. Some of them won't make a crop. We just have to keep going and salvage what we can," said Wagner.

An early harvest indicates premature ripening, that there is less than what there could be. An early harvest is not a good sign, said Campbell.

"We get one chance at this every year. We can't fix it if the rain doesn't show up. We will be having to make some major decisions on how we as producers cope with the consequences of this weather," he said.

ABOUT THE AUTHOR Marianne Klowak Reporter

Born and raised in Winnipeg, Marianne has always had a passion for seeking the truth. She began her career anchoring and reporting at CKX Brandon. From there she worked in both TV news and current affairs at CBC Saskatoon. For the past 25 years Marianne has worked in Winnipeg, both in radio and television. She was formerly a teacher in Manitoba and Saskatchewan. 

:: 7--21 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Reset on Your Terms, or be Forced into the “Great Reset” on Theirs

by Kratos

Knowing their mind control over the masses is so perfect that hardly anyone can have a human reaction to it, the power elite get off on bragging about what they will do to us. Inevitably, when we “right-wing conspiracy theorists” point out the firmly established dystopian nightmare we currently reside in, the response from those masses is to (disingenuously) ask us for a solution to the problem.

We respond, knowing they’re not really interested in an answer. The basis of the question is merely to suggest there can’t be a solution. Outside of the political processes that have brought us to this terrible state in the first place, that is.

For those who have eyes to see and ears to hear, I have ideas on what might pass for solutions to this problem. These are my solutions, which came to me through the lens of my own knowledge of the current situation, the sequence of events and ideas that brought us here, and the stated agenda of the people who will carry them and us into the future.

Take what serves you and leave the rest. Your knowledge and experience, your level of incredulity to the seriousness of the situation, and your environment may bring you to different conclusions, different solutions.

But whatever you are going to do, start doing it yesterday.

Crippling inflation is here, and will get worse under the Great Reset.

As the world begins to abandon the dollar as the dominant reserve currency, the ghosts of Weimar and Zimbabwe darken our door. Unlike Zimbabwe and Weimar, this hyperinflation is planned, so they can use the crisis to implement agendas no one would otherwise approve.

Couple this reality with the United Nations Agenda for Sustainable Development in the 21st Century – Agenda 21 for short. Signed by George H.W. Bush at the Earth Summit in Rio De Janeiro in 1992, the plan was for massive depopulation of the planet and theft of the vast majority of land from the citizens. This was followed by Agenda 2030 – the original agenda on steroids.

The World Economic Forum rebranded the agenda as The Great Reset.

You can read it all for yourself, but beware, you risk alienation if you speak of it

A map of the United States under Agenda 21 shows almost no land allowed for human activity and just a few tiny blips – the smart super citieswhere humans will be herded, tagged, and tracked like cattle into twenty-by-thirty foot paddocks. It’s a plan so evil it is incomprehensible to the average person. Anyone who dares speak of it, even though the documents are easily accessed and read, risks being seen as an utterly deranged, paranoid lunatic.

In this society, the cost of sanity is a certain level of alienation, as many of you surely know. Pay it gladly.

As a pandemic was used to paralyze the world with fear, it became clear it was the perfect cover to nuke the economy once and for all, and to implement heretofore unthinkable tenets of Agenda 21 and other aspects of their generations-long enslavement plans. The supply chain was trashed and has yet to recover. Farms were forced to destroy horrific amounts of product; vegetables, dairy, meat.

Under the Great Reset and other “climate change” initiatives being rolled out as you read, your diets will be strictly controlled, and meat will virtually be eliminated. You will eat worms and bugs, and you will never be happier.

My moment of truth  As this was all unfolding, one day, as I was lying in bed, I came to my moment of truth: I will lose everything.

I had already lost my job, and the government response to the pandemic had decimated my industry. Suddenly all the excuses I made for being unable to lessen my dependency on the grid evaporated. I had no choice. There was absolutely no circumstance under which I would allow them to inject me. And I knew that alone would mean I needed to “reset” on my own terms or be destroyed by theirs.

This, of course, beckoned me back to why I became a prepper and all of those things in the first place – the urge to take stock of all of the necessities in my life that I am not currently in control of and take control of them, only now with extreme prejudice and urgency. This includes but is perhaps not limited to water, food, shelter, energy, and security at a fundamental survival level.

It’s amazing what you can accomplish when you stop making excuses

I, of course, enthusiastically claimed the obscene pandemic unemployment money, knowing they were going to destroy the economy whether I took it or not (I did not buy a new TV, I assure you). Once that ran out, we lived month to month. And we even had to allow our car to be repossessed because we couldn’t afford both the mortgage and a car payment. With further and more profound economic crises imminent and inevitable, I knew our days were numbered (because that is the plan). I knew they would eventually foreclose on our house, and we would lose our home and all of the equity we built over the nine-plus years we lived there.

My wife and I implemented our own Great Reset: We sold our house and made enough profit after it was all said and done to buy a piece of raw, secluded land, debt-free. To live in the meantime, we purchased a travel trailer that we set up on the property while developing the homestead, including our permanent residence.

Many of you may be thinking about the family who did the same thing and had their property confiscated by the local constabulary. Take these sorts of things into account when you make your own plan. Something like that simply does not happen where I live. The county permit office is well aware of my plans for this land and has offered zero resistance. I have permits for septic and power, and these are now installed on my property with their royal blessings.

Our homestead, free and clear and thriving

We have secured, free and clear, land, shelter, and waste management (septic). In the coming weeks will have a well installed, so we have water. Let me be clear that in the near term, our power is connected to the grid, and our well will be connected to our on-grid power, so this is not optimal. As I progress in my plan, I’ll implement redundancies in all of these. I also have a creek and a pond on the property, along with multiple wells I plan to install. Therefore, water will almost always be available.

For food, I am building a 3,200 square foot garden area that will have fourteen 100 square foot raised beds, a greenhouse, and various fruit trees and shrubs when finished. I already have my chickens on site, laying eggs. When the fencing is fully installed, there should be enough land for my chickens to free-range and produce eggs with little to no supplemental feed.

We have rabbits currently housed at a friend’s house. The rabbits will be brought on property in a few weeks and will be bred for meat. I have planted 15 moringa trees, which, along with all that can be foraged from the many acres of forest that we own, will provide much of their food needs through our long growing season.

And finally, we plan to raise quail for meat because they mature much earlier than chickens, are easy to turn over and replace, and are tastier than chicken meat. The many acres of forest surrounding the homestead is plentiful in wild game and wild edibles – deer, squirrel, hog, blackberries, huckleberries, acorns, etc. Once my food systems are in full production, I’ll have enough food to survive and perhaps thrive.

Community is needed for the greater good

I am under no delusions that my land will be a kingdom unto itself, independent and fully self-contained with no need for help or trade with the rest of society. Despite the relative seclusion of our 10.5 acres, people do live in our neighborhood. I have already begun to plant the seeds of an interdependent community there.

This is the essence of agorism – the counter economy. Because people like me will soon be shut out of the “white” economy, controlled by the Establishment, for me to survive, I will have to rely on the community to work together through black and grey markets and otherwise voluntary cooperation.

I can grow food, but I’m not good at, say, repairing my car. Also, I don’t have many of the tools and machinery required to manage a large piece of land. People in my neighborhood do, which will have to be the foundation for our counter-economy, or, as the vonuans call it, our ethical enclave. We will have each other’s backs and help one another in times of need. We will rely on each other for security – it’s safe to assume they are all well armed; I hear them every time I visit. Perhaps we will even develop our own currency. We will build a micro-society of people who didn’t sit on their butts and watch their lives be stolen.

Decide, before its too late  If you end up reading my work regularly, you’ll quickly find that I am fond of quotes. Historical quotes, movie quotes, it doesn’t matter. I promise not to quote Lord of the Rings too often, but here is a sequence in Fellowship of the Ring that I hope inspires you to take action, deal with the reality you’ve been handed, and not be a victim:

Frodo: I wish the Ring had never come to me. I wish none of this had happened.

Gandalf: So do all who live to see such times, but that is not for them to decide. All we have to decide is what to do with the time that is given us.

This encapsulates, I think, the fundamental hurdle most people won’t be able to clear as the Great Reset forces them to choose between the Establishment slave grid and whatever options are available to them as time continues to run out. Most people think they are entitled to the American Dream, entitled to a life better than their parents had, and that their children are entitled to a life better than they had.

It is a harsh reality to accept all that has been stolen from us

I will likely never do many of the things I’ve always dreamed of doing, like visiting the ancient monuments of Egypt, Greece, China, Rome, and Latin America. I won’t have a career with retirement nor a pension. When I die, I will have little to leave my children.

It is, in fact, likely, I have conceded, almost all of those closest to me will not heed my warnings. Nor will they take urgent, radical, direct action to remove themselves from the horrors here now and to come. I have fought for them, fought for their minds, to awaken them, to show them what must be done – which was always, ever, to JUST. SAY. NO. Hardly anyone listened.

When I say give up hope, it is not out of despair but a harsh, honest analysis of the present reality.

In the battle for the hearts and minds of humanity, we lost. New pandemics, new variants, new vaccines, deepening economic crises, new false flags, new draconian, dystopian hells are about to be unleashed. The year 2020 left me no doubt what the reaction of the masses will be. Even if they know it’s fake or overblown, they’ll comply because the spirit of independence and rebellion has been bred out of them through generations of cumulative trauma-based mind control. The Establishment continuously brags about what they’ve done, what they’re doing, and what they plan to do, and, year over year, generation over generation, no one ever hangs for it. It is what it is.

I have fought my fight, and I am not bitter

This isn’t me throwing my hands at the ignorant sheep, saying they don’t deserve to be awakened. It is me knowing that if I expend too much energy trying to wake people up to stop something that has already been done, I will be sucked into the same black hole as everyone else. This isn’t the starting gun, my friends. We’ve crossed the finish line. This is the Endgame. I can only decide what to do with the time given me, the time I still have left.

And if I am wrong, if the hero swoops in to save us, or, by some miracle, the masses are not as vacuous, helplessly traumatized, and chemically lobotomized as I estimate, no one will be happier than I. Maybe I can still take that trip to Egypt. But I have already committed myself to this life for so long that it is what I enjoy. It is what I want, come hell or high water.

So there I will be, on my homestead, eating the best food, enjoying peace and solitude, until I shuffle off the mortal coil. And if circumstances arise that there is no way out of this dystopian hell, not even completely unplugging from their Matrix, that’s the hill I will die on, and I am ready for it.

There are fates worse than death, and those are not my future. Are they in yours?

About the Author

Kratos has been prepping for civilizational collapse of various types since the 2007-08 economic crash, when, studying its economic causes, came to the horrifying conclusion that the next collapse was not only inevitable but would be final. He implements and integrates survival, prepping, homesteading, agorism, and VONU to increase resiliency, build networks of interdependency, decrease vulnerability to coercion, and, as Camus said, “become so absolutely free that [his] very existence is an act of rebellion.” Connect with him on MeWe and on Bitchute 

:: 7-1-21 The Cipher Brief :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Neurotechnology for National Defense: the U.S. and China

July 1, 2021 | Joy Putney

The Cipher Brief’s Academic Incubator partners with national security-focused programs from colleges and Universities across the country to share the thinking of the next generation of national security leaders.

Joy Putney is a doctoral candidate in the Quantitative Biosciences Program in the School of Biological Science at Georgia Institute of Technology and a 2020-2021 Sam Nunn Security Fellow.

Bottom Line Up Front: China is better poised to capitalize on disruptive neurotechnologies like brain-computer interfaces (BCI) for both civilian and military usage, so the U.S. must be prepared for the deployment of these capabilities in future operating environments.

In the past decade, seven international actors have launched “Brain Projects” or “Brain Initiatives,” including the United States and China. The U.S. BRAIN Initiative started in 2013 under the Obama administration, and includes plans for $6 billion USD of funding through the year 2025. The China Brain Project was announced three years later in 2016, along with the country’s Thirteenth Five-Year Plan with estimated funding of $1 billion USD through the year 2030.

These brain initiatives which involve stakeholders from government, academia, military, and industry and direct hundreds of millions of dollars to specific research goals, can be viewed as cohesive articulations of a national strategy for neuroscience research. The outcomes of these initiatives will not only further our understanding of the brain but will also enable new neurotechnologies that will have far-reaching implications for society, public health, and national security.

The United States and China are among the largest spenders in their brain projects and are peer economic and military competitors. The U.S.’ National Defense Strategy in 2018 highlighted long-term, strategic competition with China as a top focus. This competition will naturally include vying for technological advantage, especially with emerging technologies like those enabled by the brain projects, to avoid technological surprise. Here, the specific focus on brain-computer interfaces within the broader category of neurotechnologies is due to their potential for high adoption by healthy people for both civilian and military purposes. Additionally, these devices have profound ethical concerns involving data privacy and individual autonomy. Likely for these reasons, the US Congressional Research Service identified brain-computer interfaces as an emerging dual-use technology that should be considered for export controls.

China has a clearer articulation of their intent to use brain-computer interfaces (BCIs) for both civilian and military purposes. The goals of the brain initiatives in each of these nations are an articulation of national strategy for neuroscience research and technology development, and the U.S. BRAIN Initiative and China Brain Project contrast strongly in their aims. The China Brain Project’s stated goals place a higher emphasis on brain-machine technologies like BCI than the U.S. BRAIN Initiative. The U.S. BRAIN Initiative’s seven major goals only relate to understanding the brain and improving treatment of brain disorders and focus on developing technologies that enable basic research and clinical applications. The China Brain Project’s structure is envisioned as “one body two wings”, with a core body of understanding the brain, with an equal emphasis on the applications—the two wings—of treating brain disorders and developing brain-machine intelligence technologies. In contrast to the U.S. BRAIN Initiative, the China Brain Project puts an equal emphasis on clinical and non-clinical applications of brain research, and specifically emphasizes integrating brain and machine intelligence.

The China Brain Project’s goals also more strongly align with the military rhetoric of the PLA than the U.S. BRAIN Initiative’s goals do with the U.S. military’s active neurotechnology research initiatives. The U.S. DoD has extensively funded neuroscience research, but with divergent aims from the U.S. BRAIN Initiative. DARPA has several ongoing programs developing neurotechnologies, like the Next-Generation Nonsurgical Neurotechnology (N3) program, which seeks to develop non-invasive BCIs with the ability to both read and write brain activity for use by healthy military service members, and the Neural Engineering Systems Design (NESD) program, which seeks to develop BCIs to restore vision and hearing to injured service members. Other neurotechnology development programs have been funded by the U.S. Air Force, the U.S. Army, and the U.S. Navy. A comprehensive study from the U.S. Army’s Combat Capabilities Development Command (DEVCOM) highlighted four neurotechnology applications for future operating environments, including visual and auditory augmentation, wearable exoskeletons with programmed muscular control, direct control of weapon systems through BCIs, and brain-to-brain communication between service members. While both the U.S. DoD and the U.S. BRAIN Initiative have funded clinical applications of BCI, the DoD’s emphasis on civilian and military use cases for BCI is not reflected in the US BRAIN Initiative’s goals.

In contrast, the PLA’s rhetoric and the China Brain Project’s goals are more cohesive, driven likely in part by the nation’s overarching strategy of military-civil fusion. The Director of the Central Military Commission Science and Technology Commission (CMC S&TC) in China stated in 2017 that “ The combination of artificial intelligence and human intelligence can achieve the optimum, and human-machine hybrid intelligence will be the highest form of future intelligence. In strikingly similar language, Dr. Mu-Ming Poo, one of the lead scientists of the China Brain Project, has written on how he believes a better understanding of the brain will revolutionize artificial intelligence (AI) technologies and how he expects China to accelerate “development of next generation AI with human-like intelligence and brain-machine interface technology.” Greater alignment between the national strategy for neuroscience research as articulated by the brain initiatives and defense emphasis on neurotechnology development will likely enable quicker BCI adoption for military usage in China.

China has fewer sociocultural barriers to BCI adoption for civilian and military usage than the U.S. One of the potential barriers identified by policy experts to the military usage of BCI in the U.S. was distrust of service members. This is reflected in the broader civilian population, where in a 2016 Pew Research survey on human enhancements, 69% of U.S. respondents said they are worried by the idea of BCI technologies and 66% claimed they would not want to use BCI technologies to enhance their brain. Cross-cultural surveys on attitudes towards BCI have not been conducted, so it is difficult to make direct, specific comparisons between U.S. and Chinese citizen’s attitudes towards BCI. However, a cross-cultural study on U.S. and Chinese attitudes towards big data technologies has been conducted; while this 2017 survey does not address BCI technologies directly, BCI technologies are like big data technologies in that they will utilize machine learning and large sampling of potentially individualizable data. U.S. respondents were less likely than Chinese respondents to approve of technologies that involved data collection from individuals. U.S. responders were also strongly averse to the use of big data analytics by the government, where Chinese respondents were mostly favorable to government usage. U.S. respondents were only more favorable of big data analytics usage than their Chinese counterparts when data could be anonymized and used by businesses to improve performance. Data privacy and anonymity were more important to U.S. respondents. BCI technologies by necessity collect data from individuals and can even affect brain activity, so these technologies have features that will make them less appealing for adoption in the U.S.

Additionally, China, due to its government structure, can mandate the usage of BCI technologies both in the civilian and military sectors. There are already media reports of mandatory BCI usage by companies in China where there have not been similar reports in the United States. Both the U.S. and China have seen non-invasive EEG headsets that can read brain activity used in school settings, usually in pilot studies for devices designed to measure focus and attention. However, Chinese state-owned companies that run power plants and train operations have reported usage of this same kind of headset to monitor workers’ attention or sleep/awake status. This application is also advertised by companies operating in the U.S., but no reports exist of it being mandatory to use. While the efficacy of these headsets is likely low due to difficulties interpreting brain activity collected via EEG, this signals that Chinese state companies are more likely to use these types of devices to monitor workers.

The U.S. must prepare now to mitigate the adverse effects of disruptive dual-use neurotechnologies. Neurotechnologies have incredible potential to improve quality of life for people suffering from sensory, motor, or other clinical deficits. Yet they also have the potential to fundamentally disrupt social systems and future operating environments. Both the U.S. and its peer competitor, China, have funded research for BCIs and have stated goals for their usage in future operating environments. While the U.S. likely has greater funding for neuroscience research through the U.S. BRAIN Initiative and a more robust R&D system with greater public-private partnerships, China has fewer barriers to BCI adoption due to its sociocultural climate, government structure, and a more cohesive national strategy for neuroscience research. Additionally, the U.S.’s general R&D advantage is eroding, with China looking to compete with the U.S. on R&D within the next decade.

Many ethical and legal quandaries arise due to human enhancement through BCIs, since these technologies involve the collection and modification of very personal data—an individual’s brain activity. It is important now for the U.S. to consider the ethical, legal, and social implications (ELSI) of BCI usage and take the lead in establishing norms for their usage both in civilian and military contexts. Additionally, the U.S. can capitalize on its current R&D lead for developing BCIs if they can lower sociocultural barriers to adoption. One suggested method for addressing distrust for BCIs is through positive media portrayals of BCI usage. Regardless, the U.S. must be prepared for BCIs to be utilized in future operating environments by peer competitors and for BCIs to be potential disruptors in civilian contexts.



[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Be established in me, be not established in the world or the things of the world, but be established in me, for the days just ahead are dark days, evil days, wicked days, when many things shall take place. Things that shall even shock you, things that shall wake you up and wake up others, things that shall cause them to realize the lateness of the hour, the time in which you are living. They will see and understand the plot of the enemy, how he strives to take over and become a one world government, a one world enterprise who will contain all the food and issue out the food and even take over farms to control the food, the water, the gas, the oil, the supplies. Oh, the wickedness of his plot, but fear not that plot, etc.

:: 7-6-21 The Sons of Liberty Media :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Their Endgame For The Flag, The National Anthem, The Declaration Of Independence & The Constitution

Written by: Michael Snyder Published on: July 6, 2021

A huge national debate about our most important national symbols has erupted, and it is rapidly becoming one of our hottest political issues. But what most people don’t realize is that this isn’t really a debate about our past. Rather, it is a debate about what our future is going to look like. Those that are demonizing the American flag, the national anthem, the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution are not doing so for the purpose of winning a historical debate. Their true goal is to “cancel” those symbols and replace them with new ones, because our existing national symbols represent values and principles that are diametrically opposed to the values and principles that they wish to impose upon society.

If they ultimately get their way, the United States will eventually become an extremely repressive high tech dystopian society where absolutely no dissent is tolerated. In other words, we would look a whole lot like communist China does today.

When I was growing up, the “godless communists” on the other side of the globe were the “bad guys”, and I was raised to greatly love the flag and the freedoms that it represented. But now our flag is regularly demonized by the corporate media. For example, the New York Times just published an article in which the flag was described as “alienating”…

At one time, it would have been unthinkable for a major newspaper to publish such a statement, but times have changed.

And calls for our existing flag to be replaced with a new one are starting to grow louder. The following comes from a widely circulated opinion piece that singer Macy Gray authored last month…

Of course it isn’t just the flag that they want to replace.

Right now, there is a petition that is calling for a new national anthem…

That particular petition is suggesting that “American The Beautiful” should be the new anthem, but a lot of people are also now referring to “Lift Every Voice And Sing” as a “national anthem”…

In the end, they aren’t going to be satisfied with changing just one or two things.

The goal is for all of the symbols of our founding era to be “canceled”, and this even includes our most important founding documents.

Earlier today, I was stunned to learn that NPR is now publicly claiming that the Declaration of Independence is filled with “flaws and hypocrisies”…

And Congresswoman Maxine Waters is publicly attacking it as well…

“All men are created equal” is a phrase that has been a beacon of hope for men and women all over the globe for more than two centuries, but now Maxine Waters would like us to believe that it is actually an insult.

Sadly, I am certain that it won’t be too long before someone out there comes up with a “new Declaration of Independence” to replace the old one.

Of course the U.S. Constitution is under relentless assault as well. When I was in law school, my liberal professors taught me that it was a “living, breathing document” that could be changed to make it say anything that we wanted it to say.

But these days that is not enough for many on the left. A lot of them now want to get rid of that “flawed” document entirely and start over.

The endgame is to create an entirely different country from the one that our founders originally established, and every year they make a little bit more progress toward that goal.

Of course there are still millions of patriotic Americans that are absolutely determined to keep them from winning, but the other side has far more money and far more power at this stage.

This is a point that Victor Davis Hanson made very well in one of his recent articles…

All throughout our history, Americans have sacrificed so much so that future generations could live free.

But now all of our precious freedoms are on the line, and the other side is absolutely determined to permanently destroy everything that our founders worked so hard to build.

We have reached such a critical moment in our history, and America’s future hangs in the balance.

Article posted with permission from Michael Snyder 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

:: 7-5-21 The US Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

SEEK AND DESTROY Israel uses first-ever AI drone swarm in battle to hunt down and blitz Hamas terrorists with NO human input

Tariq Tahir 12:47 ET, Jul 5 2021

ISRAEL used the first ever drone swarm deployed in battle to hunt down Hamas terrorists, it was reported.

The drones have no human input but instead link together using artificial intelligence to seek out their targets.

Israeli Defence Forces drones were deployed in swarmsCredit: IDF

Hamas began firing rockets into Israel after protests by Palestinians in May, prompting an 11 day conflict in which 256 people were killed in Gaza and 13 in Israel.

During the violence the Israeli military says that more than 4,300 rockets were fired from Gaza towards towns and cities.

Israel retaliated with air strikes and artillery but didn’t deploy ground forces in its battle with the terrorists.

It now emerged Israeli forces used drone swarms in to target Hamas, New Scientist reports.

Arthur Holland of the United Nations Institute for Disarmament Research said that “if confirmed, they are certainly a notch up in the incremental growth of autonomy and machine-to-machine collaboration in warfare".

Drones have previously been directed by a single operator who ‘fly’ the aircraft from a remote base.

But in recent years, militaries have been working on developing Artificial Intelligence that allows the drones to work together without the need for an operator. The basic idea of a drone swarm is that its machines are able to make decisions among themselves.

The swarm continue its mission, even if loses some drones during its mission.

The machine learning system is fed with data sourced from satellites, other reconnaissance drones, and aerial vehicles, as well as intelligence collected by ground units.

Unit 8200 of the Israel Defence Forces Intelligence Corps has developed algorithms using geographical, signal, and human intelligence data to identify these strategic strike points.

The IDF have been using AI and supercomputers to identify locations of Hamas activity and plan strikes to remove any strategic advantage.

The IDF has not confirmed any specifics of the autonomous swarm attack on Hamas targets.

As well as Israel, several countries including the UK, Russia, the United States and China have been working on drone swarms.

The use of autonomous weapons has, however, led to concerns about whether the swarms AI means they will commit war crimes.

Human Rights Watch is running a campaign called Stop Killer Robots.

"There are serious doubts that fully autonomous weapons would be capable of meeting international humanitarian law standards,” it says.

These include “the rules of distinction, proportionality, and military necessity, while they would threaten the fundamental right to life and principle of human dignity”. 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

:: 7-6-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America stockpiles: Supermarkets buy up to 25% more supplies as they predict inflation will soar and cost of essentials like bacon and milk rising by up to 14%

Supermarkets are trying to protect their profits amid higher costs

Shoppers are buying more with grocery sales up 15% in June compared to last year, leaving shelves depleted

Food prices are surging as inflation rises to its highest level in 13 years

Associated Wholesale Grocers is buying 15 to 20% more goods while SpartanNash up to 25% more stock including frozen meat

Consumer price index for grocery store and supermarket food purchases was up 0.7 percent in May compared to May of last year

By Rachel Sharp For Published: 14:28 EDT, 6 July 2021 | Updated: 21:15 EDT, 6 July 2021

Supermarkets have started stockpiling food as inflation rises to its highest level in 13 years and they predict it will get worse.

Retailers are currently buying up to 25 percent more supplies than usual ahead of the predicted rise.

Recent data from the US Department of Agriculture revealed the consumer price index for grocery store and supermarket food purchases was up 0.7 percent in May compared to May of last year.

Numerous household staples have been impacted with bacon 14 percent more expensive and milk and oranges climbing 8 percent higher. David Smith, CEO of the US's largest wholesaler Associated Wholesale Grocers, told the Wall Street Journal they have been buying 15 to 20 percent more goods - particularly packaged foods with long shelf lives.

'We're buying a lot of everything. Our inventories are up significantly over the same period last year,' said Smith.

At SpartanNash in Michigan, the retailer has bought up around 20 to 25 percent more than normal including frozen meat.

CEO Tony Sarsam said the 'uniquely inflationary period' has caused 'a feeding frenzy.'

Some retailers, including Ahold Delhaize USA, are even expanding their warehouse space so they can stock up on even more goods.

Ahold Delhaize USA, which runs the Food Lion and Stop & Shop chains, has bought up 20 percent more stock of paper and cleaning products.

The recent spike in prices and need to stockpile comes as several factors are pushing up costs all the way from farm to store.

Shoppers are spending more on groceries, with Jefferies and NielsenIQ data showing US grocery sales were 15 percent higher in the week ending June 19 2021 compared to the same week in 2019, before the pandemic hit.

Sales were also 0.5 percent higher compared to this time last year when fears of the virus led shoppers to go into a panic-buying frenzy.

This rise in sales is leaving supermarket shelves depleted, forcing stores to increase their inventories to keep up with demand.

Additionally, retailers are being pushed to stockpile due to concerns that food prices will continue to surge.

Supply chain issues have been pushing up prices with labor shortages putting wage pressure on the grocery sector.

Transport costs are also rising with gas prices rising 56 percent in May from a year ago.

On Friday, the AAA Gas Price Index pegged the national average gas price at $3.086, up from $2.171 one year ago.

As a result, several companies including cereal maker General Mills, Hormel Foods and Kimberly-Clark have started raising prices or plan to do so.

'The inflation pressure we're seeing is significant,' General Mills CEO Jeff Harmening said at a recent investor conference.

'It's probably higher than we've seen in the last decade.'

The company, which makes such cereals as Honey Nut Cheerios, Lucky Charms, and Trix, has said it's considering raising prices on its products because grain, sugar and other ingredients have become costlier.

Hormel Foods has already increased prices for Skippy peanut butter and Coca-Cola has said it expects to raise prices to offset higher costs.

Kimberly-Clark, which makes Kleenex and Scott toilet paper, said it will be raising prices on about 60 percent of its products. Proctor & Gamble has said it will raise prices for its baby, feminine and adult care products.

This means supermarkets are forced to shell out more to buy goods from these suppliers.

Soaring inflation is also another factor.

With the economy recovering more rapidly than anticipated from the COVID-19 pandemic, consumer prices soared at a faster rate in May than any time since the Great Recession.

Overall consumer prices rose 0.6 percent, bringing the annual inflation rate to 5 percent - the highest level since August 2008.

In June, Federal Reserve officials said they might need to raise interest rates sooner than expected to keep inflation from spiraling out of control.

Federal Reserve Chairman Jerome Powell said officials expected to hike the interest rate from near zero to 0.6 percent by the end of 2023.

Back in March, the central bank said it didn't expect to raise it until at least 2024.

The growing rate of inflation is visible in the rising costs of groceries, the Journal reported.

With concerns mounting that inflation will grow further, retailers are stocking up on inventory before prices of inventory rise.

However, stockpiling then also becomes part of the problem, creating shortages that then push up the prices further.

Several retailers told the Journal they are receiving only around 80 percent of their orders from suppliers as key goods run out. 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

:: 7-5-21 Encouraging Angels :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Reflecting On The Comments Of An American Soldier In Light Of Disability, Recovery And Of China Making Its Move Into Afghanistan

July 05, 2021

I sat here at home today reading through the stories on my favorite news aggregation site,  trying to catch up on the news and proper perspective while also trying to recover from cutting an acre and a half of grass yesterday with a push mower because my 35 years old John Deere tractor is in the shop on July 4th weekend.

I read the story today on Steve’s site that came from the Daily Mail, ‘China makes its move on Afghanistan: Beijing prepares to fill the vacuum left by Biden's premature military exit from the nation with $62B investment plan for its 'Belt and Road' and it brought to mind a brief conversation I had with a concerned soldier.

For most years during the 2010’s every March I photographed and produced a memorial video for a great fundraising event in Pittsburgh known as the ‘Brave American 5k/10k race’. The organization benefitting from the fundraising was Boulder Crest Foundation who is a leader in the therapeutic intervention in post traumatic stress in combat veterans, first responders and their families with results that are vastly improved over standard therapies and enable those who return the ability to live great lives back at home. Boulder Crest is an incredible organization made up of amazing, dedicated people.

As things were winding down at one of these numerous events, I was taking it all in as I was packing up my gear and I had a conversation with a soldier that while short, was unforgettable.

I can remember speaking with him that was about something relating to the challenges of the returning servicemen and women in getting back to normal life. In turn he told me a short story he heard about some who had been in Afghanistan. He told me a recollection of an anecdote he had heard about Americans asked to guard a hole in the ground where the Chinese were in the hole extracting rare earth minerals or some such thing. He asked the question of how does someone who went overseas as a member of the military of the United States deal with that when he/she comes home?

I had no answers for him. In retrospect, I can only have tremendous appreciation, respect and admiration for the servicemen and women who went to serve their country with dignity and honor. In what universe do American soldiers guarding a Chinese business venture in a theater of war make sense? How could soldiers and families who are enduring the loss of life and limb because of their commitment to their country, their families and their fellow soldiers rationalize a situation like this? By what kind of authority and political/business negotiation does something like this come about? These brave men and women were -not- mercenaries sent a half a world away to serve the interests of a communist government/business; they are the men and women of the United States military!

I personally cannot fathom the depth of the issues that an incredible organization like Boulder Crest has to field with our returning veterans and first responders. I run a disability ministry and along with my wife did 8 1/2 years of basically ICU level of care including the development of a novel therapy to help my own daughter. My mission was always clear. Apparently it is not always that way when you wear a uniform. It seems to me that an unclear mission leads to cognitive dissonance and cognitive dissonance leads to the potential for mental health issues for conflicted recipients of double minded directives.

In the wake of the July 4th holiday and in light of the personal story I have shared, there is the aforementioned Daily Mail story that China will now waltz into Afghanistan. According to the story:

…’Authorities in Kabul are considering extending a $62 billion China-Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC) as part of China's Belt and Road Initiative (BRI). First launched in 2013 by Chinese president Xi Jinping, and written into the Chinese constitution in 2017, it is billed by Beijing officials as a global infrastructure development fund which aims to better connect China to the rest of the world.‘…

So the Chinese are apparently funding their ’Belt and Road’ initiative in Afghanistan via their ‘global infrastructure development fund’. Doesn’t it make one wonder if that hole in the ground mentioned in the story by the soldier could have been funded by the same ‘global infrastructure development fund’? If so, who was the politician(s) who struck the deal and who benefited? Someone did.

The men and women of the United States military deserve all the respect and gratitude that we as the citizens of America can give them. These same men and women deserve the decency of clear reasons for doing what they are asked to do. Wonderful Americans like Boulder Crest and The Brave American Race provide the leadership and results that Washington has not. What is missing from our national bureaucracy is the integrity to single minded command and not the dishonor of double mindedness. To truly serve God and the people of the United States of America and not the business and national interest of another nation at the risk of life and limb of own own precious people is the least we the people can ask in the wake of hamburgers, hot dogs and the fireworks that are to remind us of the price of freedom paid by current and previous generations of those faithful to the Red, White and Blue. 

:: 7-6-21 USA Watchdog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Communist Takeover of America in Progress – LTC Robert Maginnis

By Greg Hunter On July 6, 2021 In Political Analysis 106 Comments

By Greg Hunter’s

Retired Lieutenant Colonel Robert Maginnis is a military expert and author of a brand new book explaining how Marxists and globalists are trying to take down America and turn the country to a godless communist state. Maginnis explains, “In my book, I go into the details why Marxism is really a proxy of Satan. All you have to do is read his (Karl Marx) writings or ask his own family. I have a chapter about Marx’s father saying Marx was governed by a demon. His son called him ‘my dear devil’. . . . This insidious ideology came to this country after World War l, and it was brought here by the progressives.”

The tip of the spear for the communist takeover of America is China. Maginnis says, “We, by their own definition, are at war with China. Even the Washington Post, interestingly, just a day ago, editorialized about how serious the threat comes from President Xi. He stood there in Tiananmen Square a couple of days ago and declared to the world we are ready for you. We are the world dominate power. If you threaten us we, are going to put your blood against the steel wall of the 1.4 billion Chinese people. He didn’t hold back. He made it very clear that we are indeed at war. . . . Keep in mind, when communists take over, they have a very serious agenda. They do away, first of all, with religion, and any civil liberties are tanked as soon as they come into power.”

Who are the willing treasonous helpers to the Chinese? Look no further than the Democrat Party along with some Republicans, too. Maginnis says, “They have pulled out all the stops with going after us with their control over media, to include the New York Times, Washington Post and others. There is their transmission media, television, radio and the Internet. The evidence is very, very compelling, and, of course, the Democrat Party has blood all over their hands when it comes to pushing this insidious agenda. This is now far worse than any progressive would have wanted. The Chinese are very persuasive. . . . They control Hollywood. The buy off the Washington Post through ads, the New York Times and even the China Daily goes to every member of Congress for free, and it’s pushing propaganda. The propaganda is up to your eyeballs thanks to the Chinese. . . .They buy off politicians, and we see this left and right. . . . The Chinese set a ‘honey trap’ for Congressman Eric Swalwell. . . . The list goes on.”

In closing, Maginnis says, “This is very dangerous if we don’t turn this around and turn it around quickly. . . . We have to get involved. I am writing members of Congress daily . . . and I am speaking out as much as I can. I am contributing to legal funds, and I am contributing to candidates that will support what I believe to be right. These are things we have to do and not sit on our duffs and watch this country be destroyed, and that is what they are doing.”

Join Greg Hunter of as he goes One-on-One with Lieutenant Colonel Robert Maginnis (Ret.), military expert and author of the new book “Give Me Liberty, Not Marxism.”

(To Donate to Click Here)

After the Interview:

If you want a copy of the new book “Give Me Liberty, Not Marxism” by LTC Robert Maginnis, you can buy it from the Christian media organization called You can also order by phone at 844-750-4985 (24 hours a day in the USA).

The book is also available at places like Amazon and Target as well.

You can follow Maginnis on his Facebook page by clicking here. 

[ :: 9-18-13 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. For it is a very dark hour as you have seen and that hour shall grow darker and darker and darker, for the evil spirits possessing people shall manifest themselves, and as they manifest themselves, you shall see death, you shall see killings, you shall see blood flowing, you shall see many things, many things. Think it not strange, but it is that hour and it is that time and no one seems to be binding up those spirits, nobody seems to be casting them out, nobody understands them. For the world tells you that you are bipolar, no you are demon possessed, saith your Father God. etc..

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. Etc.

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For as I have said unto you and as you have noticed the weather, the weather, the weather, the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you that you have ten, twenty, thirty years, far later.  But many of them do not understand the word because the word starts in the very beginning in Genesis and as you follow the things through the Bible you get a clear picture of what it was like and what it shall return to, for I have taught you everything goes in a circle and we are headed back now toward the garden once again.  It started in the garden and ends in a sense in the garden way before the white throne judgment.  Things are coming to pass, if you check them very carefully they will all fall in perfect place and you don’t have to walk in doubt, you don’t have to walk in fear, for I have opened your understanding.  Yes, demon activity is far greater, far greater today than it has been, but if you go back to the time of Nimrod you will see the same thing right there.  You will see why I had to cause the languages to be divided and the people to be separated, because they had a mind and whatever they thought, they were purposing to do and today we are seeing the very same things. It is not something new my children, for if you read what I have written and don’t add in to it, you will have a clear picture of everything that is taking place and you will even understand exactly where you are.  For I have spoken to you about the antichrist taking on his new spirit, that should tell you something by itself, that alone is a giant key that I have given unto my church that they may wake up and walk in the fullness of the things that I have given unto them.  Remember this winter it is not over, I will keep this area safe, it will be far safer than other areas, but winter is not over.

:: 7-5-21 I Am Not Ashamed Of The Gospel Of Christ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Demons Have A Score To Settle

By C. J. Refsland on July 5, 2021 • ( 4 )

Before we can delve into the revenge of the demonic we have to start with the church, and when I say church I’m referring to all denominations, have done a great disservice to God.

Whaaat? Let me explain before you clutch your pearls and faint.

Christ’s church was never meant to be divided the way it is today. We have forgotten the simple Gospel. “We are one body many parts” doesn’t mean we are to divide up in beliefs.

One denomination says oh that teaching is too harsh, we’ll teach it this way, or that denomination worships idols or that denomination is too strict, or that denomination is too weak they don’t believe in hell only prosperity. Prophecy is lost in these differences of opinion. That’s right its opinion not sound doctrine.

You get the picture. This division has caused important doctrines and teachings to fall by the wayside like the bad seed in Christ’s parable.

Demons are real. They’re not only real They’re a clear and present danger. And they are full speed ahead seeking revenge as their time is short.

Revelation 12:12

“Therefore, rejoice, O heavens and you who dwell in them! But woe to you, O earth and sea, for the devil has come down to you in great wrath, because he knows that his time is short!”

Get that? We’re witnessing Satan’s wrath today. The visions of vile debauchery playing out on our streets, and even schools with parades of sin, and the murder of innocents promoted by our government and world, we are now forced to pay for this slaughter and will soon pay for the mutilation of God’s creation in our military. Transgenderism is Satan’s proudest accomplishment besides the fact he convinced the world he doesn’t exist.

Christians have allowed the world to paint a comical picture of Satan and his demons watering down even Christ’s warnings of hell. In His ministry He cast out thousands of demons. He Himself was accused of performing miracles using beelzebab. Demons are still present today in even larger numbers and yet Christ’s church is silent on this teaching.

You would have to go back to the beginning to see where they came from and just how strong they are. And you really need to at least have a working knowledge of the demonic. As Christ said the end would be as in the days of Noah.

The scriptures in Genesis 6 begin the journey of the watchers and the “fallen angels.” The Bible even speaks of those entities seducing women and taking them for brides. Their offspring were known as giants, (Nephilim) men of renowned. But does it tell how evil these really were and are? Does it tell us how they (fallen angels) taught sorcery, astronomy and even moon worship? No for some reason the book of Enoch is not mentioned. Nor did they mention that this push from Satan to corrupt man’s God given DNA (Through MrNA injections, gene altering Chimera’s & stem cells treatment from fetal remains) has been happening for thousands of years. And this also continues today. This is where the modern day church fails. The Apostles all warned of the principalities of the air and spiritual battles. But today it’s on the back burner.

I can’t even begin to relate to you the information gathered by those studied men and women over the last 2 to 3 decades. Or even scratch the surface of evil embraced in this country, evil like child sacrifice, Satanists believe abortion is their right of sacrifice, child rape and abuse, even cannibalism.

In my life I have witnessed this demonic realm first hand not only in visions but in reality. I watched a minister bless a house with a demonic presence and saw the retreat of the demonic. I’m telling you it’s very real.

The disembodied spirits of the Nephilim are legion in numbers and the Apostles and Revelation warns us against following them. God destroyed their physical bodies as they were part human but their spirits remain and they are angry and out for revenge. Following after them will not bring the mark of God only the mark of Satan.

If your putting a timeline or chronological constraint on God’s warnings you put yourself at risk. In other words if your sitting, waiting for one specific sign before another to recognize the lateness of the hour, your at risk for following the lies of the beast.

I can’t direct you to one single source but there are many who are well studied in this. In the past God wouldn’t allow me to delve into this realm headlong as some did. But for me it was “Don’t touch the unclean thing.” Strengthen your faith because this demonic realm is here in full force. Armor up and research it for yourself, you’ll be shocked at how many are actually worshiping Satan. Ask God to show you. They are great in number and not hiding any longer. I did a short search on the names of the fallen and was shocked at how the internet is full I mean full of those worshiping these evil spirits. Buckle up its being revealed. The realm between heaven and earth will open wide someday soon as John says the heavens will recede like a scroll and the battle will be on, when God’s kingdom takes over earth. There’s a reason Christ taught us to pray ” they Kingdom come, thy will be done on earth as it is in heaven.”

I’m not a teacher, a prophet or a minister or theologian, but I am a watchman, I will warn when things are out of control and Christ’s return is imminent. I’m continuing to pray that God ensnare this evil in our government and land in their own deceitful trap, so that more eyes will be opened, but I pray also for God to protect His people.

Are you ready? Time is so short.

If you research, of course the Bible is your starting place but know that you will navigate through tons of opinions and arguments against Biblical truths. Ask God’s Holy Spirit’s guidance you’ll be surprised what He shows you.

The watchmen and women are running out of time not only has God’s timeline sped up but there’s is a push to silence God’s truth. You need to search and pray and take a leap of faith to fully understand the evil at work right now in our world. And then you will see the oligarchy in step with evil and Satan’s revenge on humanity and God’s creations. You will see the things manifesting today are indeed demonic revenge. God’s judgment is here in real time. And His patience is growing thin just as in the days of Noah.

Once you understand the entities spoken of in prophecy and the roles they play, you’ll see how short time really is.

Additional Places to start:

Pastor Paul Begley

Daniel Holding

Steve Quayle

Tom Horn

Compelling Truth (A perspective worth reading) 

 [:: 7-4-2021 Evening Campmeeting Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc When you begin to look at things it looks a little different and yet it would seem the other way because Biden is blabbing his mouth every day on what he is going to do, but do you know he is dieing? etc

:: 7-6-21 Mizz Azz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘President Dementia’ Is Getting Worse !!! (Can we call it a national security crisis yet? The stress that comes with the job of POTUS seems to be accelerating the cognitive decline of Joseph Robinette Biden, Jr. at a time when the world is becoming ominously more dangerous.)

Posted by Klark Jouss July 6, 2021 Posted in Uncategorized

Can we call it a national security crisis yet? The stress that comes with the job of POTUS seems to be accelerating the cognitive decline of Joseph Robinette Biden, Jr. at a time when the world is becoming ominously more dangerous. Embarrassing incidents of inappropriate Biden behavior are accumulating, even as the agitprop media begin publishing material that makes Kamala Harris look unsuitable as a replacement should the 25th Amendment be invoked. Some cynics believe that the anonymous leaks are being orchestrated in an effort to drive her from office, as happened with Spiro Agnew before Richard Nixon was driven out of the presidency to be replaced by Gerald Ford, appointed to replace Agnew.

Two recent examples of Biden’s mental decline are especially troubling, given the high stakes of international diplomacy currently.

In a clear sign that cognitive impairment has destroyed his understanding of normal behavior, not to mention protocol, Joe Biden humiliated himself and the United States by dropping to knee before a foreign guest in the White House. American media Just over a week ago, on June 28, during a White House meeting with Israeli President Rivlin, Biden actually took to his knee before a foreign head of state. Apparently, the gesture of submission was aimed at Rivlin’s chief of staff, Rivka Ravitz, as she explained to an Israeli publication:

The two leaders were having a “nice small chat” when Rivlin pointed towards Ravitz and said, “This is my chief of staff. She is very Orthodox, and you won’t believe how many children she has.”  Biden asked how many, and Rivlin answered, “12 children.”

“And he [Biden] was like going, ‘Wow, I can’t believe it. That can’t be. Are you sure, 12? Is that true?’” Ravitz said.

Ravitz said that she answered, “Yes, that’s true. There are 12, and there are even some grandchildren already.” Biden then told her that he was from a Christian family, she said, and he began to talk about his mother.

Then he said, “You know what? I have to go down on my knees for honoring you for having 12 children,” before lowering himself to the floor on one knee and bowing his head.

Ravitz said that Biden also attempted to shake her hand, but Rivlin quickly explained that she is very religious and doesn’t shake hands with men. It turns out that this was the second instance of Biden kneeling last month:

Biden got down on one knee to greet Opal Lee, the 94-year-old Juneteenth advocate and former educator from Texas, at the presidential signing ceremony as Vice President Kamala Harris introduced her.

It appears to me that he got down on both knees for Ravitz and Rivlin.

Maybe these gestures were made in the spirit of honoring guests, but I am sorry: the President of the United States should never kneel down before anyone. Especially not before a foreign head of state. He represents the entire country and this gesture of submission is entirely inappropriate. It is even worse than Barack Obama’s habit of bowing before foreigners. A scientist friend who is an expert on brain function emailed me:

I think he’s become too bizarre and irrational to last long. The whispering thing has occurred three or four times, a clear loss of adult judgment about normal behavior.

This is even worse.  It’s also on international display, cannot be hidden.

Last Friday, the president made an easily disprovable boast that puts him the company of Communist dictators who were claimed to have performed impossible feats of athletic accomplishment. Back in 1966, when he was launching the Great Proletarian Cultural Revolution, Mao Zedong’s henchmen claimed he had swum nine miles in the Yangtze River in 65 minutes, stopping along the way to teach the backstroke to a youngster. It was obvious nonsense.

[T]the Honolulu Star-Bulletin reported that “a Hong Kong sports writer, who says that the Chairman is a backstroke man, has estimated that even allowing for a favoring current, Mao must have swum fast enough to beat the world backstroke swimming champion by seven minutes.”

Even more implausibly, the late Kim Jong-il of North Korea:

…shot 38 under, including 11 holes-in-one, at the 7,700-yard championship course at Pyongyang in the VERY FIRST golf round of his life, according to North Korean state media

Unlike these state-media backed fables, Joe Biden offered his own implausible boast of athletic achievement last Friday. Nick Arama of Red State reports: [W]hen he had the World Series winners, the Los Angeles Dodgers, to the White House on Friday…. he told the Dodgers that he hit a 368 ft. home run off the right-centerfield wall during a Congressional baseball game. He even claimed his “kids remember that.” CBS’ Bo Erickson, one of the few reporters who actually asks questions and reports like a real reporter should, took note, calling it “Peak Biden.” (snip)

Except, as with anything Biden says, it seems there was a small problem with that. Joe’s first year in Congress was 1973. Yes, he is that old. In 1974, as Zach Parkinson RNC Research Director and GOP Deputy Communications Director found, Biden actually went 0-2, the furthest you could get from hitting a monster home run. Both of the incidents, the athleticism boast and the dropping to the knee, tell foreign adversaries that the United States is led by a man who has little grasp of reality and no sense of the importance of his office. This is an example of provocative weakness. The status of incompetent Kamala Harris as the stand-in does nothing to decrease the wearisomeness of the situation.

This article (President Dementia is getting worse) is republished here under “Fair Use” with attribution to the articles author Thomas Lifson and website


[:: 8-20-17 am service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness like you have never seen, spiritual darkness, etc. they are not only trying to divide truth from false, they are trying to divide the races in a way you have never seen, it is all political, all of the one world order etc

:: 7-6-21 Survival Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ultimate Proof: Covid-19 Was Planned to Usher in the New World Order: We Have Proof That Rothschilds Patented Covid-19 Biometric Tests In 2015 And 2017

Jack Metir Uncategorized July 6, 2021 3 Minutes

It’s not disputable, since the information comes from official patent registries in the Netherlands and US. And we have all the documentation.

As we’ve shown in previous exposes, the whole Covidiocracy is a masquerade and a simulation long prepared by The World Bank / IMF / The Rothschilds / World Economic Forum (basically the world’s “elite”, the 0.1%) and their lemmings, with Rockefeller partnership.

Our newest discoveries further these previous revelations.


Source: Dutch Government patent registry website

A method is provided for acquiring and transmitting biometric data (e.g., vital signs) of a user, where the data is analyzed to determine whether the user is suffering from a viral infection, such as COVID-19.

The method includes using a pulse oximeter to acquire at least pulse and blood oxygen saturation percentage, which is transmitted wirelessly to a smartphone.

To ensure that the data is accurate, an accelerometer within the smartphone is used to measure movement of the smartphone and/or the user.

In this short VIDEO, I will unearth A lost super-food will bulletproof you against any food shortage or famine. It’s a food that vanished with the Incas over 6 centuries ago

In the next crisis these lost skills will be more valuable than gold, food supplies and survival equipment combined. These skills have been tested and proven to work for centuries.

Here is just a small glimpse of what you’ll find in this massive 300-page sequel (in color) to The Lost Ways:

A lost super-food will bulletproof you against any food shortage or famine. It’s a food that vanished with the Incas over 6 centuries ago. This mysterious dish was just recently rediscovered by NASA who has been giving away rations of it to our brave men and women in their month-long space missions. The Incas stored it in pit holes for up to 10 years, ate it year-round, and actually used it to survive a 4 year long super-drought that wiped out their southern neighbors. So, if it managed to save the Incas centuries ago and it still works for our astronauts today, you can bet your last dollar it will keep you and your family well fed in any crisis. And the best part is that you probably already have the ingredients in your kitchen right now.

Once accurate data is acquired, it is uploaded to the cloud (or host), where the data is used (alone or together with other vital signs) to determine whether the user is suffering from (or likely to suffer from) a viral infection, such as COVID-19.

Depending on the specific requirements, the data, changes thereto, and/or the determination can be used to alert medical staff and take corresponding actions.


Proof That Rothschilds Patented Covid 19 Biometric Tests In 2015 And 2017


Detailed info below.

ONE KEY DETAIL STRUCK ME ON THESE REGISTRATIONS: Both were filed and updated years ago, but they were SCHEDULED to be made public in September 2020. This is sufficient evidence that they knew in 2015 what’s going to happen in September 2020!

So how did Mr. Richard A. Rothschild know to create a system and method for testing for a disease that didn’t exist, and know exactly how the disease will be called, including the year in which the disease will be discovered?


Data from the World Integrated Trade Solution, however, shows something astonishing:

in 2017 and 2018 – two years before COVID-19 – hundreds of millions of test kits for COVID-19 were distributed worldwide.”

Covid 19 Test Kits Export Worldwide 2

Two years before the outbreak of COVID-19 the USA, the EU, China and nations around the world started exporting millions of diagnostic test instruments for… COVID-19, a disease that supposedly didn’t even exist back then.

None of the above makes sense, unless this is not actually a pandemic, but a PLANdemic. And I think the following article proves just that: Ultimate Proof: Covid-19 Was Planned to Usher in the New World Order. 

[ :: 11-18-01 pm Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. Rioting, looting, stealing and rape will be the common news for America. More people than ever before will buy guns and defense weapons. Welfare will crash with no money to pay the bills. The new type money system shall come into being. Those holding gold and silver to be safe will throw it in the streets, as it will be of no value. This will set the stage for the anti-christ and his system. But my people shall not suffer, as I will take them safely through, etc.

:: 7-6-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Antifa Explodes In Violence Over Peaceful Protests Against Men Parading Naked In Front Of Little Girls At Los Angeles Spa After Video Goes Viral

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine  July 6, 2021

Whether Portland, Seattle, Oakland, Los Angeles, or any of the other liberally run cities that allow their citizens to be terrorized by Antifa groups, every time a peaceful protest is organized for a protest that Antifa/BLM disagrees with they show up to counter-protest.

These groups certainly get around as there are organized chapters in multiple liberal cities, which is strange for a group that Democrats, Joe Biden included, call an "idea" but not an organization.

This is America, protesting is a right as is counter-protesting, but once Antifa gangs show up, the "peaceful" part of those protests disappear as they attack random strangers that are trying to protest in a peaceful manner.

We and others have documented this, with eyewitness accounts, local news reports (national news protects, defends and tries to justify Antifa's violence), and video proof, as we are going to with the events overt the past week.

If the MSM won't document these events, Independent Media has to.

There absolutely must be an online record of the cultural and societal suicide that we are witnessing across the nation.

Below we are going to detail some of violent antics of Antifa thugs that continues to go unpunished.

There will be a number of videos embedded, because no amount of text can adequately describe the scenes from just the past week alone, following years of the same type of violence from Antifa and BLM.


We'll start with the original event that caused the peaceful protest and the the attacks against those protesters by Antifa groups.

Recently a video went viral from a Los Angeles spa called "Wi Spa," where a woman absolutely tears into the employees of the establishment, on camera, for allowing a man, with his penis just hanging out there to walk into the "women's section" where little girls, young ladies, and women were.

In the video it sounds like the employees is claiming that by law they have to allow the man to swing it all around in front of little girls in the "women's section."

Language warning below, but kudos to the woman for standing her ground.

Great to see that some Californians are sickened about what is happening and willing to stand up and speak out, loudly about it.

The video went viral and protests were organized....which were completely peaceful until...... yes, Antifa showed up.

Below we will see a set of videos showing mobs of thugs attacking individual people, including women, street preachers, and what appears to be Mexican gang member with rosary beads, who believes it is an abomination to have naked men parading around in front of little girls.

Antifa were heard thanking the police, whom they want defunded by the way, for helping them after he nails one of them with his rosary beads, which were first misreported as chains.

(ANP NEEDS YOUR HELP: Before continuing, we wanted to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

Next up, Antifa surrounds a lone woman holding a sign, tears the sign from her hand, tears it up, while others knock her hat off, steal her sunglasses and throws them while they are scream, harass and curse at her.


There so many results when searching video platforms for "Wi Spa," people getting beaten and terrorized for doing nothing but using their constitutional right to protest peacefully, and this is just the latest of evidence of how Antifa groups are not a myth, or an "idea" or a vast right-wing conspiracy, as the evidence is on video.

More and more peaceful, non-violent protesters are being verbally and physically attacked by violent Antifa terrorists in an attempt to intimidate others into staying silent.

What is needed are volunteer protection details, to do nothing but show up at protests to surround and protect the innocent peaceful protesters.

As long as they do not throw any first punches, they will be well within their rights to defend themselves and those they are offering protection to.

If Antifa can organize to show up at all these peaceful protests, free speech rallies, etc... then certainly other groups can organize even better (after all, Antifa isn't exactly full of mensas), and protect those trying to protect our nation's children, and others from being violently attacked by Antifa.

If the police in these liberal cities are not being allowed to do their jobs, then a civilian group is needed to do it for them and protect those that come in peace, just to be attacked by Antifa. 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 7-6-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Radical Democrats Are Not Just Content to Ban All Free Speech, They Have Granted Themselves Permission to Murder Those Who Oppose Their Unconstitutional Policies

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, July 6, 2021 - 11:19.

On July 5, 2021, dishonored FBI official, McCabe, appeared on CNN and labeled Philly protesters as "white supremacists". Allegations of racism always leveled against those who have the courage to stated that the 2020 election was stolen. The Federal government, under Biden, are going much further. If an American speaks out against government corruption, they will be imprisoned and now we know, thanks to previously released documents, under the Obama administration, that peacefully protesting against the government can get one killed and that executive action is sanctioned by the federal government.

The momentum to incarcerate anti-government sympathizers has been been gaining steam since the Obama administration. The following represents examples of these facts.

Former Assistant Attorney General Held the First Amendment In Disdain

Homegrown violent extremists can be motivated by any viewpoint on the full spectrum of hate—anti-government views, racism, bigotry, anarchy and other despicable beliefs,”

John Carlin Assistant Attorney General in charge of anti-domestic terrorism (October 2015)

Let's not forget that Carlin served in the Obama administration. We know that Obama frequently left dictatorial policies on the table without acting upon them (eg Executive Order 13603). Presumably, Obama was setting the table for Hillary, as she undoubtedly would have sent many of us to her self-described "Fun (ie FEMA) camps".

As one can clearly observe, from the above quote, Assistant Attorney General, the number two person in the Justice Department, disrespected the First Amendment as well. In the quote listed above, John Carlin, is clearly stating that if one disagrees with the government, they are considered (under the Patriot Act) to be a Homegrown violent extremist. Carlin must have been absent that day in law school when the professor covered the fact that the First Amendment was adopted for the specific purpose of having the right to speak out against the government without concern for reprisal. Reuters, while describing Carlin’s position, likens domestic, right-wing extremism with anti-governmental views, is guilty of providing “material support” for domestic terrorism. Further, disagreeing with your government can cause you to “disappear” under the NDAA. Since 9/11, the feds have been engaged in a sequential and incrementally implemented scheme to do away with the First Amendment. Under this administration, it is a case of "long live the First Amendment, the First Amendment is dead".

There is no doubt that many liberals would be quick to point out, that Carlin was only the second in command in the Justice Department. However, before you liberals go down that path, let's not forget who his boss was, and it was none other than Loretta Lynch (mob).

Along, these lines I have been told by multiple sources that I will one day, be prosecuted for anti-Muslim rhetoric by the Federal government. Loretta Lynch is a Muslim, by practice, and is abusing her to silence any talk against RADICAL and EXTREME Muslim speech even in the aftermath of the murder of 14 Americans by an ISIS sympathizer in San Beranardino. This marks the end of the First Amendment in the eyes of the most powerful Justice official, namely, the Attorney General of the United States, and she was and still is a racist to boot.

Lynch used her position as Attorney General to promote her racist views. One should look at her background as being anti-Jewish when she was a member of the Harvard Black Law Students Association (BLSA) from 1981-1984 who advocated for several anti-Jewish positions. Lynch and the BLSA had their First Amendment rights protected. Now that the shoe is on the other foot, we all failed to ask Lynch, who speaks and stands for the Jews? I do not engage in anti-Muslim rhetoric. However, in the aftermath of several terrorist events (e.g. San Bernardino) I have unashamedly called for all Muslim immigrants, not American citizens, to be screened for suitability to enter the United States. In fact, all immigrants need to screened. After all, if we being forced to give up the Constitution, then we need to screen people who may not have our best interest at heart. Also, if they are unwilling to assimilate, they do not belong here. That means if they expect to bring their Sharia Law and intend it to be a replacement for the Constitution, as many do, then they need to be denied admittance. If there is the slightest hint of terrorism or criminal activity of any kind, then they need to (a) be deported or (b) denied entry. Under Lynch's new guidelines, this form of free speech is illegal and subjects one to persecution. Lynch was appointed and swore an oath to the Constitution and she is violating her oath of office to destroy it, especially the First Amendment. In the name of political correctness, I will not support any religious/political doctrine whose intention is to supplant any part of the Constitution. The American people do not owe their country to immigrants who do not add to the quality of American life. As the sign says, we have the right to refuse service to anybody. At the end of the day, Lynch is not stifling the First Amendment so long your free speech agrees with her idea of free speech.

I know that many liberals will say "That was then and this is now." Now, is here and the repressiveness of the Obama administration is on full display for all to see and its racist and unconstitutional views have resurfaced under Biden for all to see. Subsequently, many of these anti-First Amendment view are on full display during the present Biden administration. The argument which says that was in the past, need to pay closer attention. On March1, 2021, DHS published an enemies of state list:

The U.S. intelligence community regards the agenda of “domestic violent extremists” as “derived from anti-government or anti-authority sentiment,” which includes “opposition to perceived economic, racial or social hierarchies.” In other words, if one disagrees with the government, they are NOW labled asan “domestic violent extremist (DVE).”

The following DHS document clearly demonstrates that anyone they believe is prepared to use violence, intimidation, or coercion in pursuit of these causes then becomes a “domestic violent extremist,subject to a vast array of surveillance, monitoring, and other forms of legal restrictions:

U.S. Army Techniques Publication 3-39.33: Civil Disturbances

I previously reported on the Army’s, August 15, 2014, of how they plan to deal with dissidents and protesters who date to exercise their First Amendment Rights.

The relatively new Army manual, known as ATP 3-39.33, provides discussion and techniques about civil disturbances and crowd control operations that occur in the continental United States (CONUS) and outside the continental United States (OCONUS).

The following are diagrams lifted from ATP 3-39.33 which instructs soldiers how to kill and disable American citizens who are engaged in civil protests (i.e. protected First Amendment activities).

ATP 3-39.33 speaks to the Army strategy of deploying snipers at public events and protests and “eliminating” the leadership of any such activity who would date to express their First Amendment right to free speech. This document not only marks the death of the leaders of any civil disobedience, but it marks the death of the First Amendment to the Constitution as it eliminates any right of the people to “peaceably assemble” and to allow the people the full expression of the right “to express grievances” against the government. On February 22, 2014, I revealed the existence of a classified Army document which has been leaked online, is entitled FM 3-39.40 Internment and Resettlement Operations (PDF). The document was originally to be kept secret, but everyone in the military command structure, as we know, is not on board with the encroaching tyranny sweeping across this country. Clearly, the leadership of any resistance effort will be targeted with extreme prejudice.

This marks the end of the First Amendment as know it in which speaking out can be met with deadly force.


If you’re an anti-abortion activist, or if you display political paraphernalia (e.g. bumper stickers) supporting a third-party candidate (e.g. Ron Paul supporter), if you possess subversive literature (e.g. articles supporting the United States Constitution), if you are a Second Amendment supporter (e.g. gun owner, NRA of GOA member) you very well might be a member of a domestic paramilitary group and the 2009 MIAC report has been used to train law enforcement, nationwide, that people like you are a threat to domestic tranquility. When the nation first learned of the MIAC report, there was a push back by many Americans. What most Americans did not realize is that this was only the tip of the iceberg for the government in determining who has been naughty or nice. MIAC is one of 58 so-called “fusion centers” nationwide that were created by the Department of Homeland Security, in part, to collect local intelligence so that authorities can use to combat terrorism and related criminal activities. The fusion centers are only the tip of the iceberg with regard to the data mining as they pale in comparison to the what the NSA is doing. And what are they data mining for? They are looking for people for daring to speak out (i.e. exercising their First Amendment rights) against a tyrannical, anti-Constitutional administration headed by President Obama or any other administration that would follow Obama (eg Biden).

Attention Americans, you have already been "tagged" and these communists will soon seek to have you "bagged" as evidenced by the following:

Every American Has a Threat Matrix Score

The American population is assigned a threat matrix score which is compiled by the NSA. It is common knowledge that all forms of communication between and among Americans is monitored by the NSA and entered into a database. The incoming transactional data is analyzed against a continually evolving threat matrix and is assigned an ever-evolving action code. This action code will provide the decision making data on who goes on what kind of terrorist watch list. Things, such as, who flies and who can leave the country, are arbitrarily decided behind closed doors away from public scrutiny.

I believe that ultimately, the questions of the future will not revolve around who flies, but who dies.

According to insider sources, demographic maps have already been created in which red dots appear on a data screen by address of people judged to be a threat as determined by the algorithms derived the NSA protocols. If you are in the independent media, you are at the top of the list. When the DHS goon squads arrive at our homes at 3AM, we in the alternative media will be going to a FEMA Camp, or worse. And what is our crime? Encouraging citizens to express their positive or negative opinions against this out of control administration. My sources for years have revealed that the leaders of the resistance are on what could be called a “red list” and will be summarily executed along with their families. Obtaining Verizon and Google data dump to the feds is just the tip of the iceberg. For example, because of cell phone tracking, if you have ever met with a person of concern (e.g. an alternative media figure), your score goes up because your two cell phones came into close proximity. And the longer you meet with this person, the more points are awarded to your threat matrix score.

These practices violate another First Amendment right, the right peaceably assemble. Keep in mind the Threat Matrix Score is like golf. The goal is to have a low score, that is if you want to live. The person’s score will also rise if they visit the wrong websites, belong to the Libertarian party, own a gun, vote for third party candidates and are a veteran. Many of the sources for the independent media has revealed that demographic maps have already been created in which red dots appear on a data screen by address. The red dots represent people who have received a high score and DHS swat teams will sweep pre-designated areas. The DHS swat teams along with their 2.2 billion rounds of ammunition and 2700 armored personnel carriers will be the vanguard force behind this terrible tyranny. All others will continue to be placed under extreme surveillance with the threat of removal to a re-education camp or worse. There is a reason why DHS has spent billions on Intellistreet light poles and spy cams at every major intersection. And if you think you can ride this out, read Executive Order 13603. You will be assigned to work wherever this administration wants. Families will be broken apart by this calamity. All of sudden, the CPS tactics and the anti-family courts make a little more sense don’t they?

If you are taken to a re-education camp, please consider that your family will be split apart. Men to one camp, women to another and children to a third and you don’t even want to know what my sources tell me about the third kind of camp“. "I don't care if the government spies on me and monitors my activities and the statements that I make because I am not doing anything wrong." Hopefully this article exposes the folly of this thinking.

The Deagel Report told us that 200 million Americans will be tagged and bagged before it is all over. What we are looking at, America, is an old-style Bolshevik coup! 

:: 7-2-21 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Covid Cult Has Been Slowly Killing America’s Economy And There’s Not Much Time Left

July 2, 2021 105 Comments By Brandon Smith

Sometimes it’s important to step away from a problem in order to better understand it. I recently went on a trip across the Pacific Northwest to revisit some old stomping grounds and to take a break from the often disconcerting developments of today’s world, at least for a little while. We all need a vacation from the information war at times, and though I was happy for the rest, I am also happy to be back. After traveling on the road across four states I was able to gauge the general condition of the US in terms of the social and economic effects of the pandemic mandates and covid propaganda. I have some good news, and some bad news…

The good news is that the propaganda has not been all that effective in most places. The overall picture looks something like this:

In the majority of rural and semi-rural areas, as well as cities in red counties regardless of the state, the majority of people were NOT wearing masks and the bulk of businesses were not demanding that people wear them. The vaccine ads and propaganda were also at a minimum. This includes Washington State and Oregon, which have been notorious lately for their draconian restrictions. While Washington has technically lifted mandates (starting only a couple days ago), the pressure to vaccinate is ever present there. Oregon was the worst state I passed through in terms of business pressure and mob pressure, but even in most towns I visited the ratio of masked cultists to normal unmasked people was around 50/50.

Most of the businesses I entered said nothing to me about not wearing a mask. And, so far there doesn’t seem to be any major push for vaccine passports, though, I suspect this will come soon enough.

It was only in or near progressive run cities like Portland and Seattle that covid controls were clearly present and oppressive. Near Portland, I saw numerous people wearing their masks outside and even in their own cars. It was truly bizarre, considering that it is almost impossible to catch a virus outside in open air and in sunlight (which is scientifically proven to kill microorganisms). Clearly, the leftists in these places are operating within their own little bubbles of ignorance and collectivism. Needless to say, I kept my time in Oregon to a bare minimum.

The strangest aspect of the whole mess is that WA and OR have relatively high rates of “vaccination”. The people religiously wearing masks have no doubt been vaccinated by now, so, either they must not actually believe in the effectiveness of the vaccines, or, they are wearing their masks anyway as a tool for virtue signaling. Luckily, this insane mentality has not spread much beyond the boundaries of metropolitan areas.

After all, covid infections and fatality rates have been plunging. They were plunging in red states which struck down mandates well before vaccines were released to the public. Why continue the charade?

My trip confirmed some of my biggest suspicions – For one, it proved to me that the mainstream media vision of public submission to the covid mandates was in fact false. The only places where the mandates are obeyed are in or near major cities. I also noted that Indian Reservations were decidedly aggressive in mandate enforcement. These were actually the few places where people tried to demand I wear a mask (though it was usually some white lady working for minimum wage); and frankly I find it odd that Native American communities would be so quick to enforce federal government recommendations or trust federal medical analysis. It’s sad to say but they seem to be drinking the Kool-Aid by the gallons.

The internet is in many ways a fake world. Propagandists use manufactured consensus on the web to make it seem as if the majority of people are onboard with medical tyranny, but it is simply not so. From my observations, people are tired of the restrictions. They are fed up. Whenever I walked into a hotel or at most retailers the people at the front desk or the register would usually notice that I was not wearing a mask, and their eyes would light up and they would pull their mask down to talk to me. They were just happy to be acting like humans again.

I relate my experiences here because I realize that many in the liberty movement are apt to assume the worst possible scenarios for every event. I know because I do it myself on occasion. Three major LIES that some liberty activists believe when it comes to the pandemic are:

1) Most people have been conned into taking the experimental vaccines.

2) The majority of the US is submitting to the mandates.

3) Leftists are relocating in droves to swarm red states and red counties and they are bringing their covid politics with them. (For some reason conservatives are still clinging to fears of liberal relocation even though that mostly died out after the 2006 – 2008 housing crash, and today all the data shows that when leftists move, they move from their favorite city to the suburbs right outside their favorite city).

Sorry, but I can say with authority that none of these three looming threats is happening. It is nonsense. In fact, it’s the opposite in every case. The people who claim otherwise are frightened, and they are factually wrong. And I derive this position not just from my travels, but also from hundreds of thousands of my readers across the country that I deal with regularly. The propagandists want conservatives to live in fear just as much as they want leftists to live in fear, and they know which lies affect conservatives the most. Dispelling disinformation allows us to then deal with the real threats at hand.

Okay, now that the good news is out of the way, I have to get to the bad news: Economically, the US has been gutted by the government pandemic response, and I am certain now more than ever that there is not much time left to rectify the situation. At this point, fixing things might be impossible. Our only chance is to prepare to survive the fallout.

Here’s what I have noticed so far – Almost every place I have traveled through was desperate for working staff. The heat wave that hit the area this past week was brutal, but it should have been manageable. I’ve lived through worse heat waves and I can’t remember a time when half of the businesses shut down in an area because they couldn’t handle the customer volume. But this was the case in every single town. Finding access to services was incredibly difficult because most places were closed.

The problem was that the heat wave was incidental. The real obstacle was that many businesses have been without a full crew of employees for a year now and this is taking a toll on their operations. The heat wave gave them an excuse to close because they don’t have the people to stay open.

We can thank the federal government and multiple state governments for this situation, because right now it is actually MORE profitable for workers to stay at home and collect covid boosted unemployment than it is to actually work. This is not hurting the major retailers and corporate big box stores that much, but it is destroying small businesses that simply cannot raise wages high enough to compete with government juiced unemployment checks and stimulus.

McDonalds can hike their wages up to $15+ an hour and give new workers a $500 signing bonus, but the mom-and-pop restaurants down the street can’t. What this system is doing is quietly eliminating the small business sector, the same sector that employs around half of all Americans.

On top of this, corporations have been given an endless windfall of stimulus dollars while small businesses have received almost nothing. I have been saying for some time now that this is actually part of the plan; that the GOAL is to erase small businesses from the economy leaving only the corporate behemoths behind. The ongoing government rewards given to people for refusing to work only supports my theory.

And, even though the vaccination agenda in the US has mostly failed, do not expect that elites like Anthony Fauci are going to give up on their dreams of conquest. Fauci has recently asserted that there are now “two Americas”: The vaccinated and the unvaccinated. He must be blind because that is not what I see.

I see the people who blindly follow government demands in vaccination and the people who actually “listen to the science”. I see idiots vs. skeptics. I see cultism vs. logic. I see people who want to control others vs. people who just want to be free to live their lives as they see fit. I see agenda vs. truth. This is not about people being vaccinated, and it’s not about public health or saving lives. Rather, covid is a tool for subjugation of the public. That is all it is and that is all it ever will be.

If America is divided, it is because there are people who want to enslave, there are people who enjoy their enslavement, and, there are people who want nothing to do with enslavement.

Fauci is also notorious for being a terrible scientist, but he is a loyal technocrat. He has a habit of dismissing any science that does not support his preconceived conclusions. The science that shows that people who have already had covid are unlikely to be reinfected. In fact, there is no evidence that covid reinfection is a concern for the vast majority of people. Yet, Fauci does not count people who have had covid and have built up immunity as safe.

Fauci’s position is that if you are not vaccinated with the experimental mRNA cocktails, then you are a risk to others. Yet, if this is the case then that means the vaccines are useless. If unvaccinated people are a threat to vaccinated people, then what use are the vaccines in the first place?

The US Surgeon General (the same guy that originally claimed that Americans should not bother buying masks because the masks would be useless for them) is echoing Fauci’s propaganda, adding that the new “Delta Variant” will strike unvaccinated people the hardest.

There is still no evidence that the supposed “delta variant” is any more of a threat than the original iteration of covid, but this is not stopping governments from rolling out the fear campaign once again. With assertions that the delta variant may still infect vaccinated people, governments are suggesting that lockdowns, masks and social distancing stay in place for the foreseeable future. One has to ask that burning question: Why become a guinea pig for an untested mRNA vaccine when it is no guarantee of freedom, nor a guarantee of health safety?

Hell, why take an untested vaccine when the death rate of covid is so small it affects less than 0.26% of the population outside of nursing homes?

I also have to say that I called this outcome well in advance.

The globalists are becoming incredibly predictable as they scramble to salvage their flailing Reset agenda in the US. As I have noted for the past year, the covid restrictions are never meant to end. There will always be another “mutation” of covid, and so the mandates will be perpetual. They are meant to continue for all eternity, or at least until the entire population submits to government control of every micro-aspect of their daily lives.

That said, I don’t think the covid cult needs to keep mandates in place in the US for much longer, because if they can’t con the majority of the population into compliance, they will instead use the confusion of the pandemic to undermine the economy.

Consider this for a moment – The instant response of many businesses in the Northwest during the heat wave was to shut down or cut hours in half, rather than adapt and overcome. Would this have ever happened before the covid lockdowns? I think not. The go-to solution to any real or perceived crisis in America is now to close down and hide. The response is to reduce standards and give up, or, it is to print money and throw it at the system without any real strategy to use that stimulus effectively. The stimulus itself is doing more damage than covid ever could.

This is a poisonous philosophy that could destabilize the very foundations of the nation, and it is happening right in front of our eyes. I saw it on the road this past week. It is everywhere. Conservative states are working to counter these developments, and I hope it is not too late. The covid cult has been feeding like termites on the pillars of our economy for many months now and though the mandates are being rightfully abandoned the consequences of collapse are far reaching. We may not know the true extent of the damage for months to come.

If you would like to support the work that Alt-Market does while also receiving content on advanced tactics for defeating the globalist agenda, subscribe to our exclusive newsletter The Wild Bunch Dispatch. Learn more about it HERE. 

:: 7--21 The Gate Keepers :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Stonewall's Perspective Podcast

2 days ago 3 min read

We don't need Trump to save America, just Jesus

In this episode of A Stonewall's Perspective, Alex talks about the fact that many Christians have fallen into idolatry. Many Christians happen to worship either America, or Donald Trump, or both. It is a dangerous thing that is going on in Christian society today.

If we are going to call ourselves Christians, our hope should not be in America or in any American president. That was the problem with most Christians when it came to Donald Trump. They thought that their salvation and the hope was in Donald Trump. It’s not! The only salvation that we have is through Jesus. There is nothing else that can save us.

If we want America to return to the way that it used to be, we need people in office who are godly. The reason why we are where we are today is because godly people are not filling the pulpits and because godly people are not filling political roles. It is way beyond time that we start promoting Jesus again rather than American ideology.

Big Tech censorship has been expanding beyond just Conservatives… Christians are next!

While many of us have been warning about the coming persecution of Christians, I don’t think any of us thought that it would be ramping up so quickly. While we are luckily not facing physical persecution yet, such as beatings or death, we are facing censorship, deplatforming and even jail time in some instances. These are just the birth pangs of what is coming next.

While we still have a voice here at The GateKeepers, we are doing everything that we can to bypass the algorithmic walls put up by Big Tech and the Social Media companies like Twitter, Facebook and YouTube. Our videos used to get thousands of views across all of our platforms, while now they are being throttled and hardly getting distributed at all. An added wrinkle is that, while our video content is seeing lower views, traffic to our website has never been higher. Over the past year we’ve seen a 700% increase in traffic, and it’s been amazing to experience this kind of growth. Because of this, we’ll be launching GKTV very soon, hosting all of our shows exclusively on our platform.

While The GateKeepers started out as nothing more than a blog for me to post my articles, it has now expanded into a podcast network featuring fifteen shows, a publishing company that has published three books over the past year and we are now hosting conferences on a regular basis. We’ve seen the addition of contributors to The GateKeepers such as Denise McAllister, Pastor Cary Gordon, Pastor Ken Peters, Dr Mike Spaulding, Dr Bobby Lopez and many other amazing Christian leaders. Our lineup of shows has expanded, as well, featuring shows such as The Shining Light Podcast, Conversations with Jeff, The Big Brown Gadfly, Battlefront: SouthGate and The Verum Monitae Report with Dr Mike Spaulding, in addition the the several other shows we also carry on The GateKeepers.

While we’ve seen some amazing growth and expansion, we are also working hard to make this be a long-term play, and with that comes with how to fund our work here. I’ve intentionally not turned The GateKeepers into a non-profit organization because I don’t want to become beholden to the government, and I also don’t want to be focused on sending out fundraising letters constantly begging for money like most non-profit ministries do.

Instead, we have our online book store, are hosting online conferences and have our Plugged In membership program. Right now we are funded exclusively through these three different avenues. We are especially excited about our Plugged In membership, as this brings so much added value to you as a thank you for supporting our work here at The GateKeepers.

Becoming a Plugged In member provides access to the weekly episode of The GateKeepers Podcast, the monthly episode of Connected, free access to all of our online conferences, the recordings from previous online conferences and 30% off in The GK Store. If you would like to support us by becoming a Plugged In member, click here.

However, we’ve also been getting a lot of requests from supporters asking how they can donate to help support The GateKeepers. We are extremely grateful for these requests, as this will help us to expand even further and provide more quality Biblical content. If you would like to help support to The GateKeepers, you can donate through PayPal here. 

:: 7-6-21 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::


43,887 views Jul 6, 2021 4.1K 86 Share Save

Full Spectrum Survival 190K subscribers

Michael Burry, Leon Cooperman, Stanley Druckenmiller, and other leading investors and economists are warning that a massive market crash is on the way. Grocery store chains are stockpiling food as they see inflation hitting unbearable numbers in just the next couple of months. You need to stock up your pantry right now! 

:: 7--21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Gloom and Glory

By Hal Lindsey

Someone recently told a member of my team, “Tell Hal not to have so much gloom and doom.”

I’ve heard things like that before. The truth is, like most people, I don’t like gloom and doom. I prefer good news. In fact, a major emphasis of my ministry has been on the grace of God. And, believe me, the news of grace is as good as news gets.

The person who told me to cool it with the gloom and doom was probably referring to my ministry as a “watchman.” (Isaiah 21:6) I look at world events in light of Bible morality and Bible prophecy. I warn the world that God’s judgment is coming. I give these warnings because they are God’s word, and they are true. But, with the warnings, God’s word also presents the Answer.

Telling the truth to the world of our day will inevitably sound like gloom and doom. The prophet Jeremiah warned the people of Jerusalem that their city was about to be overrun by Babylon’s King Nebuchadnezzar. As a result, some powerful people petitioned Judah’s King Zedekiah to have Jeremiah executed. They said the prophet was undermining morale. But Jeremiah was only telling the truth.

Things are bad today, and they will get worse before they get better. But when we see Bible prophecy being fulfilled, it doesn’t just mean the coming of judgment and Armageddon. It means that Jesus will soon return. And that’s wonderful news! His rule will bring peace and plenty to Planet Earth.

Remember, too, that even with things looking bad for earth’s immediate future, God still wants to bless you. He wants you to have abundant life now, and He wants that life to last forever!

But to receive eternal life, we have to recognize some bad news. We are sinners. 1 John 1:8 says, “If we say that we have no sin, we are deceiving ourselves, and the truth is not in us.” (NASB)

Romans 3:23 says, “All have sinned and come short of the glory of God.

Most people know intuitively that they fall short of God’s standards. But society fights that understanding as hard as it can. It starts by trying to define sin away. It teaches that our actions are purely the result of environment and genetics. It says we are only the products of our programming, and that for human beings, real choice doesn’t exist — or, if it does, it has no meaning.

Alternatively, society teaches that sin is a mere cultural construct — that it has no objective basis. They teach that evil only exists in those who point out that right and wrong are real. Irrationally, they see intolerance of sin as the only real sin.

Christian teacher and philosopher, Francis Schaeffer, was once asked, “What would you do if you met a really modern man on a train and you just had an hour to talk to him about the Gospel?”

Schaeffer answered, “I would spend 45-50 minutes on the negative, to really show him his dilemma — that he is morally dead — then I’d take 10-15 minutes to preach the Gospel. I believe that much of our evangelistic and personal work today is not clear simply because we are too anxious to get to the answer without having a man realize the real cause of his sickness, which is true moral guilt (and not just psychological guilt feelings) in the presence of God.”

The Good News starts with bad news. We are sinners. We have nothing in us worthy of salvation. We deserve hell, not heaven. Jesus said, “Apart from Me you can do nothing.” (John 15:5 NASB)

God is not lucky to have you. You are blessed if you know Him.

Sin is a fact. Death is a fact. That sounds like gloom and doom, but here’s some good news. Romans 5:20-21 says, “Where sin multiplied, grace multiplied even more, so that, just as sin reigned in death, so also grace will reign through righteousness, resulting in eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord.” (Holman Christian Standard Bible)

We who know Christ have a lot of good news to tell. That’s what “Gospel” means. We aren’t going to please everyone with our message — not if we’re faithful to God’s word — but we should never be ashamed of the truth. According to the Bible, the truth is glorious! It surpasses imagination!

It starts with this. God exists! He is “compassionate and gracious, slow to anger, and abounding in lovingkindness and truth.” (Exodus 34:6 NASB)

God loves us so much “that He gave His only begotten Son, that whoever believes in Him should not perish, but have eternal life.” (John 3:16 NASB)

The blessings from this gift go beyond our ability to imagine. 1 Corinthians 2:9 (NKJV) says, “Eye has not seen, nor ear heard, Nor have entered into the heart of man The things which God has prepared for those who love Him.”

Earlier, I quoted Jesus saying, “Apart from Me you can do nothing.” (John 15:5 NASB)

Philippians 4:13 (NKJV) looks at the other side of the equation. It says, “I can do all things through Christ who strengthens me.”

That’s beyond gloom and doom. That’s awesome! 

:: 7--21 Business Insider :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hundreds of Afghan soldiers fled to neighboring Tajikistan in the face of Taliban advances.

The Taliban has been gaining ground in parts of Afghanistan as the US withdraws its forces.

The top US general in Afghanistan has said that the security situation is "not good."

More than 1,000 Afghan soldiers retreated and fled the country into neighboring Tajikistan on Sunday night in the face of Taliban advances, according to multiple reports.

"The Taliban cut off all the roads, and these people had nowhere to go but to cross the border," an Afghan official told Reuters. Tajikistan's border guard said in a statement that in total, 1,037 Afghan service members crossed into Tajikistan "to save the lives of their personnel."

The BBC reported that the latest retreat marks the third time in three days Afghan soldiers have fled to Tajikistan and the fifth time in two weeks. Around 1,600 Afghan troops in all have fled across the border so far.

Taliban militants have been swiftly advancing across parts of northern Afghanistan as the security situation deteriorates. In some cases, Afghan forces have surrendered without a fight. At the same time, other Afghan troops and local militias continue to hold their ground against the insurgents, The Washington Post reported.

The US intelligence community has assessed that the Afghan government could collapse within six to 12 months of the completed withdrawal of US forces, if not sooner, The Wall Street Journal recently reported.

When Afghan President Ashraf Ghani visited the White House in late June, he responded to the assessments that the Afghan government could fall after the withdrawal of US troops by saying that "there have been many such predictions, and they have all proven — turned out false."

Last week, the US military departed Bagram Air Base, its largest base in Afghanistan that has long served as a key operational center for America's longest war.

The withdrawal of US forces from Afghanistan, with the exception of security forces guarding diplomatic outposts, is expected to be completed by the end of August.

The Biden administration originally said all US troops would be out by the 20th anniversary of 9/11, but the withdrawal appears to be ahead of schedule.

"You look at the security situation, it's not good. The Afghans recognize it's not good. The Taliban are on the move. We are starting to create conditions here that won't look good for Afghanistan in the future if there's a push for a military takeover," Gen. Scott Miller, the top US general in Afghanistan, said in a recent interview.

"We should be concerned," he said in the interview that aired Sunday on ABC's "This Week."

"The loss of terrain and the rapidity of that loss of terrain has — has to be concerning, one, because it's a — war is physical, but it's also got a psychological or moral component to it. And hope actually matters. And morale actually matters," Miller said.

"As you watch the Taliban moving across the country, what you don't want to have happen is that the people lose hope and they believe they now have a foregone conclusion presented to them," he added.

President Joe Biden said during a briefing on Friday that he believes Afghans "have the capacity to be able to sustain the government." He said the US has been fighting in Afghanistan for almost 20 years and that it is time for the country to take security into its own hands.

The withdrawal of US forces from Afghanistan, where the US military has been fighting since 2001, stems from an agreement with the Taliban negotiated during the Trump administration and upheld by the Biden administration. 

:: 7-6-21 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dem Bill Offers No Money for Border Wall, Cuts Hiring Funds for Border Patrol

By Fran Beyer | Tuesday, 06 July 2021 01:32 PM

A Democrat-controlled House panel offered no funding for more Border Patrol agents or border barriers in a 2022 spending bill amid a reported 20-year high number of migrants crossing the U.S.-Mexico border.

More than 929,000 illegal immigrants have been apprehended at the southern border since October, including a near-record 180,000 in May, U.S. Customs and Border Protection statistics show.

But in a bill approved last week by the House Appropriations subcommittee to alot $52.8 billion to fund Homeland Security for fiscal year 2022, there was no funding for additional Border Patrol agents or border barriers, and $2.06 billion allocated during the Trump administration for the construction of a border wall was rescinded.

The package also would dedicate $170 million to build new Integrated Migrant Processing Centers, which are aimed at speeding up processing for illegal immigrant families, and $42 million for the Office of Civil Rights and Civil Liberties, which reviews and investigates complaints against Border and Customs agents.

And it would add $10 million for a pilot program providing alternatives to detention for illegal immigrants.

Democrats defend the bill as aiming to reduce backlogs in refugee, asylum, and immigration benefit applications.

"We have included provisions in the bill intended to reduce the over- detention of migrants as they proceed through the immigration adjudication process, if they are not flight risks and pose no threat to public safety or national security," Rep. Lucille Roybal-Allard, D-Calif., chair of the Homeland Security Spending subcommittee, said in statement with the budget breakdown.

Rep. Rosa DeLauro, D-Conn., chair of House Appropriations, added in the statement that the measure spends money on bolstering security at the nation’s ports of entry and protects families and children who enter the U.S. across the southern border.

Senate Democrats are writing their own Homeland spending bill, and it will have to include more GOP input due to the 60-vote Senate threshold for passing legislation, the Washington Examiner reported.

Meanwhile, a recent survey showed voters disapprove of President Joe Biden’s handling of border security.

The Harvard/Harris poll taken for The Hill showed 80% believe illegal immigration is a serious issue and one that needs more attention from Biden or Vice President Kamala Harris, who Biden appointed to handle the crisis.

The poll found 68% believe signals from the White House are encouraging illegal immigration, and 55% believe former President Donald Trump’s border-closing policies should have been left in place. 

:: 6-25-21 RT :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russian Navy & Air Force begin major exercise in Mediterranean Sea as supersonic interceptor planes join country's Black Sea Fleet

25 Jun, 2021 12:25 By Jonny Tickle

On Friday morning, Russia's Navy kicked off a joint exercise in the Mediterranean Sea, where, alongside the Air Force, it will conduct war games involving cruisers, frigates, and submarines from the country's Black Sea Fleet.

According to the Russian military, the exercise will include five ships, including the missile cruiser Moskva and two Guided Missile Frigates Admiral Essen and Admiral Makarov.

The Moskva is the flagship of Russia's Black Sea Fleet, and was initially deployed by the Soviet Navy. In the 1990s, it underwent an extensive refit, and in 2000 was relaunched.

The vessels will be accompanied by a pair of MiG-31K supersonic interceptor aircraft, based at the Russian Hmeimim airbase in Syria.

Exercises will take place in the eastern part of the Mediterranean Sea, where Britain's aircraft carrier HMS Queen Elizabeth is also engaging in war games. The British vessel is accompanied by surface warships, as well as a nuclear submarine and two supply ships. The ship is also carrying American F-35 combat aircraft.

The latest training mission in the Mediterranean comes just two weeks after the Russian Navy launched large-scale military drills in the central Pacific Ocean, involving around 20 surface warships, submarines, and support vessels. This mission, which took place around 4,000km away from base, was aimed at practicing managing a large group of ships far from home.

On Wednesday, the Russian Navy faced its most high-profile incident in some time, when British destroyer HMS Defender violated the state border in the Black Sea, near Crimea. According to Moscow, the coast guard fired warning shots to force the British ship to change course. London has denied this version of events, claiming no shots were fired in the warship's direction. 

[ :: 10-14-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ]

etc. Study Ezekiel thirty seven and thirty eight, for that is where you are at this moment.  But before Russia can march upon Israel they must remove America from the picture first, for it is that time and it is that hour. etc

[ :: 7-2-17 Campmeeting 2017 afternoon service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

You are going to see much more happening overseas now much more.  Russia, they have been poked in the eye so long they are ready to fight.  North Korea has been mocked for so long they are ready to fight.  They are not afraid of those ships that are out there; they were out there during the Korean War.  Oh, wake up, wake up, you need to turn to me and not to your own ways, for the old ways never did work etc    

[ :: 1-7-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Keep a very careful spiritual eye on Russia, that is right, I didn’t say North Korea, I said Russia, Russia.  Listen to the news and you will notice how she is building and building and testing and testing.  Soon she will strike.

[ :: 4-28-19 am service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc Russia, is building stronger and stronger and stronger every day, for I have a fishhook in her mouth and I am tugging on it as hard as I can and before they can go into Israel they must first destroy Babylon. They have all the military power to do that and America has nothing, absolutely nothing to stop it, wake up, wake up. You have other enemies such as China, North Korea, are you fooled by North Korea, I sure hope not, for I have spoken to you concerning that. Where are their old submarines, where are they sitting, on the bottom of the ocean ready to strike, for they were seen loading with all types of weaponry, where are they now, where, and China, how about their newest weapon? etc

[ :: 6-27-21   am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For there is not as much time left as you believe that there is, for Russia is knocking on the door right now for war, China is knocking on the door right now for war, they’re pushing for a war between the blacks and the whites.  Do you not hear it, do you not recognize it, etc

:: 6-24-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NOW UNLOCKED -- COVERT INTEL - It starts Next Week . . . June 28

World News Desk 24 June 2021 Hits: 40240

This article was previously LOCKED and for subscribers only. Here we are 24 hours later, and the info within this story is now out in the public, so this story can now be unlocked for the general public to prepare for what's LIKELY coming within the next three days.

Just one day after the British Destroyer HMS Defender violated the territorial waters of Russia, U.S. Sixth Fleet formally announced participation in the upcoming annually held Exercise Sea Breeze 2021 (SB21) cohosted with the Ukrainian Navy, June 28, 2021 . . . in the Black Sea.

32 ships, 40 aircraft, and 18 special operations and dive teams from NATO member countries are scheduled to participate. Through covert intelligence sources, we are now able to report there are detailed plans within this "exercise" and those plans, if carried out, could lead to kinetic war between the vessels involved and Russian naval forces, over the territorial waters around Crimea.

As most readers are already aware, yesterday, Tuesday June 23, a British warship, the HMS Defender, deliberately entered the territorial waters around Crimea and was intercepted by naval forces from Russia.

Russian forces radioed HMS Defender that she was violating the territorial waters of Russia and must alter course to leave such waters. The radio warnings went unanswered and HMS Defender proceeded deeper into those territorial waters.

The Russian forces then FIRED warning shots to warn HMS Defender to leave Russian Territorial waters. When the first shots went ignored, Russia fired additional shots a few minutes later.

The Russia Ministry of Defense has provided video showing that HMS Defender was repeatedly warned by radio, and that, IN FACT, shots from a deck gun WERE FIRED. That video, below:

HMS Defender continued on its course! Then, a Russian aircraft, dropped a bomb in the path of HMS Defender, far enough ahead of the vessel to avoid damaging it, but close enough to get the point across: "Leave these waters."

HMS Defender changed course and left the territorial waters.

Longer and better quality video:

As we reported earlier today, the British Ambassador to Russia, Deborah Bronnert, was formally Summoned to the Russia Foreign Ministry today.

The ambassador arrived and remained in the building for only 35 minutes. COVERT INTEL positively confirmed what took place during the meeting.

The Russian Foreign Ministry explicitly told Ambassador Bronnert "the incident yesterday with British warship HMS Defender making unauthorized entry into Russia Territorial waters off Crimea is not to be repeated."

Bronnert responded the waters are not Russian territory, "the British government regards those waters as Ukraine territory, and does not accept Russia's claim that Crimea has rejoined Russia."

To that, the Russia Foreign Ministry said the following:

"We can appeal to common sense, demand respect for international law, and if this does not help, we can bomb. Not only on the way, but also on the target. We are making clear to you right now a repeat of this type of incident could lead to a full military conflict with Russia."

This was a direct warning to Britain that Russia is prepared to actually bomb British war ships if they make additional, unauthorized, entry into Russian territorial waters.

Bronnert then attempted to engage in a repeat discussion of what she called "the illegal Russian annexation of Crimea." The Russian Foreign Ministry told her that they "would not discuss a situation which does not exist" and then dismissed Bronnert, telling her she was to leave the building.

Sea Breeze 21 (SB21)

Late this afternoon, the US Sixth Fleet formally announced it will join the annual "Sea Breeze (SB21)" exercise in the Black Sea, along with 32 ships, 40 aircraft, and 18 special operations and dive teams from NATO member countries as well as with Ukrainian naval forces.

Here is the Announcement:

The exercise is taking place from June 28 to July 10 in the Black Sea region and will focus on multiple warfare areas including amphibious warfare, land maneuver warfare, diving operations, maritime interdiction operations, air defense, special operations integration, anti-submarine warfare, and search and rescue operations.

This year’s iteration has the largest number of participating nations in the exercise’s history with 32 countries from six continents providing 5,000 troops, 32 ships, 40 aircraft, and 18 special operations and dive teams scheduled to participate.

"The United States is proud to partner with Ukraine in co-hosting the multinational maritime exercise Sea Breeze, which will help enhance interoperability and capabilities among participating nations,” said Chargé d'affaires Kristina Kvien, U.S. Embassy in Ukraine. “We are committed to maintaining the safety and security of the Black Sea."

Beginning in 1997, Exercise Sea Breeze brings most Black Sea nations and NATO Allies and partners together to train and operate with NATO members in the pursuit of building increased capability.

SB21 provides the opportunity for personnel of participating nations to engage in realistic maritime training to build experience and teamwork and strengthen our interoperability as we work toward mutual goals.

Ukraine and U.S. are cohosting the exercise in the Black Sea with participation and support coming from 32 countries in total: Albania, Australia, Brazil, Bulgaria, Canada, Denmark, Egypt, Estonia, France, Georgia, Greece, Israel, Italy, Japan, Latvia, Lithuania, Moldova, Morocco, Norway, Pakistan, Poland, Romania, Senegal, Spain, South Korea, Sweden, Tunisia, Turkey, Ukraine, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, and the United States.

Black Sea nations, in concert with NATO Allies and partners, improve their ability to conduct the full range of naval and land operations by participating in exercises like Sea Breeze 2021.

Exercise Sea Breeze 2021 is an annual multinational maritime exercise, involving sea, land, and air components, and is co-hosted by the United States and Ukraine to enhance interoperability and capability among participating forces in the Black Sea region.

U.S. Naval Forces Europe/Africa/U.S. Sixth Fleet, headquartered in Naples, Italy, conducts the full spectrum of joint and naval operations, often in concert with joint, allied, and interagency partners, in order to advance U.S. national interests and security and stability in Europe and Africa.

Plan within a Plan

Tonight, the Hal Turner Radio Show can report that there is another plan within the plan for Sea Breeze 21. At some point during the exercise, "several naval vessels from the exercise will move toward Crimea and blatantly enter waters that NATO refers-to as "Ukraine territory" but which Russia asserts is "Russian Territory." That's when things will likely go "wild weasel."

Russia has made it explicitly clear Crimea is Russia as are the waters around it.

Britain and other NATO member countries have made it explicitly clear those waters are viewed by NATO as being Ukraine Territory.

The NATO Plan is to use the Sea Breeze 21 "exercise" as the platform from which to directly confront Russian territorial claims. It is thought within NATO that Russia will not open fire on the intruding vessels because there will be so much NATO fire power in theater.

Russia will either have to make good on its word to open fire, or show that it will NOT defend its own territory, thereby showing the world they are weak.

This exercise is highly likely to turn into an armed naval showdown with Russia. Four days from now, Sea Breeze 21 begins.

Interestingly, the Sixth Fleet announcement makes clear at least five thousand troops will also be involved. Interesting for a "naval" exercise. . . . Unless of course, there is also a plan to have those troops land on Crimea and attempt to take it by force.

Will history mark June 28, 2021 as the date on which kinetic war with Russia - and possibly World War 3 - starts?

We do not have to wait long to find out.

NOTE: Subscribers to this web site, who support it with a whopping $1 a week, got this information here, BEFORE ANY OTHER MEDIA OUTLET IN THE WORLD. My subscribers got the important news before everyone else. YOU should subscribe so YOU can get the cutting edge information that's important! Subscribe HERE


The Mass-media began reporting this story about six (6) HOURS after the Hal Turner Show

Russia warns UK and U.S. not to tempt fate in Black Sea (HERE)

About 90 minutes after the mass-media began coverage, the story began hitting social media:

Four hours after social media picked it up, the former Chief of the British Army warned of "actual war:"

Miscalculation’ in Russian cat and mouse game could lead to full blown war, warns Army chief (HERE) 

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you etc.

:: 6--21 Leo Hohmann :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Grave warning from retired Army officer: ‘We have been sold out: Prepare for war …it’s coming’

In a previous article, I laid out the case for China rising up as an existential threat to America and everything it stands for.

I posited that, under the current regime in Washington, we are already under a loose form of occupation by the Chinese Communist Party.

One thing I did not get into is China’s relationship with another key world power, Russia.

The Russians and Chinese have a long history of conflict and there is still much enmity between the two. But make no mistake, they will align themselves for the purpose of taking down their common enemy, the United States.

Russia under Putin may have worked with the United States against China if the U.S. had played its cards differently following the end of the Cold War in the early 1990s. But instead of sewing up those wounds, the U.S. foreign policy has been one of hubris, instigating needless wars and insurrections around the world under the globalist administrations run by the Bushes, Clintons and Obamas.

Being an anti-globalist, I believe Trump wanted to forge a new relationship with Russia, while at the same time defending Israel, building up the depleted U.S. military and focusing on the real threat, China.

But Trump was resisted at every turn by globalists within the U.S. military establishment and his own intelligence agencies. These globalist predators are content to reign over the managed decline of the United States while making themselves and their Wall Street buddies rich in the process. They basically sold us out to the highest bidder, which was China.

Instead of building a relationship with Russia as a hedge against China, the U.S. drove the Russians into the arms of China. The two together make up a formidable fighting force at a time when Biden is neutering and demoralizing the U.S. military.

Biden doesn’t work for America and hasn’t in a long time. He works at the pleasure of his globalist bosses and their long-coveted New World Order. While vice president, Biden stated in an April 2013 speech to the Export-Import Bank that “the affirmative task we have now is to actually create a New World Order.”

Biden further stated in that same speech to the bankers that “we [globalists] have to do what we do best — we have to level the playing field.”

As “President,” Mr. Biden’s assignment this time around, in my opinion, is to consummate the ultimate “leveling of the playing field. He is tasked with delivering the U.S. and its citizens to the Chinese Communist Party. To achieve that task, he is weakening the U.S. economy through burdensome regulations and hyper inflation, shutting down gas and oil pipelines, driving up the debt, killing the value of the U.S. dollar, and harassing law-abiding gun owners.

But his crowning achievement will be to weaken the U.S. military and get as many Americans as possible injected with the unproven, untested, extremely dangerous mRNA medical device.

After America’s military is sufficiently weakened, and its people sufficiently sickened from the poisonous injections, look for China and Russia to exploit that weakness in ways never before seen.

Only by the grace of God will we get through to 2024 as an intact sovereign nation. Biden and his merry band of “woke” military men and Justice Department henchmen are doing their best to divide the country and spark a race war.

Below is a 5-minute video from U.S. Army veteran David Kobler, who runs the popular Southern Prepper 1 channel on YouTube.

In the video, Kobler compares the trajectory of the U.S. military to that of Russia’s armed forces. The Russians were conducting a major military exercise this week off the coast of Hawaii.

As the Russians were training for war, the U.S. military is involved in the following demoralizing activities.

Virginia Military Institute is fully implementing critical race theory throughout all of its classes for future military leaders. CRT, as my readers know, is a Marxist doctrine meant to divide America, pitting one group against another based on racial narratives, reopening old racial wounds, and teaching young people to hate their country and the Constitution. Chairman of the U.S. Joint Chiefs of Staff Gen. Mark Milley testified before Congress this week and defended critical race theory as a legitimate item of study at U.S. war colleges and on military bases. Milley said the military needed to be “open minded” about such theories and showed by his comments that he himself is a member of the “woke” military. “As a white man I want to understand white rage,” he told Rep. Matt Gaetz. How about understanding how to win a coming world war with China and Russia, Mr. Milley, instead of feminizing the military and dividing it along racial lines?

The National Guard is cutting funding for training to offset the four months they spent guarding the U.S. Capitol against phony claims of an insurgency led by “white supremacists.”

The Veterans Administration announced it is offering to pay for transgender surgeries for military vets with your tax dollars. How much money will be siphoned away from vets facing legitimate medical needs in order to pay for the trans surgeries?

The National Guard is launching a photo series celebrating LGBTQI personnel.

Nellis Air Force Base recently hosted the first-ever drag queen show, which base officers say is essential to moral, cohesion and military readiness.

What’s China doing? It is using technology it pilfered from U.S. universities and corporations to upgrade its military systems on land and sea. It is investing in biological “super soldiers” which could be a few years away from reality. These genetically modified soldiers will be bigger, faster and stronger than any normal human being walking the earth. Good luck fighting against that with an Army celebrating its skirt-wearing trannies.

Kobler decried the U.S. military’s ongoing purge of patriotic warriors, implementing what amounts to a political test of loyalty to the current Biden regime. This was a reference to the rooting out of highly qualified, extremely intelligent young officers like Lt. Col. Matthew Lohmeier, who was recently removed because he questioned the wisdom of implementing critical race theory in the military.

To further understand what is going on, I recommend everyone read two recently released books: Lohmeier’s Irresistible Revolution: Marxism’s Goal of Conquest & the Unmaking of the American Military; and James Simpson’s Who Was Karl Marx: The Men, the Motives and the Menace Behind Today’s Rampaging American Left.

A CNN report cited a Defense Department official saying Lohmeier was relieved of his command “due to loss of trust and confidence in his ability to lead.

Anyone who has ever seen Lohmeier interviewed knows that he is exactly the type of man we would want leading men and women into battle.

Watch Lohmeier being interviewed by Tucker Carlson below:

But what, in the eyes of our top military commanders, did Lohmeier do to “betray trust and confidence?”

He had the audacity to go on a conservative podcast to discuss his book, which highlights “a neo-Marxist agenda at the ground level within our armed forces.” He condemned CRT, explained its Marxist roots and warned the American taxpaying public that this agenda “will divide us; it will not unify us.”

In other words, Lohmeier told the truth. As American Thinker rightly surmised, truth is no longer allowed in the U.S. military, anymore than it is allowed in any other cultural institution in post-constitutional America.

But the most concerning of all developments highlighted in the above video by Kobler may be the possible compromising of the super-sensitive U.S. communication codes relative to its submarine fleet.

“I’m hearing a lot of things from my sources in the military,” Kobler said. “The most frightening thing is our system used to communicate between subs, there are rumors this code has been somehow compromised. Many others think it’s been jeopardized. If that happens, our biggest deterrent has been lost.”

It wouldn’t be the first time crucial military information was allowed to get into our enemies’ hands. Under the Clinton administration, nuclear secrets magically made their way to China.

Bottom line: Kobler believes, like I do, that America has been sold out to its enemies. When it comes time to defend this country, our military will be a demoralized and defeated institution, totally unprepared to fight.

Kobler challenges the retired military veterans and even those of us who never served in the military.

You need to get ready because our military is being gutted,” he said. “We have a large core of good guys and gals that have served in the military but you need to get ready because we are going to be sold out. Our military will not be ready.

“China and Russia – they are a threat. If it’s not tomorrow it will be the next day, it will be a year from now, it will be five years from now, but it’s coming.

“Russia is training for a major conflict and what are we doing? Demoralizing our military and getting rid of the top soldiers that want to do their job.”

SUPPORT HONEST, INDEPENDENT JOURNALISM: is 100 percent reader supported. Donations of any size keep us going and are greatly appreciated. You may send a contribution c/o Leo Hohmann, PO Box 291, Newnan, GA 30264, or via credit card below. 

:: 8--2019 Tech Explore :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia launches floating nuclear reactor in Arctic despite warnings

Russia launched the world's first floating nuclear reactor on Friday, sending it on an epic journey across the Arctic, despite environmentalists warning of a "Chernobyl on ice."

Loaded with nuclear fuel, the Akademik Lomonosov left the Arctic port of Murmansk to begin its 5,000 kilometre (3,000-mile) voyage to Pevek in northeastern Siberia.

Nuclear agency Rosatom says the reactor is a simpler alternative to building a conventional plant in isolated places where ground is frozen all year round, and it intends to sell such reactors abroad.

The new reactor is part of the new floating energy and heat plant, which will be a "key element in the development of the Northern Sea Route" and will help Russia "realize large infrastructural projects" in the region, Rosatom said in a statement.

But environmental groups have long warned of the dangers of the project, dubbing it a potential "Chernobyl on ice" and a "nuclear Titanic."

A deadly explosion this month at a military testing site in Russia's far north caused a radioactive surge, prompting further concerns.

The reactor's trip is expected to last between four and six weeks, depending on the weather conditions and the amount of ice on the way.

Work began on the 144-metre (472-foot) Akademik Lomonosov in Saint Petersburg in 2006.

When it arrives in Pevek, a town of 5,000 in the Siberian region of Chukotka, it will replace a local nuclear plant, which will be decommissioned next year, and a closed coal plant.

It is due to go into operation by the end of year, mainly serving the region's oil platforms as Russia develops the exploitation of hydrocarbons in the Arctic.

Radioactive waste

Rashid Alimov, the head of the energy sector of Greenpeace Russia, said environmental groups had been critical of the idea of a floating reactor since the 1990s.

"Any nuclear power plant produces radioactive waste and can have an accident, but Akademik Lomonosov is additionally vulnerable to storms," he told AFP.

The float is towed by other vessels, making a collision during a storm more likely, he said.

Because Rosatom plans to store spent fuel onboard, Alimov said "any accident involving this fuel might have a serious impact on the fragile environment of the Arctic."

He added that there is "no infrastructure for a nuclear clean up" in the region.

Global warming and melting ice has made the Northeast Passage—which connects the Atlantic Ocean to the Pacific along Russia's northern coast—more accessible.

When AFP visited the Akademik Lomonosov in May 2018, it was a shabby brown colour. It has since been repainted in the red, white and blue of the Russian flag.

The vessel weighs 21,000 tons and has two reactors with a capacity of 35 megawatts each, close to that of those used by nuclear icebreakers.

It has a crew of 69 and travels at a speed of 3.5 to 4.5 knots.

Alimov said the project was a missed opportunity as Chukotka, a region larger than Texas populated by only 50,000 people, "has a huge potential for the development of wind energy."

"A floating nuclear power plant is a too risky and too expensive way of producing electricity," he said.

The nuclear industry, seeking to reinvent itself in a gloomy market, is developing smaller, cheaper reactors to attract new customers.

They follow the examples of submarines, icebreakers and aircraft carriers, which have long used nuclear power, and are intended for isolated areas with little infrastructure. 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 6--21 Live Science :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Arctic Circle is already recording 118 F degree days (and summer is just heating up)

By Brandon Specktor - Senior Writer 4 days ago

On the same day last year, air temperatures in the area blazed past 100 degrees F for the first time in recorded history.

On the summer solstice (June 20 — the longest day of the year) two European Union satellites recorded a scorching temperature of 118 degrees Fahrenheit (48 degrees Celsius ) on the ground in Arctic Siberia.

This isn't quite a new heat record; as a post on the EU's Copernicus satellite website noted, this egg-boiling temperature was detected only on the ground in Siberia's Sakha Republic, while the region's air temperature (the temperature people would actually feel while walking around) was a toasty 86 F (30 C).

However, that's still an anomalously high temperature for the Arctic Circle — and one that could exacerbate the region's melting permafrost, which is the only thing preventing ancient caches of greenhouse gases from reentering Earth's atmosphere, according to Gizmodo.

The EU's Copernicus Sentinal-3A and 3B satellites recorded the high temperatures in the midst of an ongoing heat wave over much of Siberia. The heat spike is, unfortunately, a predictable start to summer, following a spring that saw hundreds of wildfires scorching the Siberian countryside and blacking out major cities with blankets of smoke.

Many of these spring fires were "zombie fires," so named because they are thought to be the rekindled remains of wildfires that ignited the previous summer and were never fully extinguished. The zombie fires smoldered for months under winter ice and snow, fed by the carbon-rich peat below the surface. When the spring melt arrived, the old fires blazed anew, Live Science previously reported.

If last summer is any indication, the hot solstice temperatures are just the beginning. Precisely one year ago, on June 20, 2020, the same region of Siberia recorded the first 100 F (38 C) day above the Arctic Circle — the hottest temperature ever recorded there. The sweltering day in Siberia fits into a larger climate change trend. For years, average temperatures in the Arctic have been rising at a far faster rate than anywhere else on Earth, largely due to melting sea ice induced by man-made global warming.



:: 6-25-21 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

TWISTER TERROR ‘Tornado’ and floods batter Barking leaving trail of destruction as trees fly through the air and roads submerged

Olivia BurkeJames Somper 25 Jun 2021, 21:00Updated: 26 Jun 2021, 18:01

A "TORNADO" and floods left a trail of destruction in east London last night.

Shocking images show trees flying through the air, bricks from toppled walls strewn over cars and roads submerged in Barking and Dagenham.

Dozens of homes and vehicles have been damaged after reports of the small twister that residents say struck in the Barking area.

Unbelievable clips shared on social media show objects and debris flying through the air as the vortex hovers over homes.

Police and fire crews reported to the scene as terrified residents reported they had "heard a loud noise like thunder".

Slates were ripped from roofs and trees were torn from the ground while buildings and cars bore the brunt of the damage.

Bricks were left strewn across the streets after the supposed tornado wreaked havoc across the east London district, sending wheelie binds flying down streets.

Images shared on social media show collapsed walls as murky grey skies lingered in the background.

Leaves and twigs can be seen flying through the air as the tornado turns menacingly.

Shaken, Raj Ahmed, 36, told The Sun Online: "I was downstairs in the kitchen when I heard thunder.

"I didn’t think anything of it but then I noticed there wasn’t any rain. The noise got louder and I went outside to see what it was.

"Right above the street was a huge tornado, twisting above the road. I was shocked, I couldn’t believe it, it’s like something out of a film."

Met Office forecaster Matthew Box said, "it is probable that a brief tornado did occur".

"The associated thunderstorms produced some very heavy and impactful rain over parts of north and east London and Essex which did result in flooding and travel disruption."

But none of the Met Office's sites recorded the winds this evening because "it was on a small scale relatively speaking".

Barking and Dagenham Police wrote in a tweet, "Police were called at around 1920hrs to reports of damage caused to roofs, electrical equipment, street furniture and vehicles in Hulse Avenue and some surrounding roads in the #Barking area.

"This is a weather-related incident, during which there was a lightning strike.

"In addition to the lightning strike, we have seen reports of a tornado but cannot confirm this.

"There are no reports of any casualties. Officers are liaising with the local authority to ensure support is available to anyone affected by damage to property."

As well as the shocking reports of a tornado, Dagenham appeared to be underwater as torrential rain and strong winds hit the south of the country.

Video footage shared on social media shows houses submerged in floodwaters and vehicles attempting to navigate the depths.

The the Westbound carriageway of the A12 has been closed due to the significant flooding that has hit the majority of Romford.

London Fire Brigade and Transport for London are both reportedly attending the scene and are asking people to avoid the area.

The Met Office issued a yellow warning for thunderstorms which expired at 11pm this evening, which they said could result in flooding and travel disruption.

A local resident told "The storm has just got here and it’s coming down. 

:: 6--21 Bit Chute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

General Flynn Warns: False Flags Will Be Used to Cover Election Fraud



Warning America! Gen. Flynn Says Globalists Will Pull "Something" Big Before AZ Audit Goes Public 

:: 6-23-21 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Meat Mafia: The Great Reset of Food | Glenn TV | Ep. 118


Premiered Jun 23, 2021


1.47M subscribers

WATCH more Glenn Beck: 

Glenn exposes how ranchers are slowly and secretly being run out of business and how farmers are economically being forced to comply. Environmental, social, and corporate governance (ESG) is the weapon, and the top food suppliers have caved. The heart of our country — farmers and ranchers — is being destroyed in the name of “social progress.” From Biden’s infrastructure plan to his tax deal and inflation, Glenn reveals how it's all connected to transform society into something completely un-American. South Dakota governor Kristi Noem joins to discuss the attacks on our food supply and says America's agriculture industry should be treated as a national security issue. She discusses the plans for how her state is going around the Biden administration "to create our own meat processing supply ... and take our destiny back into our own hands." 

:: 6-26-21 News With Views :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Blackrock, GlaxoSmithKline and the Great Reset

By Kelleigh Nelson|June 26th, 2021

If we define an American fascist as one who in case of conflict puts money and power ahead of human beings, then there are undoubtedly several million fascists in the United States. —Henry A. Wallace, 33rd Vice President of the United States

All who wish to hand down to their children that happy republican system bequeathed to them by their revolutionary fathers, must now take their stand against this consolidating, corrupting money power, and put it down, or their children will become hewers of wood and drawers of water to this aristocratic ragocracy. —President Andrew Jackson

The system shaves the dice on the side of those with money and power, and anyone who believes otherwise deserves anything that happens to him. —James Lee Burke, author

The control of information is something the elite always does, particularly in a despotic form of government. Information, knowledge, is power. If you can control information, you can control people. —Tom Clancy

In a previous article, I mentioned BlackRock, Inc. Not many took notice or mentioned it, but now, BlackRock is finally hitting the news big time. And they have influence, unbelievable influence with world leaders. In less than 30 years, this American financial firm has grown from nothing to becoming the world’s largest and most trusted manager of other people’s money.

Created in 1988, BlackRock gained its current power in the wake of the 2008 financial crisis. With the fall of Lehman Brothers, Wall Street was in the throes of free-fall: no one knew what thousands of their financial portfolios contained, what was hidden behind the derivatives, what was toxic and what was not, what was dangerous and what wasn’t. They are the financial leviathan that bears down on Europe’s decisions and America’s. The assets left in their care are more than $8.7 trillion American dollars.

BlackRock, Tom Donilon and Biden

In a recent article by The Conservative Tree House (CTH), i.e., The Last Refuge website, they exposed BlackRock’s connections to the illegitimate Biden administration. The CTH author, Sundance, summarized the article, The Chairman of the BlackRock Investment Institute, the guy who tells the $8.7 trillion investment firm BlackRock where to put their money, has a brother who is the Senior Advisor to Joe Biden; has a wife who is the White House Personnel Director; and has a daughter who is now on the National Security Council.

BlackRock’s Chairman is none other than Tom Donilon whose literal job description for BlackRock is to: “leverage the firm’s expertise and generate proprietary research to provide insights on the global economy, markets, geopolitics and long-term asset allocation.”

Conflicts of interest and insider information.

Thomas Donilon is a member of the globalist Council on Foreign Relations and is Chairman of the BlackRock Investment Institute and Senior of Counsel at the international law firm of O’Melveny & Myers. Like BlackRock’s owner, Donilon is a Democrat who has supported and advised every democrat president and candidate from Jimmy Carter to Hillary Clinton.

The connections are extremely telling. However, what few people know is that BlackRock, among others, is buying every single-family house they can find, paying 20-50% above asking price and outbidding normal home buyers, especially in Florida, but other Red States as well. Corporations, pension funds and property investment groups are snapping up single-family houses, and even entire neighborhoods, to rent out or flip and are competing with American families –accounting for 25% of the sales in some cities. Raw control by big money is the wholesale takeover of the housing market.

BlackRock is the world’s largest asset manager and the leading proponent of The Great Reset. They’re looking to redistribute $120 Trillion in housing wealth. Why does this matter? Because for the lower and middle class, owning a home is the most major part of any financial success, and ensures their future upward mobility. This is wealth redistribution from the American middle class. Salt of the earth wealth heading into the hands of the world’s most powerful entities and individuals. The traditional financial vehicle called home ownership gone forever.

Permanent capital is now competing with young couples trying to buy a home. That’s going to make U.S. housing permanently more expensive and likely impossible.

GSK and BlackRock, Inc.

BlackRock, Inc is based in New York City and owned by Democrat Larry Fink.

They have filed an SC 13G/A form with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) disclosing ownership of 377,284,263 shares of GlaxoSmithKline plc (US: GSK). This represents 7.5 percent ownership of the company. In their previous filing dated 2020-02-05, BlackRock Inc. had reported owning 376,159,235 shares, indicating an increase of 0.30 percent.

With stock in GSK, BlackRock is now in the development and manufacture of mRNA first generation Covid-19 “vaccines.”

GlaxoSmithKline plc (LSE/NYSE: GSK) and CureVac N.V. (Nasdaq: CVAC) announced a new $179 million collaboration, building on their existing relationship, to jointly develop next generation mRNA “vaccines” for Covid-19 with the potential for a multi-valent approach to address multiple emerging variants in one vaccine.

Emma Walmsley, Chief Executive Officer, GSK, said: “We believe that next generation vaccines will be crucial in the continued fight against COVID-19. This new collaboration builds on our existing relationship with CureVac and means that together, we will combine our scientific expertise in mRNA and vaccine development to advance and accelerate the development of new COVID-19 vaccine candidates.


GSK will also support the manufacture of up to 100 million doses of CureVac’s first generation Covid-19 vaccine candidate CVnCoV in 2021.

In 2018, Soros Fund Management also dramatically boosted its shares in BlackRock Inc., overseeing $6 trillion by nearly 60 percent to 12,983 total shares in the second quarter of 2018. How lovely!

BlackRock, Inc. also manages the French AXA, a French multinational insurance firm who strongly backs climate control. Axa has called for the creation of a “net zero underwriting alliance” that would see member companies from across the insurance sector align their business activities with the 1.5 Celsius (carbon dioxide removal) warming pathway required under the Paris Agreement, fundamentally reshaping the global economy. In late 2019, BlackRock, Inc. named Sebastien Herzog, a senior official at French insurer Axa’s investment management arm, as its operations director for France, Belgium and Luxembourg.

Larry Fink is in agreement with the French AXA. He even wrote a letter to the CEOs “highlighting issues that are pivotal to creating durable value” issues such as capital management, long-term strategy, purpose, and climate change. We have long believed that our clients, as shareholders in your company, will benefit if you can create enduring, sustainable value for all of your stakeholders.”

Realize all of this nonsense is about money and taxes…not about global warming or climate change, all of which is normal and cyclical. Link The climate change comrades, the spiderwebs of big pharma control and the Great Reset are all wrapped up in one putrescent and treasonous package with BlackRock at the head of the pack.


Top dogs, stakeholders at the top of the communist revolutionary heap, those who committed treason to steal the election and destroy America from within…those whose gain-of-function and connection to Wuhan brought us the controlling and devastating destruction of small businesses in America…you think they weren’t culpable? Think again…big money is in control. The American people are being destroyed. The American dream is being slaughtered in front of our eyes.

Wake up now and fight, or wake up later in a gulag when all is lost. 

:: 6-25-21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Changing Our Ways

By Hal Lindsey

If you know about Gunsmoke radio, you’ve either been around for a while, or you’re a fan of old-time radio. In one episode of the program, Matt Dillon (played on the radio by William Conrad) saw two things in one day that he could only think of as miracles. At the end of the show, he says, “Chester, I’m gonna change my ways.”

Change my ways” is an old expression, not used much anymore. But the concept remains common. A person recognizes his sinfulness before God and decides to make some changesmake himself worthy of God’s approval.

But it doesn’t work. I’ve said many times on television and on this website that we cannot save ourselves. Only Jesus can do that. He died for our sins. Isaiah 53:11 is a prophecy about Messiah Jesus. It says, “The Righteous One… will justify the many, As He will bear their iniquities.”

 You’ve probably heard it before. Jesus alone can justify us before God. What we sometimes forget is that it doesn’t end there. As the phrase “born again” implies, we have a lot of growing to do after it happens. A big problem is that we still struggle with sin.

Several passages in the New Testament talk about the “old man.” That’s a reference to our old sinful natures. We still need to deal with it. But after we’ve been born again, we have infinitely superior ways of dealing with sin.

For instance, we have God’s word. Psalms 119:11 says, “Thy word have I hid in mine heart, that I might not sin against thee.”

We also have the Holy Spirit at work within us. Galatians 5:17-18 says, “For the flesh sets its desire against the Spirit, and the Spirit against the flesh; for these are in opposition to one another, so that you may not do the things that you please. But if you are led by the Spirit, you are not under the Law.”

That same Holy Spirit works in us to provide what the Bible calls “fruit.” Look at Galatians 5:22-25. “But the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, patience, kindness, goodness, faithfulness, gentleness, self-control; against such things there is no law. Now those who belong to Christ Jesus have crucified the flesh with its passions and desires. If we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit.”

In John 16:7, Jesus calls the Holy Spirit our “Helper.” 1 Corinthians 6:11 says that the Spirit sanctifies us. And 2 Corinthians 3:18 says He is transforming us into the image of Christ.

Please understand that we are not saved by changing our ways. But when we are saved, we can expect help in dealing with sin. Treasure God’s word in your heart. Invite the Holy Spirit’s presence and power into your life. And expect some wonderful changes. 

[ :: 4-9-07 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. Evil will be all around fighting, and wars, etc..

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. Etc.

:: 6-25-21 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Palestinian Jihad Summer Camps

by Khaled Abu Toameh June 24, 2021 at 5:00 am

As the international community seeks ways to help the residents of the Gaza Strip after the recent war between Israel and Hamas... and PIJ are diverting their budgets to training children to become soldiers in the war to destroy Israel.

Palestinian Islamic Jihad confirms that... the Palestinians "are preparing the liberation generation for the 'great liberation' battle for this blessed land."

They have enough funds to launch camps to brainwash and indoctrinate their own children, but are not prepared to invest in rebuilding homes that were destroyed or damaged during the last Israel-Hamas war.

For Hamas and PIJ, the ambition to destroy Israel is evidently stronger than the desire to protect the lives of their children and raise them to become, say, doctors or engineers. The children who are now undergoing military training in the Gaza Strip will soon appear as masked men in the armed groups of Hamas and PIJ.

This bodes rather ill for the Biden administration's talk about a "two-state solution" and the need to revive the peace process between Israel and the Palestinians.

As the international community seeks ways to help the residents of the Gaza Strip after the recent war between Israel and Hamas, the leaders of the Palestinians are busy preparing the next generation for more hate and violence.

The two major Palestinian groups controlling the Gaza Strip, Hamas and Palestinian Islamic Jihad (PIJ), recently launched campaigns to recruit thousands of Palestinian children and teenagers to their own summer camps.

The young recruits are not going to be taught how to swim or play soccer. They are not going to be part of a Palestinian Cub Scouts.

Instead, the goal of the camps, according to Hamas and PIJ, is "to ignite the flame of jihad [holy war] among the generation of liberation, instill Islamic values and prepare the next triumphant army for the liberation of Palestine."

The camps, run by the armed wings of Hamas and PIJ, Izaddin al-Qassam Brigades and Al-Quds Brigades, are being held under the banners "Sword of Jerusalem" and "Vanguards of Liberation."

"Sword of Jerusalem" is the name Hamas chose to describe last month's fighting with Israel, during which more than 4,000 rockets and missiles were fired from the Gaza Strip into Israel. "Vanguards of Liberation" is a term used by Palestinian groups to describe their wish to "liberate all of Palestine," from the Jordan River to the Mediterranean Sea -- a euphemism for the elimination of Israel.

The military camps of Hamas and PIJ "aim to train the young men in shooting and military and security skills," according to reports from the Gaza Strip. "They also aim to boost their morale and prepare them for the next confrontation [with Israel] that could be close."

Ahmad al-Ra'i, a spokesperson for the PIJ, said that the summer camps "aim to consolidate the presence of the Palestinian cause in the minds and hearts of Palestinian youths, and to consolidate the achievements of the Sword of Jerusalem battle in their minds as an important station in the history of the conflict."

The camps, he added, also "aim to consolidate the love and spirit of jihad and resistance among the Palestinian people, especially the youths."

Ra'i pointed out that his group targeted a group of boys aged 14-17 to participate in its summer camps. He said that one of the reasons why his group was recruiting Palestinian children was because Israel was already targeting them by "exposing them to Western culture."

He revealed that thousands of young Palestinians have "flocked to register in the camps."

The camps carry several messages, al-Ra'i said. "Most notably, that Palestinian Islamic Jihad confirms that its fingers are still on the trigger" and that the Palestinians "are preparing the liberation generation for the 'great liberation' battle for this blessed land." The camps, he added, also send a message to Arab and Muslims that "the flame of the conflict [with Israel] is being maintained."

The spokesperson advised Israel to pay attention to the summer camps because "they will produce a generation that will liberate Palestine."

Hamas, for its part, announced that registration for its summer camps began on June 14 and targets not only school children, but university students and adults as well.

Hamas called on Palestinians to register for the camps at various mosques in the Gaza Strip. "The camps aim to ignite the flame of jihad in the generation of liberation, to instill Islamic values ​​and to prepare the next triumphant army for the liberation of Palestine," Hamas said in a statement.

Over the past few days, videos of masked Hamas gunmen appealing to Palestinians in a mosque to send their children to the summer camps appeared on various social media platforms. Photos of dozens of Palestinian children lining up to register for the Hamas and PIJ camps have also appeared on various Palestinian media outlets.

The recruitment of thousands of Palestinian children to the Jihad summer camps of Hamas and PIJ is taking place as United Nations and other mediators are shuttling between Israel and the Gaza Strip in an attempt to reach agreement on the reconstruction of the Hamas-ruled coastal enclave.

The leaders of the Iranian-backed Hamas and PIJ are hoping that the mediation efforts will lead to the resumption of international aid to the Gaza Strip, including rebuilding many homes that were destroyed during the last round of fighting with Israel.

Instead of investing their money in the reconstruction effort, Hamas and PIJ are diverting their budgets to training children to become soldiers in the war to destroy Israel. They have enough funds to launch camps to brainwash and indoctrinate their own children, but are not prepared to invest in rebuilding homes that were destroyed or damaged during the last Israel-Hamas war.

For Hamas and PIJ, the ambition to destroy Israel is evidently stronger than the desire to protect the lives of their children and raise them to become, say, doctors or engineers. The children who are now undergoing military training in the Gaza Strip will soon appear as masked men in the armed groups of Hamas and PIJ.

Disturbingly, this grotesque exploitation of children and their recruitment as combatants is being entirely ignored by the international community, including the mediators who are negotiating with Hamas and PIJ about ways of maintaining the ceasefire that was reached with Israel after last month's fighting.

According to UNICEF, also known as the United Nations Children's Fund, "the recruitment and use of children by armed forces is a grave violation of child rights and international humanitarian law." It now remains to be seen whether UNICEF and other international human rights organizations will muster the wherewithal to call out the Palestinian groups for this form of child exploitation. Failure to do so would only encourage Hamas and PIJ to continue their efforts to mobilize children as soldiers.

The silence of the international community on this monstrous child abuse will result in a new generation of Palestinian jihadists to join the war against Israel. This bodes rather ill for the Biden administration's talk about a "two-state solution" and the need to revive the peace process between Israel and the Palestinians.

Khaled Abu Toameh is an award-winning journalist based in Jerusalem.

Follow Khaled Abu Toameh on Twitter 

:: 6-25-21 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump: Georgia Residents Should Sue State Over 'Rigged' Election

By Jeffrey Rodack | Friday, 25 June 2021 02:47 PM

Former President Donald Trump is suggesting that Georgia residents sue the state for running "a corrupt and rigged 2020 presidential election."

His comments came in a statement released Friday after Attorney General Merrick Garland announced that the Justice Department is filing a lawsuit against the state of Georgia to try and overturn a new voting law that Democrats allege discriminates against minorities.

The DOJ’s suit takes aim at Georgia’s Election Integrity Act, which was signed into law by Gov. Brian Kemp, R-Ga., in March after it was passed by the Republican-led state Legislature.

The action is the first major voting rights case the DOJ has filed under the Biden administration. Lawmakers on Capitol Hill had been briefed on the matter, The Washington Post reported.

The Post said Georgia’s law imposes new limits on the use of absentee ballots, makes it a crime for outside groups to provide food and water to voters waiting at polling stations, and hands greater control over election administration to the state Legislature.

"The complaint alleges that the state enacted those restrictions with the purpose of denying or abridging the right to vote on the basis of race of color," Garland said.

Trump, in his statement said: "Biden’s Department of Justice just announced that they are suing the Great State of Georgia over its Election Integrity Act. Actually, it should be the other way around! The PEOPLE of Georgia should SUE the State, and their elected officials, for running a CORRUPT AND RIGGED 2020 PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION — and for trying to suppress the VOTE of the AMERICAN PEOPLE in Georgia. If we don’t address these issues from the 2020 Election head on, and we allow the Radical Left Democrats to continue to politicize the DOJ and Law Enforcement, we will lose our Country. SAVE AMERICA!" 

[ :: 12-31-12/1-1-13 New Years Eve Service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. the cost of things, because they have gone over the cliff, shall skyrocket and taxes, taxes, it shall be like in the days of old when everyone will have to bring their taxes in and they will be condemned and judged if they do not. Oh the things that are going to take place now, the things that you haven’t even thought of, the things that you haven’t been aware of, but I have told you, I have warned you. I have tried to prepare you that you would be totally ready, that you wouldn’t have to run real fast to make up time, but that you would be walking right by my side. etc..

:: 6-25-21 One News Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why inflation's on the rise

Thursday, June 24, 2021  Chris Woodward (

With inflation being the topic of so many headlines, an economist is shining light on what's driving up prices.

According to CNBC, consumer prices for May accelerated at their fastest pace in nearly 13 years as pressures continued to build in the U.S. economy. The consumer price index, which represents food, energy, groceries, housing costs, and sales across a spectrum of goods, rose 5% from a year earlier. Economists surveyed by Dow Jones had been expecting a gain of 4.7%.

Joel Griffith, a research fellow at The Heritage Foundation, says numerous factors contribute to this.

"We have labor costs increasing, partially as a result of the government paying people not to work," he begins. "So private businesses are in a bidding war with the government trying to get people to come back to work."

Another issue involves people not having anywhere to spend the money from the government. While some states reopened months ago, others have only begun to do so.

"Now families are beginning to spend those dollars, and, of course, when you have more dollars chasing goods, prices rise. But you also have a lot of bottlenecks that were caused by the shutdown," Griffith continues. "Of course, some of these shutdowns were simply senseless, but regardless, you have these supply chain bottlenecks. And if you look at what's happening, for instance, with microchips, where you have shipping and production all scrambled up -- they were in a year and a half slowdown, and now, as you have demand increasing, you need these components to make these goods, and you have a lot of production that was ramped down."


Griffith also points to housing, which accounted for over a quarter of the overall increase in inflation in May, as a cause of price increases. Some economists agree the government fails to understand the magnitude of the problem.

"The Federal Reserve is buying up mortgage bonds, and that is artificially making mortgages cheaper in terms of interest rates," Griffith explains. "But that's actually incentivizing people to take on more and more mortgage debt. And now you have a housing crisis increasing at the most rapid rate in our nation's history."

Griffin reports that median home prices increased about 30% year over year, which is pricing people out of the marketplace.

"So, the causes are numerous, but most of the primary causes of the rise in prices are actually the result of imprudent government policy," the research fellow concludes. 

:: 6-25-21 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pence Splits with Trump on Jan. 6: 'Un-American' for VP to 'Choose the American President'

Michael Foust | Contributor | Friday, June 25, 2021

Former Vice President Mike Pence on Thursday further distanced himself from former President Trump over the January 6 attack on the capitol, saying it would have been "un-American" for the vice president to try and reject electoral votes.

Pence made the comments at the Ronald Reagan Presidential Library in Simi Valley, California, in a speech that mainly focused on the achievements of the Trump administration and his disagreements with the Biden agenda.

But Pence touched briefly on the January 6 attack and on Trump's insistence leading up to the attack that Pence could change the outcome. Trump said in a pre-January 6 tweet that if Pence "comes through for us, we will win the Presidency." The former president wanted Pence to reject electoral votes from certain states that went for Biden.

Under the U.S. Constitution, the vice president oversees the counting of electoral votes in a joint session of Congress.

Pence did not mention Trump by name during his Thursday speech. His speech took place one week after he was heckled and called a "traitor" at a Faith and Freedom Coalition event.

"In the years ahead," Pence said, "the American people must know that our Republican Party will always keep our oath to the Constitution – even when it would be politically expedient to do otherwise, that we are the party that as the Bible says, we'll keep our oath, even when it hurts."

"... There are those in our party who believe that in my position as presiding officer over the joint session that I possess the authority to reject or return electoral votes, certified by the states. But the Constitution provides the vice president with no such authority before the joint session of Congress. And the truth is, there's almost no idea more un-American than the notion that any one person could choose the American president. The presidency belongs to the American people and the American people alone." January 6, he said, "was a dark day in the history of the United States."

"Thanks to the swift action of Capitol police and law enforcement, the violence was quelled, the capitol secured," Pence said. "And we reconvened the Congress the very same day to finish the work of counting electoral votes from every state of the Union."

The Republican Party, Pence said, must be devoted to the Constitution and not to the whims of politics.

"I will always be proud that we did our part on that tragic day to reconvene the Congress and fulfilled our duty under the Constitution and the laws of the United States," he said. "Now I understand the disappointment many feel about the last election. I can relate; I was on the ballot. But, you know, there's more at stake than our party and our political fortunes in this moment.

"If we lose faith in the Constitution, we won't just lose elections. We'll lose our country. So now more than ever, America needs the Republican Party to be the party of the Constitution of the United States."

The 12th Amendment says of the process: "The President of the Senate shall, in the presence of the Senate and House of Representatives, open all the certificates and the votes shall then be counted; The person having the greatest number of votes for President, shall be the President." The vice president is the president of the Senate. 

[:: 8-20-17 am service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness like you have never seen, spiritual darkness, etc. they are not only trying to divide truth from false, they are trying to divide the races in a way you have never seen, it is all political, all of the one world order etc

:: 6-26-21 Whatfingernews :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tucker: Sean Parnell warns implementing critical race theory will destroy military

11 hours ago

Veteran and Pennsylvania Senate candidate reacts to Gen. Mark Milley’s statement on ‘white rage’ on ‘Tucker Carlson Tonight.’ 

:: 4-19-21 New American :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Genetic Vaccines: Are They the New Thalidomide?

by Lee D. Merritt MD April 19, 2021

Many Americans have heard the news account of Dr. Gregory Michael, a 56-year-old Florida physician who, after receiving his first dose of a Pfizer COVID vaccine on December 18 of last year, was hospitalized three days later. He had a total loss of his platelets — the little blood cells that stop bleeding. In spite of being treated by a team of physicians, he died two weeks later from a brain hemorrhage, and was reported to have had zero platelets. By February 10, 2021, 36 other similar cases were reported in the mainstream media. Pfizer, which along with its partner BioNTech made the vaccine the doctor received, said in a statement that it was aware of the death. Typically, they concluded, “We are actively investigating this case, but we don’t believe at this time that there is any direct connection to the vaccine.”

Pfizer made this “finding” despite several unusual circumstances of the case. First, low-platelet disorders, known as idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura (ITP), most commonly affect children, and generally follow a viral illness. Only 10 percent of ITP cases occur in adults, who usually present with a slow onset form of the disorder, referred to as chronic ITP. The disorder usually starts by someone noticing easy bleeding, such as slow oozing from gums or the nose, or bruises showing up without trauma. Rarely do platelets drop below 20,000, and generally treatment either reverses the disease or prolongs life for years in spite of the problem.

What happened to this physician and the others seems to be a new previously unseen problem related to vaccination — despite the manufacturers’ claims.

Increasingly, vaccine manufacturers and government officials are following the sarcastic maxim from Samuel Shem’s novel of medical residency entitled The House of God that “if you don’t take a temperature you can’t find a fever.” In other words, if we don’t critically look at the actual recorded patient damage, we won’t find our products to be defective. Now, major media are increasingly getting on board, condemning “vaccine hesitancy” and pushing everyone to get vaccinated for COVID, discounting any dangers. But in the practice of medicine, we are supposed to employ the “precautionary principle” — above all do no harm.

Moderna and Pfizer COVID-19 “vaccines” are experimental, employing a genetic technology never before used on humans. Ironically, many people who wouldn’t purchase the first edition of a new car line are lining up to take an injection they know nothing about, that has never successfully passed animal trials, that could never meet the required “safety level” for a “drug,” and is unapproved for the prevention of COVID except as an emergency experiment.

Legally, those who get the vaccine are unnamed participants in a Stage IV FDA trial.

Moreover, a vaccine is supposed to prevent disease. By that definition, these agents are not even vaccines. They are more properly termed “experimental unapproved genetic agents.” By admission of the manufacturers themselves, both the Pfizer and Moderna products only lessen the symptoms of COVID; they don’t prevent transmission.

Vaccination was first invented to treat smallpox, which had a a fatality rate of up to 60 percent. Then other diseases such as typhoid and polio were similarly addressed. But vaccination is not used when effective safe treatment is available. Although censorship has confused the public understanding, overwhelming evidence dating back to the 1970s shows that viruses can be treated with “lysosomotropic agents.” The truth is, hundreds of papers have shown that chloroquine, and its later version hydroxychloroquine, are very effective in treating this virus if given early. A worldwide open architecture online review of COVID survival ( showed that death rate was 78.7-percent lower in those countries where hydroxychloroquine was used early and often:

Multiple large studies done in outpatient settings show very excellent prevention and cure with these and other drugs such as Ivermectin. In Mumbai, India, a study was done of the city police force of 10,000 officers. No deaths were recorded in the 4,600 officers taking a small dose of hydroxychloroquine each week. All the deaths were in the untreated group. Using Worldometer statistics, COVID deaths per capita in New York State are 2,656 per million population; in New Jersey they are 2,821 per million population. In India the rate is 126 per million and in Uganda it is only seven per million. Neither India nor Uganda used social distancing in any real way. But they do use hydroxychloroquine. New York (except for Dr. Zev Zelenko and a few others) does not use the drug.

As to the claims of the efficacy of the drugs, the declaration of 95-percent effectiveness of the Pfizer product was shown to be bunkum by Dr. Peter Doshi, the associate editor of the British Medical Journal, writing in that publication. After doing an independent review of the data submitted to the FDA, Dr. Doshi reported that only 30 percent of test subjects, at best, experienced even the slightest benefit (symptom reduction). Absolute risk reduction — in other words stopping transmission — he estimated at less than one percent.

During the first two months of the rollout of Pfizer and Moderna “vaccines” in 2021, 95 percent of deaths from vaccines recorded in the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS) were for those agents, meaning only five percent of reported deaths involved all the other vaccines put together. Compared to 2019, deaths in VAERS are up 6,000 percent. Thirty-six deaths were recorded in the first quarter of 2020 versus 1,754 in the first quarter of 2021.

In Israel, where the Pfizer mRNA product is being used exclusively and a major push is on to vaccinate the whole population, an independent review of government data after two months of the vaccine program was done by the Aix-Marseille University Faculty of Medicine Emerging Infectious and Tropical Diseases Unit’s Dr. Hervé Seligmann and engineer Haim Yativ. They showed that when 12.5 percent of Israelis were vaccinated, 51 percent of the deaths from COVID were in the vaccinated group. Additionally, in the over 65-year-olds, vaccination resulted in death from COVID 40 times more than in unvaccinated people. In other words, this is not protecting people from COVID but increasing fatalities from the disease — and this neglects the number of other side effects.

If the truth were known, most sane, thinking people would not likely take part in such an experiment. With the truth hidden and with threats of travel bans and an unwarranted fear of COVID, and with pressure from employers and the politicization of COVID in general, Americans have been throwing caution to the wind.

The Unknowns

To understand what is actually happening to people after receiving the mRNA agents, I reviewed data in VAERS — an open-source searchable database of possible vaccine side effects reported by both providers and patients. According to the CDC website:

VAERS is used to detect possible safety problems — called “signals”that may be related to vaccination. If a vaccine safety signal is identified through VAERS, scientists may conduct further studies to find out if the signal represents an actual risk.

The main goals of VAERS are to:

• Detect new, unusual, or rare adverse events that happen after vaccination.

• Monitor increases in known side effects, like arm soreness where a shot was given

• Identify potential patient risk factors for particular types of health problems related to vaccines

• Assess the safety of newly licensed vaccines

• Watch for unexpected or unusual patterns in adverse event reports

• Serve as a monitoring system in public health emergencies

The CDC acknowledges limitations of the system, including:

• Reports submitted to VAERS often lack details and sometimes contain errors.

◦ Serious adverse events are more likely to be reported than mild side effects.

◦ It is generally not possible to find out from VAERS data if a vaccine caused the adverse event.

I searched the VAERS database using keywords that would identify bleeding problems and thrombocytopenia (low or absent platelets). Entries are defined by age groups and sex with a narrative account of the injury.

In a two-and-a-half-month period from December 15, 2020 to March 12, 2021, 358 cases of unusual clotting or bleeding were identified, and it makes grim reading. There were 104 cases of frank thrombocytopenia (low platelets) — some including young people. However, the numbers alone do not adequately convey the problems. In one case about an 18-29 year-old female, the physician wrote this: “Patient was seen in in my office on 1/19/21 with complaint of heavy vaginal bleeding. A CBC was obtained which revealed an H/H of 12.2/36.1 and a platelet count of 1 (not 1K, but 1 platelet!) This was confirmed on smear review.” The surprise and horror the doctor experienced upon seeing the absence of platelets is clear when reading the report.

But the platelet problem may just be the most severe expression of a physical derangement that is producing bleeding of all sorts. As seen in the table below, there were 49 people with brain hemorrhages — nine fatal at the time of reporting. A number of other people arrived at Emergency Departments with bleeding from multiple sites, or internally, so massive that they could not be stabilized even to clearly define the sources of the bleeding.

Severe Thrombocytopenia 94 Various Spontaneous Skin bleeding 10

Mild Thrombocytopenia 11 Vein bleeding from temple 1

Thrombocytopenic Petechial rash/bruising 5 Prolonged surgical site bleeding 3

Severe Pancytopenia 2 Severe multifocal bleeding 5

Unknown Hematologic Problem 1 Severe internal bleeding 5

Multifocal or “massive” brain hemorrhage 20 Severe uncharacterized bleeding 3

Focal brain hemorrhage 29 Bleeding from cancer site liver 1

GI Bleed 34 Renal dialysis shunt 1

Severe Vaginal Bleeding 7 Hematuria 2

Vaginal Bleeding 21 Renal bleed 1

Bleeding in Pregnancy 6 Tonsillar bleed 1

Bleeding with Miscarriage 12 Acute Uterine Fibroid hemorrhage 1

Irreg Menses 4 Nosebleed 32

Oral bleeding 8 Spontaneous Splenic hemorrhage 1

Subconjunctival Hemorrhage 11 Injection Site Bleeding 21

Intraocular bleed 4 Arm Bruising 1

Most cases of severe problems were in people over the age of 50 years. But there were many younger people involved, especially in the less severe-but-unusual bleeding problems. Of the 36 reported nosebleeds, six were either unable to be stopped with usual measures, were recurrent, or were recorded as having significant blood loss or dubbed “profuse.” Many were associated with other symptoms: photophobia (eye sensitivity to light), headache, hives, “sick in bed,” brain fog, and face swelling. The youngest patient with a nosebleed was, sadly, a toddler requiring emergency care. Unusual skin bleeding was also reported. Four 65-plus-year-old males reported blood spontaneously oozing through the skin: one from the legs, one from the scalp, one from an old biopsy site, and one from an old healed “boil” site. Frank bleeding at the time of the inoculation occurred 14 times. Some bleeding was momentary, but often the bleeding was difficult to stop, recurrent, and/or persisted after the patient returned home. (How many times have you had an injection and bled at all, let alone bled off and on for hours?)

Perhaps the saddest were the bleeding episodes that preceded spontaneous miscarriages. Here are some direct entries in VAERS:

40-49 y.o. Female: The evening of my vaccination I began to feel feverish, weak and achy. During the night I woke with heavy bleeding and found out the following morning I had miscarried my otherwise healthy pregnancy.

39 y.o. Female: Internal brain bleeding 10 days after 1st dose Covid vaccine; brain damage, confused, suffering memory loss; This is a spontaneous report from a contactable physician (patient).

30-39 y.o. Female: 48 hours after injection developed micro-hemorrhages in her right eye. Symptoms resolved and 12/29 recurrence of bleeding to right eye slightly worse than before

65+ y.o. Male: Patient developed significant nose bleed after receiving vaccine. Required emergency department visits x 2 and hospitalization.

65+ y.o. Female: Vaccine administered 02/02/2021. By Thursday 2/11/2021 patient almost nonverbal, by Monday 2/15/2021 patient went to the hospital with bruising, sores on her stomach and clots reported as thrombocytopenia. Deceased by Friday, 2/19/20201.

40-49 y.o. Female: Bleeding, myalgia, tingling in the fingers of the right hand; fatigue immediately upon vaccinationbleeding at the injection site which the employee reports as filling the Band-Aid over the site. When she got home in the evening and took it off blood ran.

65+ y.o. Female: Within 15 min of the injection, the individual became aphasic and stroke like symptoms. She was taken to the ER where she was later diagnosed with a cerebral hemorrhage and passed away.

When such facts are presented, the standard retort from vaccine advocates is, “We have given millions of vaccines, so a few deaths are to be expected.” Besides the fact that a willingness to sacrifice individuals for the nebulous good of the masses represents a bankrupt moral order, simply calculating the numbers of deaths is inadequate. “Experts” need to take the time to read the narrative to open their eyes — and their hearts — to the suffering happening. There are over 25 pages of such stories printed from VAERS entries, and we must consider, “How many of these people are now dead, and how many are going to die?”

A second-year medical student armed with the facts should recognize looming disaster — where are the experts?

In truth, neither recipients nor their doctors know what is in these “vaccines.” Only a few people at the top of the Moderna, Pfizer, Johnson & Johnson, and AstraZeneca research groups really understand them. These mRNA injections produce a potentially deadly pathogen — the spike protein — in your cells. The Emergency Use Authorization for the Pfizer product says that it contains “a nucleoside-modified messenger RNA (modRNA) encoding the viral spike glycoprotein (S) of SARS-CoV-2.” If your immune system is strong enough to withstand this onslaught and create some immunity, you may survive the first onslaught. But even if you don’t die in the short term, mRNA is an epigenetic controller of DNA. Though this foreign synthetic mRNA doesn’t actually become part of your DNA to make you a “GMO human,” as some people have been worrying about, it can control DNA in ways we have yet to completely understand. We literally have no idea whether this bodily additive is going to have a side effect of expressing cancer genes, or of repressing cancer protective genes, or thousands of other potentially deadly unknowns.

Additionally, the Pfizer vaccine includes all types of ingredients that may by themselves create ailments. The Pfizer shot contains “lipids ((4-hydroxybutyl)azanediyl)bis(hexane-6,1-diyl)bis(2- hexyldecanoate), 2-[(polyethylene glycol)-2000]-N,N-ditetradecylacetamide, 1,2-distearoyl-snglycero-3-phosphocholine, and cholesterol), potassium chloride, monobasic potassium phosphate, sodium chloride, dibasic sodium phosphate dihydrate, and sucrose.”

I insert this list just for completeness — don’t expect to make sense of it. Your doctor can’t either. I understand “sucrose” (sugar) and sodium chloride (salt), but who doesn’t get lost in the “hydroxybutyl” and “distearoyl” lipid list?

After doing some sleuthing and having some inside knowledge to start from, I discovered that this lipid particle is an adjuvant called “Matrix M.” As described in scientific literature, “Adjuvant Matrix-M™ is comprised of 40 nm nanoparticles composed of Quillaja saponins, cholesterol and phospholipid.”

Matrix-M essentially wraps the mRNA in a lipid coating that allows it to move through cell walls and to linger in your system. Matrix-M is derived from plant chemicals called saponins, which have poorly understood properties in plant biology. They can be toxic to humans in some cases, and have been traditionally used by aboriginal tribesmen to poison fish. Should we consider that comforting?

The pharmacology industry has a long history of removing bad drugs from the market. Thalidomide is perhaps the most famous example of a pharmacologic disaster. The drug was released in 1957 for its sedative effects and was touted as being safe for everyone including “pregnant women and children.” In 1961, Dr. William McBride, an obstetrician, discovered that thalidomide was useful for “morning sickness” in pregnant women. Later he began to see unusual and devastating birth defects in babies born to women for whom he had prescribed the drug. Independently, Dr. Widuking Lenz, a pediatrician in Germany, also associated thalidomide with severe and unusual birth defects, such as the absence of limbs or parts of limbs. Sometimes an infants’ hands were attached at the shoulders, there being no connecting long bones at all. By 1962 the drug was taken off the market.

But unlike with our new, experimental agents, recognition of the thalidomide problem was made relatively easy by several factors. First among these was the uniqueness of the deformities. These were both profound and obvious, which stand in stark contrast to the current bleeding problems, which appear on the surface to be normal problems in clinical medicine — such as nosebleeds. Even now, doctors continue to call the loss of platelets “ITP” — even though what we are seeing is not the same as what we would expect to see under that diagnosis. ITP simply does not kill adult males in a few days.

Second, with thalidomide, the physician who first began using the drug for nausea in pregnancy was also the doctor who delivered the affected babies, so he could readily put two and two together. In the case of our COVID drugs, when your doctor tells you to get a vaccine, he doesn’t administer it, doesn’t witness the injection, and usually doesn’t follow up to see how you fared. And if you were to suddenly develop a vision problem or bleeding from the bowel, you wouldn’t be seen by your PCP; you would be in an Emergency Department — and they don’t usually ask about your recent vaccine history.

Third, Dr. Lenz presciently recognized that, in the case of thalidomide, many less-severe deformities, when put into perspective, revealed “gradations of the defect.” Unfortunately in the present case, lesser degrees of clotting problems are indistinguishable from bleeding issues frequently encountered in an Emergency Room or doctor’s office. For example, if a 75-year-old hypertensive male — who has gotten a COVID shot — suffers a brain hemorrhage and dies, it would not likely be deemed unusual, and the relationship to vaccination may not even be explored.

Keeping that in mind, we should assume the worst when it comes to these new COVID shots. When any new drug problem starts, it begins slowly and unrecognized — like a snowball beginning to roll down a mountain. By the time the problem is generally acknowledged, the avalanche is well on its way. In the case of thalidomide, over 100,000 children were severely damaged before the drug was removed from use. Though VAERS has the potential to shorten recognition time of drug problems by trying to spot the “unusual patterns,” this requires that physicians be aware of the system, and take the time to enter any suspected side effects — not just the worst cases. It also requires that researchers care enough to look. This is not happening. A report previously submitted to the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality revealed that fewer than one percent of adverse events get reported to VAERS.

In the past, testing done on mRNA technology revealed problems specifically involving the clotting system. Antibody-mediated platelet damage has been suspected. Yet today when these exact problems arise, the researchers are mum. Do the experts not study or know their own vaccine research history?

For those who are concerned about the risks, we need to advocate for ourselves, either through contacting legislators or simply refusing to take the shots. It’s obvious that the pharmaceutical industry is willing to release untried technology upon the entire world population, and not be deterred by any inconvenience such as unexplained death.

We need to stop being a gullible population that forces our children to get vaccinated for trivial, non-fatal diseases such as mumps. We need to stop believing in the god-like status of medical technocrats who claim to be making the world safer. We need to reject the idea that vaccine deniers are anti-scientific troglodytes. We must reject the unspoken premise under which pharmaceutical companies and doctors operate — that all vaccines are always safe in all people all the time. It should not be considered unreasonable to require scientific transparency, honesty by drug manufacturers, and safety from vaccines.

Vaccines are only indicated for diseases with a high risk of death or morbidity, and for which there is no cure. After seeing the esteemed leaders in medicine denigrate hydroxychloroquine (even though it was a recognized treatment used successfully elsewhere for SARS, and mentioned favorably by Dr. Fauci for MERS), after watching three plants used in the production of hydroxychloroquine burn down in a year — two on the same day — after watching doctors lose their jobs and be censored for speaking truth and saving lives with old safe drugs that work, and now, after seeing experimental genetic agents being rolled out for use globally that have never passed animal testing and have only a few months human trials, perhaps it is time to address the 800-pound gorilla in the room and ask, “Are they trying to kill us?” 

[ :: 10-14-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ]

etc. Study Ezekiel thirty seven and thirty eight, for that is where you are at this moment.  But before Russia can march upon Israel they must remove America from the picture first, for it is that time and it is that hour. etc

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you etc.

[ :: 4-25-18   pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Between Russia and China they own the sea, we search for their submarines and we cannot find them, we search for the battleships and without satellite we would never find them.  There is a great warfare ready to take place because of the sea; the ocean surrounds every little place there is.

[ :: 4-28-19 am service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc Russia, is building stronger and stronger and stronger every day, for I have a fishhook in her mouth and I am tugging on it as hard as I can and before they can go into Israel they must first destroy Babylon. They have all the military power to do that and America has nothing, absolutely nothing to stop it, wake up, wake up. You have other enemies such as China, North Korea, are you fooled by North Korea, I sure hope not, for I have spoken to you concerning that. Where are their old submarines, where are they sitting, on the bottom of the ocean ready to strike, for they were seen loading with all types of weaponry, where are they now, where, and China, how about their newest weapon? etc

:: 6-21-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russian Pacific Fleet Now Only 35 MILES from Honolulu - US Lines Up Missile Warning vessels in Pacific

World NewsDesk 21 June 2021 Hits: 22356

The Pacific Fleet of the Russian Navy is now only about 35 miles (65km) from Honolulu, Hawaii, conducting "military exercises" as shown on the satellite image above. U.S. Deploys ACSG, "wall" of special naval radar, and schedules missile test from Alaska toward Russia fleet!

As of this weekend, the following Russia Navy vessels are quite close to Hawaii:

Three (3) Project 20380 Corvette vessels: Sovershenny, Gromkiy, and Aldar Tsydenzhapov

One (1) Project 1164 Guided Missile Cruiser: Varyag

Two Project 1155 vessels:

A) Large anti-submarine ship Admiral Panteleyev, AND;

B) a Project 1155(M) frigate: Marshall Shaposhnikov

One (1) Missile Instrumentation Ship: Marshal Krylov

The US sent the USS Carl Vinson Aircraft Carrier Strike Group to be in the area of the Russian naval vessels. This includes three (3) Arleigh-Burke-class Destroyers and One (1) U.S. Coast Guard Sentinel-class Cutter.

In addition to the USS Carl Vinson Carrier Strike Group, the U.S. has sortied very special naval radar vessels equipped with stunning missile alert radar.

The special radar vessels have formed a virtual WALL in the western Pacific Ocean as seen below:

In addition, the U.S. has made a sudden announcement of a Missile test from the area of Kodiak Island, Alaska, toward Kwajelin Atol in the Pacific, which would see a US missile headed very fast and very close to the Russian Fleet!

The Notice to Airmen and Mariners shows the projected track of today's US Missile Defense test:

The strange thing about this particular Missile Defense test is that there are NO KNOWN U.S. Missile defense facilities on Kodiak Island. There is the Pacific Spaceport Complex – Alaska (PSCA), formerly known as the Kodiak Launch Complex (KLC), is a dual-use commercial and military spaceport for sub-orbital and orbital launch vehicles. The facility is owned and operated by the Alaska Aerospace Corporation, a public corporation of the State of Alaska, and is located on Kodiak Island in Alaska.

The spaceport opened in 1998 and has supported 26 (up to end of 2020) launches, most of those for the U.S. government. The site was closed for two years following a launch failure that caused significant damage to parts of the spaceport. It reopened in August 2016. 

[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word)  :: ::  :: ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.

:: 6-21-21 Life Site :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Canadian political leader tells Tucker Carlson that his COVID arrest was a form of ‘political repression’

'In Canada, you cannot speak against the regime. It's like in China. I was in jail for eight hours a day – they handcuffed me, put me in jail and for a non-crime … it was a political repression,' Maxime Bernier told Carlson on Wednesday.

Mon Jun 21, 2021 - 9:14 am EST By Anthony Murdoch

CANADA, June 21, 2021 (LifeSiteNews) – A well-known anti-lockdown Canadian political leader told Fox News’ Tucker Carlson that his recent arrest for breaking COVID-19 rules was a form of “political repression,” and not because he broke health rules.

In Canada, you cannot speak against the regime. It's like in China. I was in jail for eight hours a day – they handcuffed me, put me in jail and for a non-crime … it was a political repression,” Maxime Bernier, leader People’s Party of Canada (PPC) and former Conservative Party of Canada (CPC) MP and cabinet minister told Carlson on Wednesday. Carlson responded by saying that “it's remarkable the government would arrest its political opponent for complaining about its policies.”

To this Bernier replied that he is the “only political leader in Canada who is speaking against (lockdowns).”

SUBSCRIBE to LifeSite's daily headlines

U.S. Canada World Catholic

“So, it is scary that in Canada right now in 2021, you are like in China. Actually, I would always fight for what I believe. And like I said to the policeman, my weapon is my words and I will always use my words to fight for more freedom and a smaller government in Canada. I will be back in Manitoba.”

Last Friday, Bernier’s lawyers from the Justice Centre for Constitutional Freedoms (JCCF) were able to secure his release from prison after he was arrested for breaking COVID-19 health rules by speaking at a freedom rally in a small village in province of Manitoba.

Bernier was handcuffed by Manitoba RCMP and the incident was recorded on video. His lawyers said the rally had less than 15 people in attendance.

According to a CBC report, Manitoba RCMP said Bernier was charged under the province’s Public Health Act for failing to self-isolate upon arrival in Manitoba, as well as for taking part in an outdoor gathering.

When asked by the officer arresting him whether he had weapons on his person, Bernier replied that he had no weapons and “only my words, only my philosophy, only what I believe in.”

At the time of his arrest, Manitoba had barred all outdoor gatherings. It now allows only 5 people to gather outside, but still has a mandatory 14-day quarantine policy in place for all who visit the province.

Bernier has been a vocal opponent of COVID-19 lockdown measures in Canada. He was recently on a cross-Canada “Mad Max” tour, as he calls it, trying to gain support for the PPC while speaking at anti-lockdown rallies. His tour comes in anticipation of a possible fall federal election in Canada.

Manitoba Premier Brian Pallister warned Bernier before his arrival that should he break the local rules, “he’s going to be light in the pocket book.”

Bernier also spoke recently with Andrew Lawton of True North News. He told him that the PPC is the “only party against these draconian lockdowns.”

That's crazy that no politician can speak in in a province of our country. It's like being in China,” Bernier said. Bernier was asked by Lawton why even the Conservative Premiers of Alberta, Manitoba, Ontario, and Saskatchewan have gone along with the lockdown narrative.

“They are following the establishment medical experts and they don't want to have any other point of view,” Bernier told Lawton.

As a former MP for the CPC, Bernier said that Alberta Premier Jason Kenney, whom he used to work with, is now not even recognizable as a “conservative.”

“I know personally Jason Kenney,” said Bernier.

I was sitting with him around the cabinet table when I was a conservative minister, when he was a minister. He was a real conservative at that time. Now, I don't recognize.” Bernier also said to Lawton that he does not understand why there are no “provincial parliaments or legislatures” that are opposing lockdowns.

“They're not doing their job… we are in a crazy world,” said Bernier.

Meanwhile Kenney announced that on July 1, Alberta will significantly reduce its COVID-19 restrictions, including the current ban on indoor social gatherings.

This comes in spite of the fact Kenney is the only Canadian premier to have jailed Christian pastors for breaking COVID rules, having jailed Paster James Coates and Pastor Artur Pawlowski and most recently, Pastor Tim Stephens, who is currently in jail. 

:: 6-20-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Calm before the storm? Only 3 strong earthquakes (M6.1, M6.1, M6.3) rattle the world in the last 30 days – Unprecedented! Be ready for the Big Shake!

By Strange Sounds - Jun 20, 2021

Today, a strong M6.3 earthquake hit along the Kermadec Trench, New Zealand.

Meanwhile, there have only been 2 other strong quakes larger than M6.0 worldwide in the last 30 days and none of them exceeded M6.1.

This is unprecedented or at least very rare! The energy accumulating has to be released… So imagine if it erupts in only 1 or 2 Big Ones! It could end really bad!

As described in this Facebook Group, these highly unusual patterns are a critical warning sign.

This absence of strong quakes is a very dangerous and alarming situation. People living in earthquake-prone areas should get prepared and be ready for a Big Blast. [Facebook] 

[ :: 7-2-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

Let your spiritual eyes be open, for many things shall come to pass, many things you shall see, for you have not seen the big terrorist attack here in America yet, but you will see it, you will see it.  For you shall yet see great and mighty attacks here in the United States, you shall see these things come to pass.  You will also see the stock market, if you have got money there get it out, says the Lord, get it out now, for later will be too late.  Also you shall see many things taking place overseas like you have never seen before in your life.  And the political realm shall get even, even darker now, you shall hear things that you did not know, etc

:: 6-19-21 USA Watchdog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Stock Market Cut in Half Soon – Charles Nenner

By Greg Hunter On June 19, 2021 In Market Analysis 174 Comments

By Greg Hunter’s (Saturday Night Post)

Renowned geopolitical and financial cycle expert Charles Nenner made a huge call at the end of January 2020. Nenner said, “I am more worried about the market going down 40% than making 5% more on the upside.” The market topped a few weeks later (2% higher) and then plunged 38% for the next several weeks. Spot on call. Nenner also said he was “more worried about domestic civil unrest than war in a foreign land.” We had Antifa and BLM rioting, looting and burning in Portland, Minneapolis, Chicago, New York and many other cities for most of 2020. This was, yet, another spot on call. What’s Nenner seeing now? Nenner says, “ I have a chart going back to the 1900’s, and if you connect all the tops, the tops of 1929, top in the 1960’s, 1987, . . . we are up to the trend line again. It seems very, very unusual to break a trend line that dates back for 100 years. So, risk is very high. . . .We are totally out of the market. . . .We have been out for three or four weeks. . . .We have the same thing as before. People are more afraid to miss 4% on the upside than 50% on the downside. That’s human nature.”

How low can the market go from here? Nenner says, “20,000 or lower is my call.” I asked Nenner, “You think the market could get cut in half?” Nenner replied, “Yes.”

The next big call is on inflation. The Federal Reserve keeps telling the markets that inflation is “transitory.” Nenner contends inflation is here and will get much worse. Nenner explains, “If the Fed keeps the policy unchanged, the market is not going to like it because they think the Fed is not paying enough attention. For the moment, I agree with the Fed that the inflation fear is overdone. But based on my cycles, we are going to soon start a whole new cycle of inflation. . . . There is a long term cycle on inflation. . . .In a year or so, we are going to have a lot of inflation.”

Nenner says Bitcoin, at least for now, looks to be topped out. Nenner says, “I have no higher price target. We might have a new up cycle, but I don’t think the top ($64,000) is going to be taken out for a long time.”

On oil and natural gas, Nenner says, “We are out of oil right now, but I don’t think the bull market in oil is over yet. I think natural gas will start a long term up move soon.”

On gold and silver, Nenner says, “There is no bottom fishing in silver or gold. The bottom is weeks away. We might touch the bottom on gold at $1,670.”

Longer term, Nenner still thinks gold will go past $2,500 an ounce, and silver will go up with it.

On the geopolitical front, Nenner says, “Everybody does whatever they want because nobody trusts the government. You don’t know where the danger is coming from, first from the left or the right. I think the left is more dangerous than the right. . . . I see things deteriorating very fast because nobody knows what’s right of wrong anymore in the United States. It’s very worrisome. I think the world will take the United States on because they have no clue what they are doing anymore. This looks the same as before the Japanese attacked Pearl Harbor because how stupid can you get. In the end, the United States will get its act together, but first, they have to be hurt very seriously.”

Join Greg Hunter of as he goes One-on-One with renowned cycle analyst and financial expert Charles Nenner.

After the Interview:

Nenner added a warning about “fake news” issued by Wall Street. Nenner says, “Wall Street wants small investors on the wrong side of the market. They accomplish this by giving out fake news. They have to sell to somebody. Don’t fall for it.”

There is free information and analysis on You can also sign up to be a subscriber for Nenner’s cutting edge cycle work with a free trial period by clicking here. 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 6-20-21 WIN World Israel News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘Prepare for Iran nuclear facility strike,’ says Israeli official after election of ‘Butcher of Tehran’

June 20, 2021 By Lauren Marcus, World Israel News

Israeli senior military and intelligence officials are gearing up for a future strike on Iran’s nuclear facilities, after news broke that Ebrahim Raisi was elected president of the Islamic Republic.

Raisi is a hardcore Islamist who has been named by Amnesty International as a perpetrator of war crimes.

Channel 12 News reported that Raisi is in favor of a return to the 2015 nuclear deal in exchange for relief of sanctions that have crippled Iran’s economy.

But as talks with the U.S. enter yet another round of talks with no set end in sight, Israel is worried that Iran will continue stockpiling and enriching uranium until the ink on a deal is dry.

Israel believes the earliest such deal could be signed is August, leaving a relatively long window of time in which Iran could ramp up its nuclear program.

There will be no choice but to go back and prepare attack plans for Iran’s nuclear program,” a senior Israeli official told Channel 12.

“This will require budgets and the reallocation of resources.”

Foreign Minister Yair Lapid referenced Raisi’s brutal reputation on Saturday evening, tweeting that “Iran’s new president, known as the Butcher of Tehran, is an extremist responsible for the deaths of thousands of Iranians. He is committed to the regime’s nuclear ambitions and to its campaign of global terror.”

He added that the “election should prompt renewed determination to immediately halt Iran’s nuclear program and put an end to its destructive regional ambitions.”

Lior Haiat, a Foreign Ministry spokesman, also tweeted that Raisi is set to become Iran’s “most extremist president to date…committed to Iran’s rapidly advancing military nuclear program.”

Senior IDF officials are set to meet with their American counterparts in Washington on Sunday, the military said in a statement.

The statement signaled that Israel and the U.S. would work together to mitigate the Iranian threat, on the heels of tensions between the two nations over a potential return to the 2015 deal.

“The chief of staff [Aviv Kochavi] will discuss…current shared security challenges, including matters dealing with the Iranian nuclear threat, Iran’s efforts to entrench itself militarily in the Middle East, Hezbollah’s rearmament efforts, the consequences of the threat of precision-guided missiles and joint force build-up,” the statement said.

:: 6-20-21 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Greyerz – Gold And The Coming Global Economic Meltdown

June 20, 2021

Today the man who has become legendary for his predictions on QE and historic moves in currencies and metals just sent King World News his latest work on gold and the coming global economic meltdown.

Each week Egon von Greyerz articles are published first on KWN.

June 20 (King World News) – Egon von Greyerz at Matterhorn Asset Management (based in Switzerland): When will the wax melt that holds up the global economy? Hubris is driving humans and markets ever higher and closer to the sun. The higher everything goes, the greater the risk that the wax melts and the wings that are supporting the global economy just fall off and everything crashes to the ground.

Investing successfully is primarily about managing risk rather than maximizing profits. As we reach the end of the biggest bull market in history, investors feel so secure that risk has become an irrelevance.


The Hocus Pocus system of finance has offered total downside protection for investors for 1/2 a century. The last big crash that affected a whole generation was the 1929 crash. After a 90% fall in the Dow, it took 1/4 of a century to recover to the 1929 high.

But since Nixon caused the Hocus Pocus system to thrive from 1971, all major crashes have quickly retraced to new highs. The Dow has fallen 40-60% in 1973, 1987, 2000, 2008 and 2020. But instead of taking 25 years to recover like after the 1929 crash, no retracement since 1971 has taken more than 2 years.

This is the beauty of Hocus Pocus finance. Through printing and credit expansion you create unlimited access to liquidity for the big investors. Virtually no funds reach ordinary people who need it but instead the Hocus Focus system rewards the Croesus investors which means the haves get more and the have nots become relatively much poorer.

As the graphs below show, the bottom 50% hold 0.6% of corporate equities and Mutual Funds whilst the top 1% hold over 52%.

Income inequality is also expanding with the top 10% of earners getting just below 50% of income. As the graph shows, Europe is more egalitarian.


The inequality of wealth and income can correct itself in two distinct ways.

Either a revolution like in France in the late 1700s or Russia in the early 1900s. This would lead to a general fall in economic activity and redistribution of wealth in a new Marxist system. Asset markets would crash leading to everyone being worse off until Marxism is rejected by the people. In Russia that process took around 70 years last time.

The other way is a collapse of asset markets leading to a massive wipeout of the wealth of the rich. The poor would also be worse off due to the general deterioration in the economy…


So coming back to when the wax holding it all precariously actually melts, let’s return to the Greek mythology.

Daedalus and his son Icarus were imprisoned by King Minos in the Labyrinth that Daedalus had built. The only way out was to fly and Daedalus came up with the idea to make bird wings that were attached to their bodies with wax. They managed to flee from the labyrinth using their wings. Icarus had been warned by his father not to fly too close to the sun as the wax would melt and he would crash. But carelessness and hubris couldn’t stop Icarus from reaching ever higher until the wax melted and he crashed to his death.

As the Everything Bubble is flying closer to the sun, the risk of the wax melting is growing exponentially.

The wax holding it all together needs a number of ingredients, to stick such as:

Confidence – even if false,



Fake promises,

Zero or negative interest rates

Fake news


Corrupt financial system

Debasement of money and purchasing power

Fiscal deficits

Ever increasing debt & credit

Unlimited money printing

Take away one or two of these ingredients and the wax will start melting and the whole global economy will crash to the ground.

But who really cares about the wax that holds the world economy together. I and a few others have written about the problems we see and the risks we perceive. Also we discuss the consequences that will affect most people.

But whilst some of us believe that our message is of vital importance to everyone, we are sadly only reaching a minuscule minority of people. As the income and wealth graphs show above, even in the Western world, most people have no assets to protect and an income that barely covers their daily outgoings.


As I often stress normal people without major savings can still buy gold and silver for wealth preservation. With 1 gram of gold costing $60 and an ounce of silver $30 virtually everyone can put some savings into precious metals. If the Venezuelans had done that 20 years ago with very small money, that would have saved them from total destitution.

I sometimes hear from people who are poor investors and even worse traders. These are people who are victims and never take responsibility for their own actions.

Even worse, they buy at the top and sell at the bottom. And then they are experts in the most exact of all sciences, namely HINDSIGHT!

I should have bought Bitcoin at $10 or $100 instead of buying gold in 2011”.

Sadly these are people who will never make money consistently on anything since they can’t take responsibility for their own actions.

Also, they don’t comprehend that the primary purpose of holding gold or silver is to protect your wealth against the wax melting i.e. the massive risks of the everything bubble crashing to the ground.

Also, they don’t understand that the main purpose of precious metals is wealth preservation or insurance against a rotten financial system and a constant debasement of currencies until they reach ZERO as the table below shows.


Technically, the precious metals are going through a minor correction which probably will not last much longer. The next move will be to $1,950 for gold on the way to $3,000 initially. Silver is likely to soon reach $30 on the way to $50 and beyond.

These prices are probable medium term targets to much higher levels as the currency system collapses.

As the currencies start their next debasement move, holding gold and silver is imperative.

Gold looks extremely strong technically as the chart in this article shows. But I must stress again that investors must not focus on price but on long term insurance and wealth protection.


Another factor which will drive the gold price is institutional gold investing for primarily inflation protection purposes. The latest pension fund to buy physical gold and store it in private vaults outside the banking system is CPEV for the canton of Vaud. They have switched out of hedge funds and into $600 million of physical gold.

Swiss institutions understand the importance of holding gold in physical form outside the banking system rather than holding futures or gold ETFs.

I have explained the dangers of holding gold ETFs in this article from last year.

We are also advising clients not to hold gold in any bank, not even a Swiss Bank.


What institutions appreciate with physical gold is that it represents instant liquidity.

Over $180 billion of gold (mostly paper gold) is traded every day. Gold can be bought and sold around the clock at the quoted spot price plus a small margin for physical delivery.


Switzerland is the primary gold hub of the world. Over 70% of all the gold bars in the world are refined in Switzerland. Gold is 29% 0f Swiss exports and thus strategically important.

It is very important that investors have direct access to their own gold bars in the vault without passing through an intermediary as this would represent a higher counterparty risk.

Also, any intermediary organising the purchase and storage of the gold must be a Swiss company. Holding gold in Switzerland organised by for example a US or UK company adds a layer of jurisdictional risk.

All gold held in Swiss private vaults are subject to Swiss regulatory control and compliance. Gold which does not comply with the fiscal laws of the beneficial holder is not accepted by any vault.

Swiss private vaults have no reporting requirements to any country. This protects the confidentiality of the holder.


The vault in the video below is a Swiss owned private vault in the Swiss Alps. It it the biggest private gold vault in the world and the safest. 

:: 6-20-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

This One Image Says It All: America And The World Have Long Been Sailing On A Ship Captained By Fools, Launching Humanity On A One-Way Trip Towards Armageddon

- US Cities Are Proof Those Who Created The Problems Cannot Give Us The Solutions

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die June 20, 2021

While all the way back in the year 1986, America and the world were a much different place, with Ronald Reagan the President of the US (wouldn't you love to have Ron back in this day and age of Joe Biden!) while the Chernobyl disaster was striking the Soviet Union, still several years before the 'fall of the Iron Curtain', every single one of the politicians seen in the image above was already in office, with the exception of Nancy Pelosi who entered Congress one year later in 1987.

With the year 1986 also bringing us the world's first computer virus, 'Brain', the Space Shuttle Challenger disaster, the Single European Act (another move towards globalism long ago), the Iran-Contra affair, the first commercially available 3-D printer, the first episode of the Oprah Winfrey show and the 'birth' of 'mad cow disease', please forgive us if we argue that seems SO LONG ago!

And with the year 1986 also bringing Americans an average monthly rent of $385.00, a yearly inflation rate of 1.91%, a gallon of gas for .89, the average price of a new home at $89,430 and food prices as follows: a jar of Skippy peanut butter - $1.49, 5 lbs of potatoes - $1.00, a pound of broccoli - 39 cents, and a pound of bacon - $1.75, it also brought parts of the world a sense of forthcoming doom.

With that overwhelming 'sense of impending doom' perfectly expressed in a song written in 1986 titled "Ship of Fools" by the group 'World Party', as that song written way back then warned, long before the arrival of President Donald Trump in America, "humanity was on a runaway ship to Armageddon".

And not just 'coincidentally', all of the politicians seen in that image above except Pelosi were 'captaining' that 'ship of fools', with the song taking the tone of a Biblical parable, not kidding anybody about where that journey was headed:

"We’re setting sail to a place on the map from which no one has ever returned" was the song’s first line, with the songwriter suggesting human nature doesn’t need too much coaxing to take the wrong path: "It’s the place where they keep all the darkness you need.....You sail away from the light of the world."

Seemingly predicting some of what the world would be facing 35 years later in 2021, as we'll explore within the rest of this story, even Albert Einstein long ago warned that "We cannot solve our problems with the same thinking we used when we created them". Yet those who created the problems from 35 years ago and long before, and their 'way of thinking', are still attempting to 'provide the solutions' for what we face today. A recipe for disaster? The 35 year old song lyrics, a warning for today.

Avarice and greed, are gonna drive you over the endless sea

They will leave you drifting in the shallows Or drowning in the oceans of history

Traveling the world, you're in search of no good But I'm sure you'll build your Sodom like you knew you would

Using all the good people for your galley slaves

As you're little boat struggles through the warning waves, but you don't pay

You will pay tomorrow

You're gonna pay tomorrow, yeah You're gonna pay tomorrow

Save me, save me from tomorrow

I don't want to sail with this ship of fools, no, no, no

Save me, save me from tomorrow

I don't want to sail with this ship of fools

Where's it comin' from? Oh, where's it goin' to? It's just a, it's just a ship of fools

All aboard now

And 'all aboard' the masses climbed. With one of the top-voted comments on that video being "These lyrics will haunt humanity until they finally wipe themselves off the planet", that moment in time may be closer than most suspect with Biden and Democrats 'setting America up for the kill' while China recently threatened a nuclear war, expanding their nuclear arsenals while Democrats talk 'nuclear disarmament' here. What could go wrong?

(ANP NEEDS YOUR HELP: Before continuing, we wanted to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

And with Einstein also proclaiming "The definition of insanity is doing the same thing over and over and expecting different results", the results of leftist 'insanity' can be seen in one Democrat-run city after another, all across America, in 2021. With such cities exploding in violence, crime, poverty, homelessness and hunger, we're not surprised that the politicians who have 'lorded over' their 'galley slaves' have enriched themselves at the expense of every-day Americans nationwide.

With even the NY Times having reported back on June 1st "With Homicides Rising, Cities Brace for a Violent Summer - Homicide rates in large cities were up more than 30 percent on average last year, and up another 24 percent for the beginning of this year, according to criminologists", we've been warning for years now on ANP that America's liberal-run cities were descending into crime-and-disease-ridden cesspits, with the image above helping to explain why; the leftists have been running the show in those hellholes for decades.

Perfectly seen in several recent stories, including this one over at the East Bay Times reporting California's own governor Gavin Newsom was assaulted on the streets of Oakland by 'an aggressive person'; this one over at Fox 5 New York reporting a man barely survived a blatant day-time assassination attempt on the streets of Brooklyn; another one from the NY Post reporting a taser-and-knife-wielding man went on a rampage in a Washington Square park in NY; as well as this horrific one over at the Daily Mail reporting two children were nearly killed when another person tried to assassinate someone else, also on the streets of Brooklyn, what happens to America should Democrats succeed at 'insanely defunding the police' like they want to do?

The excerpt below comes to us from this Daily Mail story describing the horrific 2nd video at the bottom of this story showing NY has descended into a crime-ridden wasteland.:

The NYPD released the video on Friday afternoon and asked for the public's help in identifying the gunman in the latest of nearly 150 shootings across the city this month.

The video opens with a boy and girl - believed to be around the ages of five and 10 - walking on a sidewalk before people scatter when a gunman chases a man in a red sweater.

The man in the sweater, who police believe was the intended target, barrels into the kids and knocks them down before the gunman runs up and fires multiple times in their direction.

The alleged target scrambles to his feet but trips in the three-person scrum before crawling over the kids to escape the hail of bullets. The two children are momentarily pinned under the man in the sweater while he is shot at as the older girl is seen grabbing the boy and holding him tight in an attempt to shield him.

The man in the sweater was shot multiple times but is still alive, according to the NYPD, and amazingly, the children weren't shot or seriously injured. This is the latest brazen act of violence in New York City - where shootings have skyrocketed since the pandemic gripped the country.

The shooting marked a continuation of New York City's descent into a lawless free-for-all where random attacks in the street happen nearly every day.

Felony assaults are up eight percent for the first six months of 2021, compared to the same period last year, rapes are up by 10 percent and robberies - which includes muggings - have spiked by nearly 40 percent this month.

The numbers are disturbing in themselves, but the violence has intensified and taken place in public places, like parks and subways, and in front of witnesses and surveillance cameras.

And with exploding crime rates in the big cities sure to move out to the suburbs as things continue to deteriorate economically under Joe Biden in America, giving those still stuck in the cities/suburbs all the reason they need to move away from their current locations, as we'd reported on ANP back on April 20th, we're now witnessing just such a scenario with many Americans moving away from the big liberal run cities and into the 'red zones' across America.

With crime soaring in Democrat-run cities all across America in 2021, and Democrats desperate to blame anyone and anything except for themselves and their insane 'war upon the police' as we hear in the 1st video below, it's not too hard to imagine what would happen to America should they be successful in that endeavor, with great chunks of America immediately turned into the new 'Wild Wild West'.

And with that dreaded possibility alone giving all law-abiding Americans a reason to be thankful for the 2nd Amendment and the tremendous wisdom of America's Founding Fathers, take a look at the shocking 2nd video below showing two children nearly being killed when one of the recent shootings in New York took place. We thank God for watching over those two innocent young ones.

So with large, Democrat-run US cities being warned to be prepared for continued crime spikes through the summer of 2021, once again giving Americans proof that President Donald Trump wasn't to blame in the least bit for the violent crime spike of 2020, what should Americans expect when Maxine Waters, one of the names on the picture at the top of this story, told her own followers as recently as 2018 to 'confront and harass' President Trump officials, helping to set the stage for where America is now.

With the 6 Democrat politicians alone seen in that image having combined for a whopping 290+ years of 'living off the American taxpayers', long ago 'creating the problems' that we now face in 2021 while being the same faces now 'offering solutions', the fact that some US cities haven't had a Republican mayor since the 1920's, 1930's, 1940's and 1950's should tell us all we need to know.

And as Law Enforcement Today had reported back in July of 2020 when this still exploding crime wave was getting kicking, "Big city mayors must have a standard checklist in the back of their press briefing binders. That page would have one entry that would read:. 'When your failed policies create chaos, blame guns'". Wash, rinse, repeat. The same folks 'who created the problems' now 'offering the solutions' gives ALL Americans a great reason to 'reject them', while preparing for the madness surely coming. 

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 6--21  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: 

Grains analyst missing as China shuts down information on failed crop

NSW Country Hour By Michael Condon Posted 5ddays ago, updated 5ddays ago

China's decisions around its agricultural policy are becoming increasingly murky with news of arrests, secrecy, and claims of cover-ups. Independent analysts who report on China's grains industry have reportedly been arrested and their online businesses shut down to stop them from telling the truth about the country's below-average crop.

Chinese officials are cracking down on independent information about grain pricing.

There are reports that analysts working in Beijing for respected grains reporting firm Cofeed have been arrested or are under house arrest.

Another company called JCI, based in Shanghai, also appears to have had an employee arrested.

Information on China hard to get Andrew Whitelaw from Thomas Elder Markets says it is very difficult to get reliable details on what is happening in agriculture in China. "The market information out of China is so blatantly propaganda," he said.

"The only way to find out is to have someone on the ground who you know is genuinely trustworthy."

Mr Whitelaw says it is harder than ever now to get accurate information out of China.

The first sign of problems with JCI and Cofeed came in April when data stopped flowing online.

"In the course of one night, probably a month or so ago, Cofeed just stop revising data and there were reports of police tape outside their offices," Mr Whitelaw said.

He says that according to information he has seen online, the head of JCI is "reportedly in prison [while] the head of Cofeed, apparently, is in house arrest or in jail as well".

World grain prices, domestic chaos

Nick Crundall, a senior strategist from the Australian firm Market Check, thinks the Chinese authorities probably want to allay domestic fears about supply and limit the amount they will have to pay for imported grains. "They don't want the whole world to know that they need grain and they are in a bit of strife so they very closely regulate the information that is released," he said.

Speculation about problems with the crops in China can be a huge driver for world prices but it also has implications domestically for the government.

"It creates all sorts of food inflation problems and them having to pay more for imported grain," Mr Crundall said.

"So the Chinese are very strict on going out there telling the world there are no issues."

Mr Whitelaw says the signals from China indicates authorities are either nervous about the harvest or worried about the supply of grain and corn.

"They've said they've had a record harvest but they're importing record amounts of corn, they've put options for corn from the US and they're buying Australian wheat," he said.

"China's gone from importing 6 million tons or less corn and that's up to 25 million tons.

"You just don't import things if you don't need to … Australia is not going to import kangaroo meat anytime soon because we have got plenty."

Food security a major concern

Mr Whitelaw says grain shortages are a real concern for countries with large populations.

He pointed to Egypt where in 2011 things got out of hand due to grain shortages.

"The price of bread doubles and you have got riots on the streets because food prices are too high," Mr Whitelaw said.

"Someone famously said every country is only four meals away from anarchy." 

::  12-31-14/1-1-15  New Years Eve Service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Listen very carefully to the things that I say unto you, for these things are not to bring fear, but these things are to bring peace into your hearts that you will know, because of the things that are coming, the things that shall be.  For two thousand fifteen shall be a time of change, great change, change, change, change.  The Illuminati shall once again rise up to the place that you will be able to see them in operation, for they still control all the money and they still control more things than you realize they control.  Walt Disney is now in a new takeover trying to reach the minds and the hearts of the children, so be careful, be careful what you’re watching.  There is going to be a new type of army and this army will be hand picked, but not just anyone can join, for it shall be an army that shall be against us, it shall be approved by the United Nations and they shall march in our streets because there is no control in the streets, and therefore, they will bring in another army that will have control. 

:: 6--21 Bit Chute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

White couple pulled from their cars and executed point blank by africans last night in Chicago

A White couple were pulled from their cars and executed point blank by feral africans last night in Chiraq(Chicago). Just another of the many anti-White attacks in Weimerica. The suffering of our people continues. @TheWesternChauvinist 

:: 6-19-21 The Wall Street Journal :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The World Relies on One Chip Maker in Taiwan, Leaving Everyone Vulnerable

Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co.’s dominance poses risks to the global economy, amid geopolitical tensions and a major chip shortage

By Yang Jie, and Stephanie Yang and Asa Fitch June 19, 2021 12:03 am ET

Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co. ’s chips are everywhere, though most consumers don’t know it.

The company makes almost all of the world’s most sophisticated chips, and many of the simpler ones, too. They’re in billions of products with built-in electronics, including iPhones, personal computers and cars—all without any obvious sign they came from TSMC, which does the manufacturing for better-known companies that design them, like Apple Inc. and Qualcomm Inc.

TSMC has emerged over the past several years as the world’s most important semiconductor company, with enormous influence over the global economy. With a market cap of around $550 billion, it ranks as the world’s 11th most valuable company.

Its dominance leaves the world in a vulnerable position, however. As more technologies require chips of mind-boggling complexity, more are coming from this one company, on an island that’s a focal point of tensions between the U.S. and China, which claims Taiwan as its own.

Analysts say it will be difficult for other manufacturers to catch up in etc. and the news story continues.. To Read the Full Story Subscribe 

:: 6-17-21 Harbingers Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Still Silent Shepherds—An Open Letter To Post-Pandemic Pastors

By Source June 17, 2021

What’s going on in California?” is a question that I’ve been asked a lot lately. This time last year, we launched what became known as #TheStadiumRevival. People came from all over Southern California to experience God in profound and powerful ways and we are doing it again this year. (More can be found here and below.)

Since then, we’ve experienced incredible church growth as the result of staying open during the Covid crisis. Pastors such as John MacArthur, Jack Hibbs, and Rob McCoy also experienced tremendous growth as well. It’s crystal clear that people are hungry for the truth. Many churchgoers are also tired of pastors capitulating to ungodly liberal organizations and agendas. If anything, the pandemic revealed what was really inside of our hearts.


I didn’t rush to release this article, and I find no joy in doing so. I sat on it for over a year as I fasted and prayed fervently for direction, but the burden never left. I love pastors and understand that Covid was difficult to navigate, but I kept wondering: Where are the Isaiahs and Jeremiahs calling us to repentance? Where is the boldness of Paul, Peter, and John the Baptist? Why are the shepherds silent?

Most pastors said nothing about the BLM Inc. riots, skewed numbers, and draconian measures, but actually embraced them. I saw no emails calling us to prayer and fasting, but I saw countless correspondences apologizing for skin color, and focusing on unity that really meant: “Agree with my position and don’t challenge my thinking.”

In the Old Testament, the psalmist wrote, “Zeal for your house has consumed me” (Psalm 69:9). In the New Testament, Jesus displayed this zeal for his Father’s house when he drove out the moneychangers from the Temple. He was deeply and passionately concerned about what was going on in his Father’s house. Today, how many pastors can truly say they are consumed with zeal for our Father’s house? Apparently, not many. Many are like Samson, who “did not know that the LORD had departed from him” (Judges 16:20).

To Obey, or Not to Obey

Granted, I’m sure that most pastors believed that they were helping people by following all of the political mandates. If we had the black plague on our hands and a high death rate, I could see the need for drastic measures. But we didn’t, and most pastors didn’t want to hear opposing views. Whether it was vaccines, masks, or obedience to the government, “Don’t confuse me with the facts,” seemed to be the prevailing view. Were they more worried about liability insurance than spiritual liability?

Sadly, it appears that most pastors are not spending sufficient time in prayer while looking to God‘s Word for strength and direction. Instead of allowing brokenness and humility to guide them, they choose pride and political correctness. As a result, they lacked boldness, fortitude, and spiritual strength. And that’s exactly why most of them did not challenge governmental oppression. They did, however, lash out at Spirit-filled members and pastors who lovingly challenged them. Talk about a mixed message!

I understand that some think that “loving your neighbor” means submission to the government to a “T,” but what about loving your neighbor who is living in fear? What about loving the families trapped in abuse and addiction? What about loving those caught in sin, depression, and suicide? What about loving all your members who are dying spiritually because of pastoral cowardliness?

Additionally, our governing document is the Constitution, not leaders who oppose it. It does beg the question: “Was our silence because of true concern, or because of a lack of boldness via the filling of the Spirit?” Most of us know the answer, we’re just ashamed to admit it.


Time will not allow me to express my absolute frustration with those who are completely capitulating to an experimental messenger vaccine that has no approval and no guarantee of doing anything; even the Pfizer insert uses that type of language (e.g., no guarantee that it works; still wear masks, etc.).

Many churches became vaccine clinics and said nothing when government officials offered free gimmicks to inject our children with something that is unproven and untested. The death rate numbers from the vaccines have not been forthcoming (countless physicians have been sounding the alarm about all of these issues but not surprisingly, social media outlets have been removing their videos). So much for freedom of speech and hearing both sides.

It was sad to see pastors aligning more with CNN than true science. If we serve donuts and coffee in our lobby and give out free fast-food gift cards and act as if an injection is going to fix our health crisis, we are gravely mistaken.

I’m not anti-vaccine; I’m for what works. I’m for hearing both sides, researching RNA messengers, and looking at how the body works in fighting disease. Pastors, does it concern you that social media giants removed hundreds of videos from physicians asking hard questions? It appears not. Your silence speaks volumes.

Only a man stranded on an island would be oblivious to the ulterior motives going on in our government. I was ridiculed a year ago for suggesting that the virus was man-made and being used to push an agenda, but now even secular news outlets are reporting that could be the case.


The “out” for many pastors to remain silent is to say, “I’m just not political.” To answer this absurdity, I will quote Pastor Rob McCoy: “To say you are not political is not accurate. You have chosen to politically stand by your silence and submission with tyrannical officials who have ruined our economy, closed our schools, divided our people between essential and non-essential and declared our churches as non essential.”

McCoy continues, “You march with even though their actions resulted in innocent citizens losing everything they own and 75% of the businesses in Los Angeles that were burned and looted were Jewish owned and targeted. How can you say you are not political?”

He adds, “Churches have been fined and shuttered and yet you complicity stand with these tyrannical politicians and their views and actions as being acceptable for a virus that isn’t even calculated like every other virus in our nation’s history, but instead, is measured by who has contracted it.”

Pastor Rob concludes, “You are complicit with our Governor who continues to trample small businesses of California with shifting impossible metrics to reopen all while the state’s homeless population and poverty rates now lead the entire nation. Politically, your church consentingly and silently waits downstream to collect the human heartache they help create by complying to this government malfeasance. You are political even if you choose to think you are not.”

I couldn’t agree more. The silence of post-pandemic pastors has cost our nation far more than we may ever realize. 

:: 6-21-21 Survival Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hell Is Coming, And Death Is Coming With It: What we face today, and what is coming in the near future is the way of achieving total control over the long term of this population

Jack Metir Uncategorized June 21, 2021 6 Minutes

What we face today, and what is coming in the near future is pure, unadulterated, totalitarian madness, and so long as the people of this country remain indifferent to this tyranny, it will worsen and escalate every single day until nothing of value remains.

It cannot be stressed enough that the end of America is just around the corner. The controlling scum in power seeks the end of this economy, the end of all freedom, the end of joy, the end of travel, the end of independent thought, the end of any realistic intellect, and the end of sanity. This is where we are headed, and only the masses that are in most respects to blame for this takeover, can stop it. That does not bode well for those of us willing to fight for our freedom, as we are now in the extreme minority.

All tyrannical systems need a large contingent of cheerleaders in order to survive and thrive; a group of exploitable and devout acolytes that will carry the torch and evangelize the masses with the ideology of control. Without this aggressive percentage of the population, totalitarians cannot remain in power. In the US and most of the west, leftist ideologues have filled this role nicely. They claim they are fighting for the rights of the downtrodden but their actions speak much louder than their words.

They have supported and viciously defended nearly every draconian measure that governments and corporate elites have enacted in the past few years.

~ They supported mass censorship of conservatives and moderates by Big Tech companies.

~ They supported national lockdowns which destroyed hundreds of thousands of small businesses and violated the constitutional rights of millions of Americans.

~ They continue to support unscientific mask rules which have been proven to achieve nothing tangible in terms of preventing viral spread.

~ They support the use of “vaccine passports” which would effectively cut non-vaccinated people out of the normal economy and normal society and drive them into poverty.

~ And, now they are all over the web trying to propagandize for the jab.

This is a brief time of more calm, but hell is coming, and death is coming with it.

Prepare to face this challenge instead of fleeing from it. Prepare to fight back!

At this point in time, reverse propaganda has begun. It will be said that the cases and death over the fraudulent ‘pandemic’ are lessening, and permission to move about, albeit with state-supported caution, will be slightly increased, but only temporarily.

The ‘vaccines’ will be credited for ‘slowing the spread,’ but of course this is only a lie and a smokescreen. This is the calm before the storm. It is my studied opinion that these poisonous injections falsely called vaccines will cause extreme numbers of deaths in the near future.

It may be a few months or later this fall, and certainly sustained over longer periods of time, but the death counts due to the very toxic and deadly nature of all of the Covid-19 shots will weaken the immune systems of tens of millions of people or more, and cause irreparable harm. At that point when deaths greatly increase, it will be blamed on yet another strain of this fake ‘virus.’ When this occurs, new and even more deadly injections will be touted, and the cycle will be never ending.

This is the way of achieving total control over the long term of this population. It is based on fear, so new threats will emerge on a regular basis in order to perpetuate a dependence on government as savior.

In fact, there will most certainly be additional threats and multi-faceted attacks on the psyche of the American public. Each step of this process will bring more suffering, more misery, and more carnage. This is the nature of the ruling beast, and if their campaign is successful, the people will become easier to control as time passes.


In addition to these multiple threats, civil unrest, politically promoted and supported violence, looting, rioting, & allowed assaults will become normal, & this will lead to more lockdowns and extreme police state measures being prevalent across the country, especially in the highly concentrated population areas. The more intense this chaos becomes, the heavier the hand of the state will be.

Due to this staged calm, many falsely believe that all will return to what is ludicrously referred to as ‘normal,’ and that the destruction of the economy and financial system is not one of the agendas sought by the ruling class. This is a gross miscalculation, as in order to complete this takeover of society; the current financial and monetary systems must collapse.

Controlling property and people, digitizing all money and monetary transaction, and capturing and controlling all life-sustaining necessities such as food and energy, must be accomplished before any finality of control can be assured. This requires starting over and completely restructuring all aspects of existence. This agenda cannot be accomplished by any marginal reform of this social and economic system, hence the term of the oligarchs, “building back better.”

The abhorrent CIA manipulated mainstream media, and the governing class will continually foment extreme division among the masses. This has been easy work to date, as the herd has taken the bait of its masters hook, line, and sinker. ..

In the case of the Covid scam, and the claimed ruler’s intent, it is imperative to forget the perceived threat, and concentrate on the end game sought. Total control of the people is the goal, and once this is known by the many, the solution should become obvious.

While I tire of saying the same thing over and over again, and of the repetition, the only viable solution to our problems is unity in disobedience, and a refusal to accept any mandate issued by this criminal cartel called the state.

This strategy can destroy the perpetrators of this fraud without ever firing a shot or resorting to extreme violence that can only lead to death, destruction and defeat. As simple as this sounds, it is the most powerful response possible, and requires only that one seek independence by taking personal responsibility for himself, his family, and his own freedom. In order to help others, in order to regain sanity, each of us must first help himself, and shun all efforts to seek the rule of others or participate in collective idiocy. Stand and face adversity as an individual, or be swallowed up in a sea of mob ignorance and totalitarian madness. 

:: 6-21-21 NC Renegade :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Screaming Into The Wind

Posted on June 21, 2021 by Wes Rhinier

You ever feel alone in your beliefs? I often do. Seems not a day goes by lately that I don’t get the, “you’re crazy” look when discussing current affairs. It seems as though I am screaming into the wind. Either people just don’t get it or they just don’t care. Talking with a few like-minded individuals is about the only thing keeping me sane at this point.

Ecclesiastes 1:18 For in much wisdom is much grief: and he that increaseth knowledge increaseth sorrow.

The clueless in society have it so much easier in life. Not a care in the world. I don’t know why, but I just can’t live like that. But it’s frustrating talking with people who should know better and just getting the “you’re crazy” treatment. I have this deep desire to awaken people to all the evil that we face, the problem is they’d rather be unaware. Having to face reality I believe makes them too uncomfortable. One problem we have here in America is that people are just too comfortable. We’ve lost our way from our founding and our morals and religion have fallen by the wayside. When I attended that Black Robe Regiment summit in Tennessee, I felt like the Grim Reaper. I was way too radical or advanced in my thought process for that crowd.

Sometimes I long for the collapse of civil society just so we can get the process started of restoring or building a new Nation. It seems to be fast approaching, but it seems to always be delayed somehow. In the meantime we need to continue to prepare for the fight ahead.

Perhaps one reason I keep writing is to let people like you reading this article know that you are not alone and that you most definitely are not crazy.

The time is here when men will go mad, and when they see someone who is not mad, they will attack him, saying “Your are mad; you are not like us.”

Stay Awake. Wes 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 6-20-21 The Economic Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

On The Verge Of The Unthinkable

June 20, 2021 by Michael Snyder

Over the past couple of years we have become accustomed to expecting the unexpected, but soon we many have to start anticipating the unthinkable. In this article, I am going to be discussing a couple of potential scenarios that would have been unimaginable to the vast majority of Americans just a few short years ago. Unfortunately, our world is now changing at a pace that is absolutely breathtaking, and many things that were once “unimaginable” could soon become reality.

Let’s start by talking about the record-setting heat wave which is making the epic megadrought in the western half of the country even worse. Many western farmers planted crops this year hoping that weather conditions would eventually turn in their favor, but that has definitely not happened. In fact, at this point 88 percent of the West is experiencing at least some level of drought.

2021 has been the worst year of this multi-year megadrought so far, and last week was the worst week for this drought up to this point in 2021. Old temperature records were shattered all over the West, and some areas were already seeing triple digits by 8 o’clock in the morning…

The West is in the midst of a record-breaking heat wave this week, as all-time records were shattered and daily records broken in over a dozen states.

Even by desert standards, the heat wave in the Southwest is atypical. On Thursday, the National Weather Service in Tucson tweeted that the city recorded a temperature of 100 degrees at 8:14 a.m., the second earliest time in the day recorded since 1948.

That is crazy.

Can you imagine hitting triple digits before you have even finished your morning coffee?

Summer had not even officially begun yet last week, and yet new all-time record highs were being established all over the place…

Record-breaking temperatures spread from California to Montana this week. On thursday, the all-time high temperature was tied in Palm Springs, California at 123 degrees, breaking the previous June record of 122 degrees.

Salt Lake City tied its all-time record high of 107 degrees. The old record was notably set in July — when temperatures are usually at their highest for the year in that region. This comes after daily record highs were broken Sunday, Monday and Tuesday in Salt Lake, each with temperatures exceeding 100 degrees.

We have never seen anything quite like this in the state of Utah.

More than half of the state is in the highest level of drought, and thanks to dramatic water restrictions farmers are being forced to choose which of their crops will die

With drastic limits placed on what little water he has, Tom Favero said he and many farmers along this west side of Weber County were forced to watch some crops die. “We’ve all made serious choices of what fields we can water and what we can’t,” Favero said.

Another Utah farmer that lost a lot of corn and an entire field of barley said that it really “hurts” to see his hard work go to waste…

Farmer Dean Martini pointed at one of his fields. “That corn there, where I can’t water, I don’t have the water. It makes me sick to see it go to heck like that.”

With limits on amount and time, he said there wasn’t enough water flowing to make it across his fields. While some of the corn dried up, he had to let a whole field of barley go too. “It hurts buddy. That hurts,” Martini said.

Of course this is just the beginning.

If this summer is as hot and as dry as they are projecting, we could see catastrophic crop failures all across the West.

And that is really bad news, because the state of California alone produces more than a third of our vegetables and about two-thirds of our fruits and nuts.

A few years ago, hardly anyone would have imagined that we would be facing a crisis of this magnitude in 2021, but here we are. Paleoclimatologist Kathleen Johnson is quite “worried” about what will happen this summer, and she is warning that this drought is shaping up to be the worst the region has experienced “in at least 1,200 years”…

I’m worried about this summer – this doesn’t bode well, in terms of what we can expect with wildfire and the worsening drought. This current drought is potentially on track to become the worst that we’ve seen in at least 1,200 years.

Now I would like to shift gears.

A few years ago, hardly anyone would have imagined that we would be facing a very serious computer chip shortage in 2021. In particular, the most sophisticated chips are really in short supply, and what most people don’t realize is that “almost all” of them are made by a single company based in Taiwan…

Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co. chips are everywhere, though most consumers don’t know it.

The company makes almost all of the world’s most sophisticated chips, and many of the simpler ones, too. They’re in billions of products with built-in electronics, including iPhones, personal computers and cars—all without any obvious sign they came from TSMC, which does the manufacturing for better-known companies that design them, like Apple Inc. and Qualcomm Inc.

Because manufacturing those chips is so exceedingly complicated, other companies can’t just plop down new factories and start pumping out their own chips. Business leaders in the U.S. are now planning new factories, but it could take quite a few years before they are up and running.

So even under ideal conditions, the chip shortage will not be resolved for some time.

But what happens if China invades Taiwan within the next several years? This is something that U.S. officials were warning about earlier this month…

Concerns are growing in Washington over the possibility that China could try to invade Taiwan in the next few years.

Top U.S. military officers have warned in recent months that Beijing might try to make the explosive move this decade, and recent saber rattling, including a Chinese military amphibious landing exercise near the island, is further raising the alarm.

Can you imagine the chaos that it would cause for the global economy if the primary supply of advanced chips was suddenly cut off?

According to the Wall Street Journal, TSMC currently makes “around 92% of the world’s most sophisticated chips”…

Its technology is so advanced, Capital Economics said, that it now makes around 92% of the world’s most sophisticated chips, which have transistors that are less than one-thousandth the width of a human hair. Samsung Electronics Co. makes the rest. Most of the roughly 1.4 billion smartphone processors world-wide are made by TSMC.

Without TSMC, the global economy as it is structured today would not be able to function.

So the fact that China is being more aggressive than ever with Taiwan should deeply alarm all of us. For example, check out what happened just last week…

China has flown 28 warplanes into Taiwan-controlled airspace, the biggest sortie of its kind since the Taiwanese government began publishing information about the frequent incursions last year.

The flights are widely seen as part of an effort by Beijing to dial up pressure on Taiwan, a self-governed democracy of about 24 million people off the Chinese coast that the Chinese government considers a part of China.

We should have never allowed ourselves to become so dependent on foreign chips, but we did.

And now experts are telling us that the chip shortage will last into next year under the best of conditions…

Dimitris Dotis, the Audi brand specialist at Audi Tysons Corner dealership in Virginia, summed up the situation to customers. “Almost all microchips that go into all new vehicles including Audi come from TSMC in Taiwan,” he wrote. “They expect bottlenecks in the supply chain to last through 2022.”

Of course if China does decide to invade Taiwan, the U.S. military will respond, and that would mean no advanced chips for us for the foreseeable future.

In this article, I have shared just two potential scenarios which could soon plunge us into unthinkable nightmares.

Needless to say, there are many, many more crisis points that bear watching right now as well.

We have reached such a critical moment in our history, and I expect global events to accelerate even more as we head into the second half of 2021. 

:: 6-21-21 The Washington Standard :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Major US Cities Race To “Re-Fund The Police” As Utter Lawlessness Reigns From Coast To Coast

Michael Snyder / June 21, 2021

The great liberal experiment of “defunding the police” turned out to be a completely and utter disaster. In major cities all over the United States, hundreds of millions of dollars of funding were stripped away from police departments in 2020, and many on the left were hailing this is a huge step in the right direction. Of course it was actually a huge step in the wrong direction. Crime rates soared throughout the remainder of 2020, and they have gone even higher in 2021. In fact, Fox Business is reporting that the number of homicides in the U.S. is up 24 percent since the month of January…

One year after the movement to “defund” police saw cities slash budgets and cut funding, the U.S. has seen an uptick in crime. Homicides alone are up 24% since January and more than 70% of people in a recent Fox News Poll said they believe crime is on the rise nationally. As a result, the pendulum may be swinging back in favor of the police.

The good news is that many of the large cities that initially reduced funding for the police are now reversing course. Shockingly, this includes some of the most liberal cities in the entire country…

Cities like New York City, Oakland, Baltimore, Minneapolis and Los Angeles are planning to reinstate tens of millions for the construction of new police precincts, increase police department budgets, among other plans to bankroll more efforts to confront the uptick in crime.

The faster that we can get more police officers out into the streets the better, because things are getting really crazy out there. Violent crime is up in the city in every category. Carjackings, about half committed by juveniles, are happening all over Chicago, while expressway shootings are at levels never seen before with 93 so far this year versus 39 at the same time last year, according to police.

Unless you really need to travel into the heart of Chicago, I would strongly advise avoiding it. Violent criminals dominate vast portions of the city now, and one local attorney that was interviewed about the crime wave says that he has never “felt more unsafe” that he does right now…

“I’ve never felt more unsafe than I do now,” said Steve Burrows, a 48-year-old attorney who has called Chicago home his entire life. “I work downtown so I’m here every day during the day but I won’t come down here at night or on the weekend.”

For a long time, New York City had levels of violent crime that were much lower than Chicago, but now the Big Apple seems determined to catch up. According to the latest numbers, the number of shootings in New York City is up 68 percent so far this year.

At this point, a gun battle could potentially erupt just about anywhere in the city even during broad daylight. One particularly alarming gun battle that just took place happened right in front of two very young children…

A 10-year-old girl and her kid brother were trampled and nearly shot when their trip to buy some candy became a first-hand look at the city’s escalating gun violence, according to cops and chilling video.

At least a dozen shots whizzed by the terrified children as the black-masked gunman repeatedly aimed for his fallen target — who knocked the kids down while trying to escape.

The shocking footage shows the 5-year-old boy’s legs shaking in fear at one point amid the bloodshed.

Can you imagine how traumatized those children must be after seeing that?

The wild nightly gatherings in Washington Square Park continue to be an epicenter for the growing troubles in NYC. Over the weekend, chaos erupted in the park when a “madman” with a taser and a knife suddenly caused the gathered crowd to break into a stampede…

Washington Square Park again descended into bedlam and bloodshed Saturday, when a madman waving a Taser and a knife sparked a wild stampede that injured a woman who was “run over” by the scattering crowd, police said.

Jason McDermott, 42, stoked the latest panic when he allegedly brandished the pair of weapons in the midst of a squabble at around 12:40 a.m., as hundreds filled the Greenwich Village park during a booze- and drug-fueled rager — a now weekly bane for neighbors.

Unfortunately, so far authorities have refused to put an end to the all-night raves in Washington Square Park, and the head organizer of the parties is pledging that they will continue.

As funding is restored to police departments all over America, hopefully this will help to bring order to our city streets.

But just having enough police officers is not enough. The politicians have also got to be willing to allow them to do their jobs.

And once the police have arrested violent criminals, prosecutors have got to be willing to put them behind bars. Unfortunately, that is simply not happening in many cases. For example, hundreds of violent rioters that were arrested in New York City last year have had their cases completely dropped

Business owners and residents in New York City are expressing fury at the revelation that prosecutors have dropped looting and rioting charges against hundreds arrested during chaos that swept the city last summer. After 603 were arrested in Manhattan and the Bronx during the most intense days of looting last June, 295 of the cases have been dropped completely, according to NYPD data reported by WNBC-TV on Friday.

Things are even worse when you specifically look at the Bronx. Of all the rioters and looters that were arrested in the Bronx, hardly anyone has gone to jail at all

NYPD data reviewed by the NBC New York I-Team shows 118 arrests were made in the Bronx during the worst of the looting in early June.

Since then, the NYPD says the Bronx DA and the courts have dismissed most of those cases – 73 in all. Eighteen cases remain open and there have been 19 convictions for mostly lesser counts like trespassing, counts which carry no jail time.

When I use the term “lawlessness”, I am not just referring to the violent criminals in our streets. I am also referring to the negligent prosecutors and politicians which steadfastly refuse to uphold our laws.

Sadly, as our culture steadily deteriorates the violence in our streets is only going to get worse.

Millions upon millions of our young people have been raised with no moral foundation at all, and now we are reaping the consequences.

Article posted with permission from Michael Snyder 

:: 6--21 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Disturbing Social Experiment: How Much Personal Information Are YOU Giving Away?

How much personal information are you innocently giving out about yourself to complete strangers?

Editors Note: This is a topic I’ve written about before here and here. And it’s more important than ever with the toxic cancel culture that exists in America today, in which many people can justify nearly any action – looting, rioting, assault, and worse – no matter how heinous, against someone who simply holds different opinions.

Some of you may want to be out there, loud and proud, about your lives and beliefs – and that’s absolutely your choice. (Prepare for this debate in 3…2…1…) Many of us, however, want to avoid altercations. We want to keep our families safe, we want to prevent potential predators from finding out our home addresses or where our kids go to school. We want to stay under the radar and be difficult to locate by those who might intend to do us harm. (After all, gray is the new black.)

That’s why this brief article that follows is especially important. You need to understand exactly how much personal information you’re giving away about yourself with your vehicle, your social media apps, and other small clues that someone with a few skills and an hour on his hands can use to build a profile about you.

The following article was previously published by D.P. Friesen on his website blog.

Sleuthing the Life of a Random Person is Amazingly Simplistic

So, here’s a social experiment I tried this morning. I decided to see just how much personal information I could find out on a random person. As the car in front of me had some interesting bumper stickers, I picked it. I did not see the driver whatsoever and only recouped the license plate. That was all the info I had to go on other than what was visual about the car and inside within eyesight.

Here’s what I found.

Through the National Registry, I found out the owner of the car, the make, model, year purchased, how paid. I found out his personal identification number, his mother’s maiden name, his married status (divorced), ex-wife’s name, and nationality. I already know that, since his license plate number ends in 3, that he’s not allowed driving within city limits on Tuesdays due to the weekly vehicle-usage restrictions so I’ll know when his car’s at home unattended and when he’ll be travelling by other means.

From there I searched him out on social media.

I found pics of him, his girlfriend, and his children. (Who, smartly, did not have their faces shown) Now, he’s a former photographer who’s now trained in the field of behavioral psychology field (as his car has a bumper-sticker “psychologist and proud of it!”), as is his live-in girlfriend/wife, who specializes in working with children and high-risk youths in the same field. She also has a conflict resolution specialization so I figured, coupled with the psychology, this might be a hard “mark.” I found out her name (they’re not married), both of his children’s names, sexes, and their general ages. (one, the girl, is at least 3 or under due to the child-seat in the car and the “baby on-board sign, knowing a little about child-seat/age rules here), boy around 8.

Wait, there’s more.

I found out the general area where they live and the exact areas where they go back-and-forth from points of work. I found both cell numbers and the company they’re subcontracted by, including their own offshoot companies.

From here I found him on a heritage/genealogy site and, not wanting to open an actual account and pay money, I went the general synopsis route and scraped together info stumbled across pertaining to his family tree. His father died in 2012 at the age of 51. He was divorced in 2012 as well. (connection?) I found out his grandparents’ names and mother’s age as well. Had I paid for site-entry, I would’ve found out his last 2 known addresses for census and voting purposes, likely opening the door to find his new and current residency, had I been inclined and motivated.

So, what’s the point of all this?

It took me one hour. From someone who’s generally quite guarded and has a restricted online profile, who pays attention to behavioral issues, who blocked out his personal information, children’s identities, and restricted his content. One hour. From a license plate number. Don’t think that total strangers can’t find out a ton about you that you don’t think they can, in a minimal amount of time, with the smallest of information.

Orwell was onto something…

How much personal information are you unwittingly giving away to potential predators?

Editor’s Note: Does this give you something to think about? How much personal information are YOU giving away? Are there dangerous clues that you are giving away? Are you going to make some changes to protect your privacy, given the current hostile climate in the United States? Let’s talk about it in the comments.

About DP Friesen

DP Friesen is an author, martial artist, public-speaker, counter-violence instructor know in industry circles for his common sense, holistic, grounded, cerebral and logical approach to the modern personal defense spectrum.

How to Support The Organic Prepper website

As you may know, The Organic Prepper website has been defunded for being a “disinformation website.”  We refuse to put up a paywall and are committed to keeping our information free and available to everyone.  Help us to keep bringing you the information you come here for by helping to sponsor this website. 

:: 6--21 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How Bill Gates and His Foundation Are Driving the Food System — in the Wrong Direction

Via Children’s Health Defense

An analysis of the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation’s food and agriculture grants found the majority of the foundation’s funding goes to groups heavily skewed to technologies — completely ignoring the knowledge, technologies and biodiversity Africa’s farmers already possess.

The Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation has spent nearly $6 billion over the past 17 years trying to improve agriculture, mainly in Africa. This is a lot of money for an underfunded sector, and, as such, carries great weight. To better understand how the Gates Foundation is shaping the global agriculture agenda, GRAIN analyzed all the food and agriculture grants the foundation has made up until 2020.

We found that, while the Foundation’s grants focus on African farmers, the vast majority of its funding goes to groups in North America and Europe. The grants are also heavily skewed to technologies developed by research centers and corporations in the North for poor farmers in the South, completely ignoring the knowledge, technologies and biodiversity that these farmers already possess.

Also, despite the Foundation’s focus on techno-fixes, much of its grants are given to groups that lobby on behalf of industrial farming and undermine alternatives. This is bad for African farmers and bad for the planet. It is time to pull the plug on the Gates’ outsized influence over global agriculture.

In 2014 GRAIN published a detailed breakdown of the grants made by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation to promote agricultural development in Africa and other parts of the world. Our main conclusion then was that the vast majority of those grants were channelled to groups in the U.S. and Europe, not Africa nor other parts of the global South. The funding overwhelmingly went to research institutes rather than farmers. They were also mainly directed at shaping policies to support industrial farming, not smallholders.

Much has happened since then. For starters, Bill and Melinda Gates announced their divorce in May this year, leaving the future of the Foundation and its grant-making in doubt. The news came as Bill Gates himself came under fire for supporting Big Pharma‘s patent monopoly on COVID-19 vaccines, for effectively preventing people’s access across much of the world, and for how he treats — or mistreats — women.

CHD Calls on FDA to Take COVID Vaccines Off the Market – Submit a Comment

The Foundation’s agenda with agriculture has also been coming under increased scrutiny. A 2020 report from Tufts University concluded that its work in Africa completely failed to meet the objectives that it had set itself. The African Centre for Biodiversity published a string of reports denouncing the Gates Foundation for pushing GMOs and other harmful technologies onto Africa. Amongst all this, the U.S. Right to Know collective started a “Bill Gates Food Tracker” to monitor the multiple initiatives that Gates is involved in to reshape the global food system. GRAIN wondered whether the Gates Foundation had been receptive to the criticism of its food and agriculture funding. So we set out to update our 2014 report, downloaded the Foundation’s publicly available grant records and created a database of all of the Foundation’s grants in the area of food and agriculture from 2003 to 2020 — almost two decades worth of grant-making.

The results are sobering. From 2003 to 2020 the Foundation dished out a total of 1130 grants for food and agriculture, worth nearly $6 billion of which almost $5 billion is supposed to service Africa. There was no shift to try and reach groups in Africa directly, no refocusing away from the narrow technological approach, and no moves to embrace a more holistic and inclusive policy agenda.

Of course, the Gates Foundation is about much more than just making grants. The Foundation’s Trust Fund, which manages the Foundation’s endowment, has big investments in food and agribusiness companies, buys up farmland, and has equity investments in many financial companies around the world. These, and other activities of Gates in the area of food and agriculture, are illustrated in the infographic that accompanies this report. etc etc etc

An analysis of the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation’s food and agriculture grants found the majority of the foundation’s funding goes to groups heavily skewed to technologies — completely ignoring the knowledge, technologies and biodiversity Africa’s farmers already possess.

Of course, the Gates Foundation is about much more than just making grants. The Foundation’s Trust Fund, which manages the Foundation’s endowment, has big investments in food and agribusiness companies, buys up farmland, and has equity investments in many financial companies around the world. These, and other activities of Gates in the area of food and agriculture, are illustrated in the infographic that accompanies this report.

Gates Food Stystem

Gates Foundation fights hunger in the South by giving money to the North

Graph 1 and Table 1 provide an overall picture of GRAIN’s research results. etc etc 

The breakdown of the NGOs that the Gates Foundation funds is even worse. Almost 90% of this funding goes to groups in North American and Europe whilst just 5% is directly channeled to African NGOs. The Gates Foundation seems to have very little trust in African organizations serving African farmers. Not that we would want the Gates Foundation to just send more of its grants directly to Africa if it comes with the same corporate industrial farming agenda. But it illustrates the point of where the priorities of the Foundation lie.

For contrast, Oxfam spends over half of all its funding directly in Africa, and over a third in Asia and Latin America, a lot of it through local NGOs in these regions.

The Gates Foundation gives to scientists, not farmers

As can be seen in Graph 2, the single biggest recipient of grants from the Gates Foundation is the CGIAR- a consortium of 15 international research centers launched in the 1960s and 70s to promote the Green Revolution with new seeds, fertilizers and chemical inputs. The Gates Foundation has given CGIAR centers $1.4 billion since 2003.

Another priority for the Gates Foundation in its funding is to support research at universities and national research centers. Again, the vast majority of the Gates’ grants go to universities and research centers in North America and Europe. Together, all this research gets almost half (47%) of the Gates Foundation’s funding.

The Gates Foundation’s support for Green Revolution-style research extends beyond the scientists. One of the most significant recipients of Gates Foundation funding is a high-profile advocacy organization called the Alliance for a Green Revolution in Africa (AGRA). The Gates and Rockefeller Foundations launched AGRA in 2006 as a “farmer- centered” and “African-led” institution. The reality is anything but.

AGRA implements a top-down Green Revolution agenda with the main focus being to get new seeds and chemicals developed by Gates funded research centers and corporations into the hands of African farmers. AGRA establishes, funds, coordinates and promotes networks of pesticide and seed companies and public agencies to sell and supply agriculture inputs to farmers across Africa. It also actively lobbies African governments to implement policies that favor seed and pesticide companies, such as patents on seeds or regulations that allow for GMOs.

The Gates Foundation has given AGRA a whopping $638 million since 2006, covering almost two thirds of its overall budget. But AGRA’s results are underwhelming to say the least. In the countries where AGRA is active, yields of staple crops increased only 18% over the past 12 years — far short of AGRA’s goal of doubling yields. Meanwhile, undernourishment (as measured by the FAO) increased by 30% in those countries.

Instead of acknowledging that their data shows a complete failure to achieve their objectives and changing their approach accordingly, Bill and Melinda are doubling down. In early 2020 they launched their own new research institute called “Gates Ag One”. This enterprise claims to speed up the development of new seeds and chemicals and get them to farmers in sub-Saharan Africa and South Asia more quickly. Where will the institute be based? Not in Ethiopia or Sri Lanka but in St. Louis, USA, home of Monsanto and other GMO and pesticide giants. The Gates Foundation buys political influence

In many subtle and not so subtle ways the Gates Foundation grants are used to push policy makers to implement its top-down industrial farming agenda. One recent example is the 2021 “High-Level Dialogue on Feeding Africa” that was held on April 29-30 this year. This forum, funded by the Gates Foundation, and organized by a number of Gates Foundation grantees such as the African Development Bank, CGIAR and AGRA, was meant to launch a policy and funding agenda to further push the Green Revolution into Africa.

The event attracted no less than 18 African heads of state and several other high-profile personalities. But, most remarkable of all, is that of all the international organizations with activities in Africa on the long speakers list of the dialogue, virtually all are Gates grantees. The forum concluded with a commitment to double agricultural productivity, something AGRA and the Gates Foundation have been promising and failing to deliver for the last decade and a half. Of course, AGRA itself is also actively pushing the African policy agenda. AGRA is among the key conveners of the annual Africa Green Revolution Forum (AGRF) which calls itself the world’s premier forum for African agriculture and has been convening annual meetings for the past decade. Partners include some of the main global agrochemical corporations, such as Bayer, Corteva and Yara, and of course the Gates Foundation itself.

Unsurprisingly, its agenda is clearly oriented to push government policies towards more chemical inputs, fertilizers and hybrid seeds. On its website, AGRF has a special section it calls the Agribusiness deal room, which “has directly facilitated over 400 companies with targeted investor matchmaking and hosted more than 800 companies to explore networking opportunities.” This is clearly market matchmaking serving corporate interests, not farmers.

While most of the Gates grants are aimed at pushing technological solutions, many are also oriented towards policy change. A total of 45 grants address policy or policy makers. For example, Iowa State University got a grant to support implementation of policy changes aimed at increasing the supply of new seeds to farmers in Africa.

The World Economic Forum received a grant to support a “policy platform for ag innovation and value chain development”, whilst the African Centre for Economic Transformation got a grant to promote agricultural transformation in Africa aimed at policy reforms. In addition, the Foundation is actively involved in bankrolling the “Enabling the Business of Agriculture” project, implemented by the World Bank, amongst many other initiatives.

Gates’ enthusiasm for GMOs is made clear through its grant database. Michigan State University received $13 million to create a center in Africa that provides training for African policy makers on how to use and promote biotechnology. The African Seed Trade Association got a grant to increase farmers’ awareness “of the benefits of replacing their older varieties of crops with newer seed.”

AATF got $32 million to increase awareness on the benefits of agricultural biotechnology and another $27 million to fund the approval and commercialization of GMO maize in at least four African countries. So the Gates Foundation is not only funding public acceptance of GMOs, it is also directly funding the approval and commercialization of GMOs in Africa.

Gates grantees are clearly carrying the Gates agenda and influencing global agricultural policy. In just over a decade, the Gates brainchild in Africa, AGRA, has managed to maneuver itself from nowhere right into the centre of agricultural policy discussions across the continent. Similarly, while resistance to GMOs in Africa remains high, the AATF is managing to get legislation adopted to accept GMOs, as seen most recently in Ghana.

It’s just as important to look at who the Gates Foundation is supporting as who they are not supporting: African farmers. The Foundation provides zero funding to support farmer seed systems, which supply 80 to 90% of all the seeds used in Africa. Instead, it provides a lot of funds to initiatives that destroy them.

Furthermore, the Gates Foundation props up biofortification as a solution to malnutrition, taking funds and attention away from much more practical and culturally appropriate efforts to improve nutrition by enhancing on-farm biodiversity and people’s access to it. Over the last decade or so, the Gates Foundation has given $73 million to biofortification initiatives that essentially seek to artificially pack nutrients into single crop commodities.

Then, of course, there is Bill Gates himself. Sitting down with heads of state, policy makers and business leaders, Gates tries to convince them that his view of the world is the one to go after. The world has gotten used to pictures of him shaking hands or sitting shoulder to shoulder with the leaders of the world. Indeed, many of those leaders seem very eager to be in these pictures and heed his advice.

The most recent display of this was at Joe Biden’s virtual “Leaders Summit on Climate” where Gates shared his vision on how to fight the climate crisis. His recipe to tackle the climate crisis is very similar and equally dangerous to how he wants to feed the world: develop new technologies, trust the market, and put in place policies so that corporations can make it all happen faster.

Gates clearly isn’t listening to or learning from the people on the ground. So why should anyone listen to him? Rather than being listened to, Gates and his top down corporate technology agenda must be resisted and stopped in its tracks.

GRAIN wishes to thank Camila Oda and María Teresa Montecinos for their help in compiling the database and to ‘A Growing Culture’ for their feedback on the draft and their work on the infographic.

Click here and here to consult all the food and agriculture grants of the Gates Foundation. 

:: 6-21-21 Gold Switzerland :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

One Mad Market & Six Cold Reality-Checks

June 21, 2021 By Matthew Piepenburg

Fact checking politicos, headlines and central bankers is one thing. Putting their “facts” into context is another.

Toward that end, it’s critical to place so-called “economic growth,” Treasury market growth, stock market growth, GDP growth and, of course, gold price growth into clearer perspective despite an insane global backdrop that is anything but clearly reported.

Context 1: The Rising Growth Headline

Recently, Biden’s economic advisor, Jared Bernstein, calmed the masses with yet another headline-making boast that the U.S. is “growing considerably faster” than their trading partners.

Fair enough.

But given that the U.S. is running the largest deficits on historical record…

…such “growth” is not surprising.

In other words, bragging about growth on the back of extreme deficit spending is like a spoiled kid bragging about a new Porsche secretly purchased with his father’s credit card: It only looks good until the bill arrives and the car vanishes.

In a financial world gone mad, it’s critical to look under the hood of what passes for growth in particular or basic principles of price discovery, debt levels or supply and demand in general.

In short: “Growth” driven by extreme debt is not growth at all–it’s just the headline surface shine on a sports car one can’t afford.

And yet the madness continues…Take the U.S. Treasury market, for example.

Context 2: The Treasury “Market”?

How can anyone call the U.S. Treasury market a “market” when 56% of the $4.5T of bonds issued since last February have been bought by the Fed itself?

Sounds more like an insider price-fix than a “market,” no?

Such context gives an entirely new meaning to the idea of “drinking your own Kool-aide” and ought to be a cool reminder that Treasury bonds in general, and bond yields in particular, are zombies masquerading as credit Olympians.

The Fed, of course, will pretend that such “support” is as temporary as their “transitory inflation” meme, but most market realists understood long ago that more and crazier bond yield “support” is the only way for national debt bubbles (and IOU’s) to stay zombie-like alive.

In short, the better phrase for Treasury “support,” “accommodation,” or “stimulus” is simply: “Life Support.”

With central banks like the Fed continuing to create fiat currencies to monetize their unsustainable debt well into the distant future, we can safely foresee a further weakening of the USD and further strengthening of gold prices, mining stocks and key risk assets like tech and industrial stocks.

Context 3: Deflation is back?


Last week’s jaw-boning from Powell, Fisher and Bullard had the markets wondering if the Fed will be raising rates in the distant future.

The very fact that Powell raised the issue is because the Fed is realizing that inflation is going to be sticky rather than “transitory”and thus they are already pretending to pose as Hawkish.

But if the Fed raises rates to quell real rather than “transitory” inflation, the markets and Uncle Sam will go into a tantrum. End of story.

As I’ve written elsewhere: Pick your Fed poisontanking markets or surging inflation. Eventually, we foresee both.

Meanwhile, and fully aware that inflation, with some dips, is only going to trend higher, Powell is already using semantics to change the rules mid-game, now saying that rather than “allow” 2% inflation, they’ll settle for an “average” of 2%.

Translated into honest English, this just means expect more inflation around the corner.

Context 4: Rising Stock Markets

Despite reaching nosebleed levels which defy every traditional valuation ceiling, from CAPE ratios and Tobin ratios to book values and FCF data, the headlines remind us that stocks can go even higher—and they can indeed.

But context, as well as history, reminds us that the bigger the bubble the bigger the mean-reverting fall.

No Treasure in Treasuries = Lot’s of Air in Stocks

Based upon the objective facts above, we now know that the only primary buyers showing up at U.S. Treasury auctions is the Fed itself.

This is because the rest of the world (Asia, Europe etc.) doesn’t want them.

The next question is “why”?

The answer is multiple yet simple.

First, and despite the open myth of American Exceptionalism, investors in other countries can actually think, read and count for themselves, which means they’re not simply trusting the Fed—or its IOU’s– blindly.

Stated otherwise, they are not buying the “transitory inflation” or “strong USD” story pouring recently out of the FOMC mouthpieces.

Inflation is not only rising in the U.S., it’s also creeping up elsewhere—even in Japan, but especially in China. This is largely because the U.S. exports its inflation (and debased dollars) offshore via trade and fiscal deficits.

Such deliberate inflation exporting by the U.S. places those countries (creditors) that lent money to Uncle Sam into a dilemma: They can either 1) let their currencies inflate alongside the dollar (hardly fun), or 2) try to quell the outflow of exported (debased) US dollars to save their own currencies from further debasement.

Option 2, of course, is the better option, which means foreign investors need to buy something more appealing than discredited U.S. Treasuries.

Sadly, ironically, and yet factually, the only assets better than bogus US Treasuries are bloated U.S. stocks.

In short, nosebleed-priced US stocks are still the lesser of the two US evils, and foreigners are therefore buying/seeing stocks as a better hedge against the debased USD than sovereign bonds.

Don’t believe me?

See for yourself—the rest of the world is adding lots of air to the U.S. equity bubble:

This is contextually troublesome for a number of reasons.

First, it means the declining US of A has gone from hocking its bonds to the rest of the world to hocking it stocks to the rest of the world (i.e., China…).

Longer term, this simply means that via direct stock ownership, foreigners will slowly own more of corporate America than, well America…

As for this slow gutting of the once-great America to foreign buyers, don’t blame the data. Blame your Fed and other policy makers (including labor off-shoring CEO’s) for selling-out America and pretending debt can be magically solved with magical (fake) money creation.

Of course, the second pesky little problem with stocks rising beyond the pale of sanity, earnings and honest FCF data is a thing called volatility—i.e., market seasickness.

Nothing goes in a straight line, including the dollar or the market. There will be swings.

Right now, the short on the USD is the highest it has been in four years.

Yet if, by some chance, the Fed ever attempts to taper or raise rates, all those foreign dollars piling into U.S. stocks (above) create a bubble that always pops, as do the foregoing dollar shorts, which get squeezed.

That could cause a massive sell-off in U.S. equity markets as foreigners sell their stocks to buy more dollars.

In short, there’s a lot of different needles pointing at the current equity bubble, and a correction within the next month or so is more than likely.

The sharpest of those needles, by the way, is the appallingly comical level of U.S. margin debt (i.e. leverage) not making the headlines yet now making all-time highs.

As a reminder, whenever margin debt peaks (above), markets tank soon thereafter, as anyone who remembers the and sub-prime market fiascos of yore can attest.

Just saying…

Context 5: The Dark Side of “Surging” GDP Growth

The World Bank recently made its own headlines projecting 5.6% global GDP growth, the fastest seen in 80 years.

Good stuff, right?  Well, not when placed into context…

The last time we saw 5.6% global GDP growth was during a global world war.

Obviously, when the world is in a state of global military rubble, growth of any kind is likely to “surge” from such an historical (and horrific) baseline.

Coming out of World War II, everyone, including the U.S. was in debt. World wars, after all, can do that…

As the victorious and civilization-saving U.S. came out of that war, it made some justifiable sense to de-lever that noble yet extreme debt by printing money, repressing bond yields and stimulating GDP growth.

What followed was at least a defendable 40-year stretch in which US nominal GDP ran 500-800 bps above US Treasury yields.

In short, bond-holders got slammed, but the cause, crisis and re-building after defeating the Axis powers justified the sacrifice.

The same, however, can not be said today as bond-holders get crushed yet again in a new-abnormal in which GDP will greatly (and similarly) outpace long-term bond yields.

Needless to say, current policy makers, the very foxes who put the global economic henhouse into the current pile of debt of rubble, like to blame this on COVID rather their bathroom mirrors.

Ironically, however, central bankers (as opposed to the Wehrmacht, the Japanese Empire or Italy’s Mussolini) managed to do as much harm to the global economy today (with deficit policies and extend-and-pretend money printers) as Germany’s Blitzkrieg or Hirohito’s Banzai raids did in the 1940’s.

When it comes to context, can or should we really be comparing a global flu (death toll 3.75M) to a global war (death toll 85 million)?

The policy makers would like you to think so.

Folks like Mnuchin (last year) or Yellen, Powell and the IMF (this year), are in fact trying to convince themselves and the world that the war against COVID was the real casus belli (reason for a justifiable war) of our current debt distress—equal in scope to World War II in its drastic impact on the financial world.

But regardless of anyone’s views on the COVID “War” or its questionable policy reactions, comparing its economic impact to that of World War II is an insult to both history and military metaphors.

The simple, objective and mathematically-confirmed fact is that the global economy was already in a debt crisis long before the first Corona headline of early 2020.

Today, US debt to GDP is at levels it has not seen since that tragic and Second World War, and it’s projected to go much, much higher.

So, just in case you still think the Fed can and will meaningfully raise rates to fight obvious inflation, as it did in the 1970’s or 1980’s, think again.

In the 1970’s and 1980’s US debt/GDP was 30%. Today it’s 130%.

Given this self-inflicted (rather than COVID-blamed) reality, the Fed simply can’t afford to raise rates. Period. Full stop.

But as my colleague, Egon von Greyerz reminds, that by no means suggests that rates can’t and won’t rise.

The Fed (and other central banks) may be powerful, but they are not divine. In short, there’s a limit to their powers to simply “control” rates with a mouse-click.

At some point, there’s not enough credible fake money to manage the yield curve—especially on the long end.

As more printed and tanking currencies try to purchase lower yields and rates, eventually the entire experiment fails.

At that critical point, rates spike, inflation raises its ugly head and the central bankers look for something other than themselves to blame as the rest of the world stares at worthless currencies being replaced by comical central bank digital dollars.


Context 6: That Barbaric Relic?

What the foregoing inflation and rate contexts means is that in the years ahead, inflation will run higher and rates will run (be forced/controlled) lower until both rates and inflation spike together.

This further means that real rates (i.e., those adjusted for inflation) could run as deep as -5% to -10% in the years ahead.

Such negative real rate levels could easily surpass those seen in the 70’s and 80’s, which means gold (and silver), both of whom love negative real rates, has nowhere to go but up, up and away in this totally debt-distorted backdrop.

How’s that for context?

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 6-20-21 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israeli PM Naftali Bennett warns US to ‘wake up’ before rejoining Iran nuclear deal

By Mark Moore June 20, 2021 | 10:06am | Updated

Israeli Prime Minister Naftali Bennett warned the US and other nations seeking to rekindle the nuclear agreement with Iran to “wake up” following the election of a hardline judge as the country’s president.

Speaking at a televised cabinet meeting in Jerusalem, Bennett said Ebrahim Raisi, a protege of Iranian supreme leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, would establish a “regime of brutal hangmen,” Reuters reported.

“Raisi’s election is, I would say, the last chance for world powers to wake up before returning to the nuclear agreement, and understand who they are doing business with,” said Bennett, who replaced Benjamin Netanyahu last week after the former prime minister failed to form a new government.

“A regime of brutal hangmen must never be allowed to have weapons of mass-destruction,” Bennett said. “Israel’s position will not change on this.” Raisi, Iran’s chief jurist who is under US sanctions for human rights violations, pulled in 62 percent of the vote in Saturday’s election that was marked by extremely low turnout — less than half the country’s eligible voters cast a ballot.

Bennett has carried on with Netanyahu’s view that the US should not rejoin the nuclear agreement that former President Donald Trump withdrew from in 2018.

The Biden administration has said it wanted to restart negotiations with Iran about returning to the deal the Obama administration brokered with world powers in 2015.

It has begun talks with the countries still participating in the accord — Britain, China, France, Russia and Germany. 

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

:: 6-18-21 Israel Haylom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Palestinianism opening up new Nazi front against Jews

In the UK, a strategy of cultural manipulation and intimidation threatens to push politicians into hostility toward Israel and is actively imperiling the security of British Jews. America is headed in the same direction.

By Melanie Phillips Published on 06-18-2021 10:18 Last modified: 06-18-2021 10:23

The Palestinian war against Israel is no longer something the West can regard as a quarrel in a far-away country between people of whom they know nothing.

At a recent congressional hearing in America, Rep. Ilhan Omar (D-Minn.), who has a long history of antisemitic and anti-Israel remarks, equated the United States and Israel with Hamas and the Taliban in committing "crimes against humanity." When 12 Jewish Democrats accused her of bigotry, she and her allies accused them of racism and Islamophobia.

Any criticism of Muslims elicits such taunts from so-called progressives, many if not most of whom also regard Israel with distaste or worse.

Emboldened by such impunity, the lies and incitement continue. This week, Rep. Rashida Tlaib (D-Mich.) slandered Israel by saying it "doesn't value Palestinian lives" and accusing it falsely of "a decades-long ethnic-cleansing project."

Meanwhile, as a direct result of such demonization of Israel and its associated Jew-baiting, attacks on American Jews are at record levels and the Democratic party is fast losing its moral and political moorings as it allows itself to be dragged behind the narrative of Palestinian lies.

Palestinianism is driving antisemitism and Islamization in an even more shocking way in Britain, where attacks on Jews are running at even higher levels.

Most such attacks are committed by Muslims. These are also disproportionately represented at pro-Palestinian marches where they scream for the destruction of Israel and chant in Arabic "Khaybar ya yahud" – a threatening reference to Mohammed's slaughter of the Jews of Khaybar in the seventh century.

Antisemitism and Palestinianism feed each other. Britain's Jewish Chronicle weekly has obtained a recording of remarks made by members of a convoy traveling from Bradford to London for a pro-Palestinian demonstration last weekend. At this rally, where speakers made repeated claims that Hamas was a legitimate resistance force, placards were calling Israel a "Nazi state" and asking: "What is antisemitic in saying that all Jews support violence and imperialism?"

On the tape, Muslim activists referred to Israel's new Prime Minister Naftali Bennett as "a bigger Satan" than Benjamin Netanyahu, claimed the UN was being manipulated by a shady network biased in Israel's favor and called Israel supporters dajjals, or mythological demons. One month earlier, a convoy flying Palestinian flags drove through Jewish areas of London with activists shouting: "F*ck the Jews! Rape their daughters!"

Yet many Labour party politicians are helping fuel this venomous hysteria and incitement. During a debate on "Israel-Palestine" on Monday, Labour MPs called for a boycott of Israel.

Addressing Bennett, Bradford MP Naz Shah, who has a history of anti-Jewish remarks, described Israel's understanding of the right to self-defense as "perverted." She said if any more "Palestinian blood" was "unjustly spilled," she would push for Israel to be tried for war crimes at the International Criminal Court.

Labour MPs regularly take part in demonstrations where marchers chant for the destruction of Israel and the killing of Jews. At one such rally in Bradford earlier this month that featured an appearance by Shah, activists chanted in Arabic: "God, make us part of the mujahideen in Palestine," and "God, lift the curse of the Jews off the Muslims in Palestine."

Not only is Palestinianism fueling anti-Jewish hysteria and attacks, but it is also increasingly cowing the British into acceding to its dictates, which fly in the face of fairness, decency, and reason.

Following last month's violence in Israel and the Gaza Strip, pupils at a high school in Manchester raised money for charities aiding Palestinians. There was uproar, however, when it was revealed that the funds were to go to the Red Cross, which aids Israeli and Palestinian victims of violence alike.

One parent said: "Imagine funding terrorists who kill babies, children, and elderly innocent people. The IDF exactly do that." Another parent, named Tom Price, said: "A nuclear superpower that subjugates and murders an indigenous people and gets away with breaking international law on a daily basis has no need for the money."

Yet the headteacher "unreservedly" apologized for having inadvertently "caused offense to some members of the wider community" – grotesquely, just for supporting aid to Israelis alongside Palestinians – and thanked "leaders of our local mosques, our governors, and the wider community who offered support and counsel."

Even more eye-opening is how the Palestinian cause has become a major issue in the imminent parliamentary by-election in the Yorkshire seat of Batley and Spen.

This is because of the constituency's significant proportion of Muslim voters, who have been galvanized by the demagogic George Galloway, a virulent pro-Palestinian extremist, who was expelled from the Labour party almost two decades ago and who is standing for election on an anti-Zionist platform that whips up hostility to Israel and hysteria over "Islamophobia."

So extraordinarily, a foreign issue in which Britain is not involved is insinuating itself into the center of British politics and culture, corrupting both with its agenda of obsessional bigotry against Israel and the Jewish people.

In driving the spike in antisemitism, Palestinianism is opening up a posthumous Nazi front against the Jews.

If this sounds outlandish and monstrous, it is. Yet the evidence suggests that it is nevertheless an all-too-realistic description of what is now taking place.

When Hitler was defeated, the war against the Jewish people seemed to be over, but it wasn't. Western antisemitism merely went underground, waiting to be released again as the natural order of things.

And in one part of the world, the war against the Jews was about to enter a new phase. Under the Grand Mufti of Jerusalem, Haj Amin al-Husseini, the Arabs of British Mandatory Palestine had become Hitler's legion in the Middle East. Fusing Nazism and Islamic fundamentalism, al-Husseini incited the Palestinian Arab masses to murderous pogroms with the lie that the Jews were about to destroy the Al-Aqsa Mosque.

The same rhetoric emanates today from the Palestinian Authority and incited the recent terror upsurge by Palestinians and Israeli Arabs. The PA, led by the Holocaust-denier Mahmoud Abbas, who on his own account hero-worships al-Husseini, pumps out Nazi-themed antisemitism week in, week out, brain-washing its people into murderous hatred against the Jews.

Furthermore, both the Palestinian cause and Palestinian "identity" itself are based on the attempted theft and appropriation of the historic homeland and history of the Jews – the indigenous people of the land of Israel.

So it's not just that the demonization and delegitimization of Israel are fundamentally anti-Jew. What's not properly understood is that Palestinianism is antisemitism. Western liberals who support the Palestinian cause are supporting a profoundly anti-Jewish agenda not only to steal the land of the Jewish people but to wipe out their history and thus their identity.

Far more ominously, this is also the passionately held default narrative for millions of Muslims who have settled in Britain and other Western countries.

As they become more assimilated, and their children enter the professions and political life – in itself a welcome development in terms of social acceptance – they are unfortunately seeding this poisonous narrative throughout British society.

A lethal obsession once confined to the far Left is now gaining enormous cultural traction through the number of British Muslims developing public influence (with the sterling exception of those few British Muslims who take a brave and principled public stand against Jew-hatred). Yet anyone who dares point this out is denounced as a racist and Islamophobe.

This strategy of cultural manipulation and intimidation threatens to push British politicians into hostility towards Israel. It is actively imperiling the security of British Jews, and it is undermining the integrity and values of Britain itself, as its cultural leaders increasingly kowtow to its dictates through ignorance, ideology, or fear. America is headed in the same direction.

Palestinianism is no longer just about the Middle East. It's now providing cultural rocket boosters behind both antisemitism and Islamization in the West.

Reprinted with permission from 

:: 6-18-21 The Algemeiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hamas Freely Admits It Uses Summer Camps to Recruit Child Soldiers

avatar by Elder of Ziyon June 18, 2021 12:59 pm

While anti-Israel activists often talk about Palestinian rights, they usually ignore the rights of Palestinian children to grow up free from terror indoctrination and incitement to murder. Under both Hamas and the Palestinian Authority, children have been abused, brainwashed, and convinced that the path to martyrdom and national glory is murdering Jews.

Here are some posters that Hamas has published for its summer camps. If this isn’t recruitment for child soldiers, I don’t know what is:

Once again, this is more anti-Israel hatred and child abuse that the world will continue to ignore. 

[ :: 8-23-20 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: ::]

For after, after September comes November, are you awake, will you rise up and do what you know is right, can you vote for them that you know kill babies, can you vote for them that hold up the gays, can you vote for them, saith your Father God? If you are mine you must walk according to my word, you must walk according to my promise; you must do what I, your Father God, have said to do. For it is that hour, it is that time; it is far later than you believe.

:: 6-19-21 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Catholic Democrats Appeal to ‘Primacy of Conscience’ in Abortion Support

By Thomas D. Williams, Ph.D.19 Jun 2021

Sixty Catholic Democrats in Congress have written an open “Statement of Principles” explaining why the Catholic Church should not deny Holy Communion to professed Catholics who promote abortion.

The open letter was published online on June 18 to coincide with the June meeting of the U.S. bishops, who discussed, among other things, the question of “Eucharistic coherence” and conditions under which a Catholic should not present himself to receive Holy Communion.

“As legislators in the U.S. House of Representatives, we work every day to advance respect for life and the dignity of every human being,” the letter states.

The representatives declare that “the weaponization of the Eucharist to Democratic lawmakers for their support of a woman’s safe and legal access to abortion is contradictory.”

The Catholic Church has consistently taught that taking an innocent human life in abortion is always gravely evil.

The Catechism of the Catholic Church states, “From the first moment of his existence, a human being must be recognized as having the rights of a person — among which is the inviolable right of every innocent being to life.”

Abortion “is gravely contrary to the moral law,” the Catechism declares, and, therefore, a person who procures an abortion incurs ex-communication from the Church “by the very commission of the offense.”

For his part, Saint John Paul II wrote that “direct abortion, that is, abortion willed as an end or as a means, always constitutes a grave moral disorder, since it is the deliberate killing of an innocent human being.”

The U.S. bishops’ Faithful Citizenship letter, a “teaching document on the political responsibility of Catholics,” underscores the evil of abortion, suggesting it is not “just another issue” to be weighed against prudential matters such as immigration laws or a carbon tax, but stands out as a singularly weighty moral issue.

The threat of abortion remains our preeminent priority because it directly attacks life itself, because it takes place within the sanctuary of the family, and because of the number of lives destroyed,” the bishops declared in the letter.

In their June 18 letter, the Catholic Democrats insisted they “seek the Church’s guidance and assistance but believe also in the primacy of conscience.”

In recognizing the Church’s role in providing moral leadership, we acknowledge and accept the tension that comes with being in disagreement with the Church in some areas,” they declare. 

:: 6--21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Jesus — Our Righteousness

By Hal Lindsey

In only a few words, 2 Corinthians 5:21 gives us an astounding picture of our redemption in Christ. “He made Him who knew no sin to be sin on our behalf, so that we might become the righteousness of God in Him.”

The old hymn says, “This is all my righteousness, nothing but the blood of Jesus.”

1 Corinthians 1:30 puts it like this. “By His doing you are in Christ Jesus, who became to us wisdom from God, and righteousness and sanctification, and redemption.”

Jesus is our righteousness — the very righteousness of God! And that is of the utmost importance. Here’s why. Our own righteousness is insufficient. Isaiah 64:6 says, “All our righteousnesses are as filthy rags.”

In other words, our very best efforts stink when compared with the righteous standard of God Himself. I hear people claim to live without sin, or mostly without sin. Is that you? Do you follow 1 Thessalonians 5:17 and, “Pray without ceasing”? Look at verse 18. Do you consistently give God thanks in all circumstances… every time? Do you consistently follow Matthew 5:44 and “pray for those who spitefully use you and persecute you”? What about Philippians 4:4? Do you rejoice in the Lord? Do you rejoice in Him always?

Maybe you can answer “yes” to those questions. But ask yourself if you do those things to God’s perfect standards. Many evangelical Christians can quote Romans 3:23 — “For all have sinned and fall short of the glory of God.”

But how often do we think about the second half of that verse. Yes, all have sinned. But more than that, all fall short of the glory of God. That’s the standard. If you’re trying to save yourself by being good, that’s the question you must ask. Does my life ever — even briefly — fall short of the glory of God? A more realistic question might be, “When does my life not fall short of God’s glory?”

No mere human being can reach that standard on his own. We fall short of Joshua 1:8 and we fail to meditate on God’s word day and night. We fall short of Philippians 4:6 which commands us not to be worried or anxious. Two verses later it tells us what we should spend our time thinking about — “whatever things are true, whatever things are noble, whatever things are just, whatever things are pure, whatever things are lovely, whatever things are of good report.”

I don’t know anyone whose thought life always reaches those high standards.

It’s amazingly easy to fall into sin-traps such as selfishness and pride. Do you follow 1 Corinthians 9:25 and consistently exercise self-control in all things? How about 2 Corinthians 2:9? It tells us to be “obedient in all things.” 2 Corinthians 9:8 admonishes us to “abound to every good work.”

We fail again and again to live up to the perfect standard of God’s glory. That doesn’t mean we should quit trying to live up to those standards. But it does mean that we can’t take credit for our own salvation in any way. We do not earn salvation. We accept it as a gift earned for us by Someone else — Jesus.

The Bible tells us that we will be rewarded for our good works (1 Corinthians 3:11-15). But it also tells us that our good works will not take us to heaven. Ephesians 2:8-9 says, “For by grace you have been saved through faith; and that not of yourselves, it is the gift of God; not as a result of works, that no one should boast.”

What a glorious thing is God’s amazing grace! I hope you will abound to many good works in your Christian life. But trust your salvation to the righteousness of God in Christ. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 6-13-21 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Netanyahu in last Knesset speech as PM: We will topple 'dangerous gov't'

Netanyahu intends to remain opposition leader, head of Likud, and the party’s candidate for prime minister in the next election.

By GIL HOFFMAN JUNE 13, 2021 20:38

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu on Sunday said he will not be leaving politics despite leaving the Prime Minister’s Office.

He told his supporters he intends to remain opposition leader, head of the Likud and the party’s candidate for prime minister in the next election.

“This is a holiday for the press but a difficult day for millions of citizens of Israel,” he told reporters following his address in the Knesset plenum. “I ask you not to lose your spirits. We will come back.”

In the speech, Netanyahu told his supporters they should keep their heads held high despite losing power.

We will continue to work together,” he said. “I will lead you in a daily struggle against this dangerous left-wing government to topple it, and with God’s help, it will happen much faster than you think.”

In contrast with the constant heckling during the speech of incoming prime minister Naftali Bennett, MKs in the coalition being formed were completely silent when Netanyahu spoke, making a point of showing him respect. The only MKs who heckled were from the Joint List, until Meretz leader Nitzan Horowitz mentioned the criminal charges against Netanyahu near the end of the address.

Netanyahu said he was speaking for the millions of voters of Likud and its satellite parties, and he cited the accomplishments of his outgoing government, singling out the Abraham Accords.

Mocking Bennett, Netanyahu said after hearing him talk tough about Iran, he was even more worried since “Bennett always does the opposite of what he says.” The new government is unfit to lead the country for even a single day, he said.

An Israeli prime minister needs to know how to say no to the president of the United States,” Netanyahu said, praising his own speech to Congress against the Iran deal and lamenting that there will be no one left who could stand up for Israel that way.

Had Bennett told Israelis he would form a government with Lapid, he would not have gotten elected at all, Netanyahu said, calling him “fake Right.”

He listed his successes as prime minister, including the transfer of the US Embassy to Jerusalem, the construction of new roads and railways and the improvement to quality of life in the country.

All of this didn’t happen by chance,” Netanyahu said. “It happened because we ran a smart and focused security policy that made our enemies pay a price.”

The government oversaw “courageous” operations behind enemy lines to keep Israel safe, he said.

The accomplishments turned Israel from a “marginal state” into a leading country, Netanyahu said.

Idan Zonshine contributed to this report. 

:: 6-13-21 Arutz Sheva :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pandora's Box? China funding human-animal embryos that may pave way for 'chimeras'

A Fox News report warns that US taxpayer money may soon be funding Chinese research to create 'chimeras', or a new human-animal breed.

Tags: China Fox News Research

Arutz Sheva Staff , Jun 13 , 2021 2:43 PM

Video: Fox News watch on You Tube 

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. etc.

:: 6-14-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

These Mysterious 'Instructions For A Post-Apocalyptic World' Warn Us To Be Prepared For A Grand Culling Ahead As A New Mutant, Deadly Scourge Is Unleashed Upon America

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die June 14, 2021

Americans better watch out!

ANP had reported back on May 23rd that we should be on the watch for the 'next phase' of the globalists depopulation agenda to be kicked into gear to get the world's population down to 500 million in due time, and now we get this new story over at the Daily Mail warning the so-called deadly 'Indian variant' of Covid could be the dominant strain in the US in the coming week.

With experts warning the 'delta variant' of Covid is already causing havoc in the UK, where 90% of new cases are of that variety, and nearly 30% of the fatalities caused by it have happened in fully vaccinated people, as 'Kalbo' had reported in this May 28th story, while most still call the depopulation agenda of the globalists a 'conspiracy theory', it's been written in stone on the Georgia Guidestones.

Called by this 2009 story over at Wired 'America's Stonehenge', as that story warned, inscribed upon the 16-foot-tall, 20-ton slabs of polished granite are 'monumental instructions' for a post-apocalyptic world, a world with a global population of only 500 million, meaning 7 billion+ will have to go.

So with Covid 'vaccination rates' now plummeting, imperiling Joe Biden's goal of having 70% of the US population 'vaxxed' by July 4th, as we'd also warned on ANP back on May 15th, none of us should be at all surprised if massive lockdowns/restrictions here in America are kicked back into effect with 'heavy hands'. With those who've been 'vaxxed' blaming the 'unvaccinated' for any reinstatement of any such tyrannical rules although more and more of the fully vaccinated are still 'catching and dying from Covid'.

As Ethan Huff had reported in this June 10th Natural News story, with CBS already calling for violence against 'the unvaccinated', with James Corden of The Late Late Show urging his viewers who'd been 'jabbed' to 'punch the unvaccinated in the face', America is being herded into dangerous new territory over the next few months, with Biden's vaccination rate goals sure to fail while more and more people, employers and govt agencies talk about 'mandatory injections' for people to simply 'live their lives'.

From this 2009 Wired story (saved at Archive) before we continue.:

The Georgia Guidestones may be the most enigmatic monument in the US: huge slabs of granite, inscribed with directions for rebuilding civilization after the apocalypse. Only one man knows who created them—and he's not talking.

The strangest monument in America looms over a barren knoll in northeastern Georgia. Five massive slabs of polished granite rise out of the earth in a star pattern. The rocks are each 16 feet tall, with four of them weighing more than 20 tons apiece. Together they support a 25,000-pound capstone.

Approaching the edifice, it's hard not to think immediately of England's Stonehenge or possibly the ominous monolith from 2001: A Space Odyssey. Built in 1980, these pale gray rocks are quietly awaiting the end of the world as we know it.

Called the Georgia Guidestones, the monument is a mystery—nobody knows exactly who commissioned it or why. The only clues to its origin are on a nearby plaque on the ground—which gives the dimensions and explains a series of intricate notches and holes that correspond to the movements of the sun and stars—and the "guides" themselves, directives carved into the rocks.

These instructions appear in eight languages ranging from English to Swahili and reflect a peculiar New Age ideology. Some are vaguely eugenic (guide reproduction wisely—improving fitness and diversity); others prescribe standard-issue hippie mysticism (prize truth—beauty—love—seeking harmony with the infinite). What's most widely agreed upon—based on the evidence available—is that the Guidestones are meant to instruct the dazed survivors of some impending apocalypse as they attempt to reconstitute civilization.

Not everyone is comfortable with this notion. A few days before I visited, the stones had been splattered with polyurethane and spray-painted with graffiti, including slogans like "Death to the new world order." This defacement was the first serious act of vandalism in the Guidestones' history, but it was hardly the first objection to their existence. In fact, for more than three decades this uncanny structure in the heart of the Bible Belt has been generating responses that range from enchantment to horror.

Supporters (notable among them Yoko Ono) have praised the messages as a stirring call to rational thinking, akin to Thomas Paine's The Age of Reason. Opponents have attacked them as the Ten Commandments of the Antichrist.

Whoever the anonymous architects of the Guidestones were, they knew what they were doing: The monument is a highly engineered structure that flawlessly tracks the sun. It also manages to engender endless fascination, thanks to a carefully orchestrated aura of mystery. And the stones have attracted plenty of devotees to defend against folks who would like them destroyed. Clearly, whoever had the monument placed here understood one thing very well: People prize what they don't understand at least as much as what they do.

With one of the most talked about 'guidelines' written on the 'guidestones' being "Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature", Wikipedia, Wired and other 'big tech' and leftist outlets won't talk about what the globalists would have to do to get the world's population down to that incredibly low number considering the world's current 7.8 billion+ population in 2021.

(ANP NEEDS YOUR HELP: Before continuing, we wanted to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

So from this Daily Mail story about 'the new scourge' unleashed upon America before we continue.:

The Indian variant of Covid-19 could be the dominant strain of the virus in the United States in just one week, according to disturbing new data. The , up from just one percent l highly-transmissible strain - known as B.1.617.2 or 'Delta' - now makes up about 10 percent of US casesess than a month ago, claims.

'When will B.1.617.2 (Delta) be the dominant variant in the US? Could be next week (or next 2 weeks) based on trends in our testing data & sequences available,' researcher Alexandre Bolze wrote on Twitter Thursday.

The strain, which was first detected in India, has wreaked havoc in the United Kingdom, where it now makes up 91 percent of all new cases. It has caused Covid cases in that country to surge by 109 percent in a single week, with the government now considering extending lockdown restrictions by another month. The UK is headed for a third Covid wave and, at the current rate, could have 80,000 new cases a day by mid-July.

Stoking fears, a study by Public Health England shows 29 percent of the 42 people who have died after catching the new strain had received both of their Covid vaccinations.

A similar surge in US cases could be disastrous, particularly given that many are confident the pandemic is almost over, thanks to falling case numbers and widespread vaccinations.

Dr. Anthony Fauci has warned Americans against complacency, and pleaded with the public to get vaccinated.

Yet as one of the top-voted comments on that Daily Mail story pointed out, "Dr. Fauci has lost all credibility with the American public."

And as we had reported on ANP back on May 15th, soon after many of the mandatory lockdown restrictions were lifted, it felt very strangely like all of the big announcements from the CDC and Biden back then were as if the globalists had been given a new script, with a switch flipped on their entire narrative, warning in that story: "we should all look at what's now happening with great suspicion".

With 100+ million 'vaxxed Americans' set free to go out and play, with many insanely believing their having been 'vaxxed' will keep them safe from what may very well be a highly weaponized bioweapon created in a laboratory, we get the feeling now that this latest announcement about the highly deadly 'Delta variety' of Covid soon being the 'dominant strain' in America is just the latest signs this thing is far from over and America and freedom are being 'set up for the kill'.

And with many warning that this entire Covid fiasco was designed to make sure massive mail in voting fraud to get Joe Biden into office was allowed to happen, as others have warned, it also appears that this was designed to help bring about the complete takedown of America while instituting 'medical martial law' and 'tyranny', with this new book asking "Are Covid Passports The Mark Of The Beast?" From that book before our conclusion.

What freedoms will you lose when governments introduce Covid Passports?

Governments are really moving fast towards introducing Covid Passports. All over the world, governments are all acting as if in unison. You would be forgiven for thinking perhaps it was all pre-planned. To make it worse, governments are not even looking at running the scheme themselves. They plan to outsource it to one of the big tech companies, like Google, Microsoft or Facebook. What could possibly go wrong? If they do go ahead and introduce Covid passports, what might it mean to you?

You could be denied boarding all public transport.

You may be banned from all pubs and restaurants.

You could lose your job and be blocked from getting a new one.

You risk even being banned from entering any shops.

Even if all goes well, these companies will know where you are always, who you are with, what you are doing and talking about. We have studied how these big tech companies operate with their current capabilities. It has frightened us to fear what they may do with vastly increased power over us.

If Facebook doesn’t like us just now, we can be banned from Facebook, it’s not life threatening, but what if they had the power to ban you from every shop in the country?

They would not do that would they? They de-platformed a sitting US President only a few months ago, do you really think they will care about you and me?

And with more and more talk of 'mandatory injections' for everybody, how long before we witness what we're seeing in the political art of David Dees above, with Americans having to be 'injected' just to go to the grocery store?

As Steve Quayle had warned in an SQnote while linking to this story over at the New American titled "DHS Secretary Admits: 'We’re Taking a Very Close Look' at Vaccine Passports", we'd been long ago warned of a coming day when we "won't be able to buy, rent, sell, trade or travel - sound familiar? Today's headlines define the results of the soon coming 'mark of the beast'".

So if you're not one to take the word of so-called 'conspiracy theory websites' about the dangers of what the globalists are now peddling as 'the cure to Covid', the 'vax', in the 1st video below, Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. sounds the alarm for us over what he believes are nothing less than 'genocidal crimes' being carried out against us by the likes of Anthony Fauci and Bill Gates.

And in the 2nd video below, we hear how the COVID 'vaccine' perfectly fits the description of the 'mark of the beast' described in the Book of Revelation as more and more governments, from local to national, are requiring the vaccine for people to buy food, get utilities or even participate in commerce. Is this what we've long been warned of? 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 6-14-21 NC Renegade :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pastor arrested for holding church service – USA

Posted on June 14, 2021 by Wes Rhinier


:: 6-14-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Leaking' Chinese nuclear power plant 'could spark disaster': American intelligence warns reactor has been pumping out radioactive gas for two weeks... but Beijing insists everything is normal

French energy firm that co-owns Taishan Nuclear Power Plant in southern China warned US intelligence two weeks ago that it was leaking radioactive gas

America has reviewed the situation and concluded it could turn into a disaster

But they believe situation is not yet at 'crisis level' and it may still be resolved

Chinese state firm which owns plant insisted Sunday that everything is 'normal'

By Chris Pleasance for MailOnline and Afp

Published: 03:55 EDT, 14 June 2021 | Updated: 05:59 EDT, 14 June 2021

A Chinese nuclear power station is leaking radioactive gas and could become a major disaster, according to secret US intelligence reports.

Taishan Nuclear Power Plant, located in southern Guangdong province, is thought to have been leaking for at least two weeks after a French firm that co-owns the facility flagged the issue to Washington.

American agents have spent the last week monitoring the situation and have concluded it has the potential turn into a major disaster but that facility is not currently at 'crisis level'.

That is in stark contrast to the message being put out by the power plant's Chinese state owners, who insisted in a report published Sunday that everything is 'normal'.

Problems at the power plant first came to light in late May when French firm Framatome reached out to US intelligence agencies to alert them of it, according to documents sent to the Department of Energy and seen by CNN.

A follow-up memo sent on June 3 identified the issue as a 'fission gas leak' and asked for the DoE to share intelligence that might help solve the issue.

Fission gas is a radioactive biproduct of nuclear fission, where heavy atoms are split into lighter ones - a process which releases energy but also creates the waste gas.

Framatome apparently got no response and so sent another memo on June 8 asking for their message to be urgently reviewed.

In that note, they described the problem as 'an imminent radiological threat to the site' and warned that Chinese regulators had increased the 'safe' levels of radioactivity allowed around the plant.

Increasing the 'safe' limit means China has been able to keep the plant running instead of shutting it down to resolve the issue.

Framatome claimed China more-than doubled the limit, and that the new limit exceeds the current safety standards in France.

The June 8 memo was picked up by the US State Department, setting off a flurry of activity over the last week that included meetings of senior figures on the National Security Council to assess the threat.

They concluded that while the plant could turn into a major disaster, they believe it is not in immediate danger of becoming one and it is more likely the issue will be resolved without seriously endangering the public.

It is not clear from CNN's report whether the intelligence agencies shared the information that Framatome were seeking.

The French firm openly acknowledged the problem on Monday, saying they are working to fix a 'performance issue' at the site.

Meanwhile French energy giant EDF also put out a statement on Monday, saying there has been an increase in noble gases detected in the plant's cooling system.

Noble gases are one of the biproducts of nuclear fission, and their presence in the cooling system may indicate a leak in the reactor.

EDF insisted the presence of noble gases in the cooling system 'is a known phenomenon, studied and provided for in the reactor operating procedures.'

The operator of the power station, state-owned China General Nuclear Power Group, said in a statement on Sunday evening that 'the environmental indicators of Taishan Nuclear Power Plant and its surroundings are normal'.

Powered up in 2018, the Taishan plant was the first worldwide to operate a next-generation EPR nuclear reactor, a pressurised water design that has been subject to years of delays in similar European projects in Britain, France and Finland.

EPR reactors have been touted as promising advances in safety and efficiency over conventional reactors while producing less waste.

The plant's state owners said one of the two reactors on site then completed an 'overhaul' and 'successfully connected to the grid on June 10, 2021.'

It did not say why the reactor was overhauled or what exactly had been done to it.

Nuclear plants supplied less than five percent of China's annual electricity needs in 2019, according to the National Energy Administration, but this share is expected to grow as Beijing attempts to become carbon neutral by 2060.

China has 47 nuclear plants with a total generation capacity of 48.75 million kilowatts -- the world's third highest after the United States and France -- and has invested billions of dollars to develop its nuclear energy sector.

Last month Russian President Vladimir Putin and his Chinese counterpart Xi Jinping hailed close ties between their countries as they launched work on Russian-built nuclear power plants in China. 

:: 6-14-21 The Epoch Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘Like Hell Went to Hell,’ The Tragic Demise of Venice Beach

By Jamie Joseph  June 13, 2021 Updated: June 14, 2021

LOS ANGELES—World-renowned Venice Beach has long been a place where visitors, residents, and business owners commingled with artists, musicians, and entertainers from all over the country. Over 10 million tourists visit the beach’s famous boardwalk each year, drawn in by the ocean view and the unconventional lifestyle of the city’s eccentric community.

But the famed destination no longer circulates in headlines for its wacky tourist attractions or local eateries. Instead, the beach town has become known worldwide for its flourishing homeless encampments, burgeoning filth, skyrocketing crime rate, and increasingly violent transients.

As city officials dawdle, the beachside town is falling to ruin, residents say, overwhelmed by the homeless that are making their lives a living hell.

Their cries for help have gone largely unheeded—until now. Earlier this week, Los Angeles County Sheriff Alex Villanueva announced a July 4th sweep that aims to clean up the mess.

For residents who have been trying to get local officials to act for months, the action can’t come soon enough.

During a recent trip to Venice, Villanueva said the tents need to be cleared by Independence Day, after reports of crime, arson, and filth went unaddressed for months. He blames elected leaders for not handling the issue.

“When I was out there in Venice, I talked to a shop owner, and he was fit to be tied,” Villanueva told The Epoch Times.

He’s tired of politicians, tired of people in the city doing nothing. And it’s impacting his ability for customers to come in, [with] the cost of people trying to break into his business and people causing scenes, fights, [and] outside fires. It’s like a third-world country.”

But not all locals approve of the sweep. Some activists quickly criticized the move on social media. “Why is this @LASDHQ dressed like this to do outreach? Why do they have guns?” the People’s City Council asked on Twitter.

For some residents, the uptick in recent violent attacks by the homeless on workers, residents, and the elderly are justification enough.

Cleaning Up the Mess

Within the last two weeks alone, there have been three reports of alleged attacks by the homeless.

A 70-year-old man, a small business manager, and a security guard were all victims of random attacks, according to local reports. It was the final straw that caught the attention of law enforcement—even though residents say the problem has been bubbling to the surface for months.

Butch Say, a traveling transient who sings rock ‘n’ roll on the boardwalk, has called Venice home for the last two years. He said people like himself are attracted to the neighborhood by its welcoming culture and the weather—but even he’s noticed that things are getting worse.

“It’s nutty, but they like it. And that’s part of the reason a lot of people come here,” Say told The Epoch Times.

Say watched on June 8 as 18 officers from the Los Angeles County Sheriff’s Department Housing Outreach and Services Team (HOST) descended on the boardwalk, cleaning up trash and alerting the homeless of the upcoming action.

“The trash is going to fill right back up in a few days,” Say said with a chuckle.

HOST stepped in to mitigate the chaos that has been ensuing in the area, and tried to connect homeless individuals with housing and other stabilization resources ahead of the July 4th sweep.

Say said this was the first time he’d seen the Sheriff’s Department in force.

“You never see him. It’s usually LAPD [the Los Angeles Police Department], and they’re cool. They roll by and they just keep the peace—which is not much more you can ask from them, because this is on nonstop, 24-hours-a-day going, this lifestyle, and it gets crazy,” he told The Epoch Times.

“Some people, you know, [do] too much drugs. They’re up for days—weeks—and they’re just psychotic, running around screaming at … invisible trees and whatever.”

Deputy Lewis, one of the officers on duty that day, told The Epoch Times, “To be honest, I didn’t know about Venice Beach until 6 a.m. this morning.”

But Lt. Jeff Deedrick, who led the HOST team, was bothered by the recent attacks.

“Our mission is humanitarian; this is a crisis, and this is bad. And the acts of violence here have been significant,” Deedrick told The Epoch Times.

It was heartbreaking to see the gentleman the other day get punched in the face in broad daylight. That can’t happen. We have to have a civil society. And it needs to be to where everybody can enjoy this place.”

Skyrocketing Crime

The conditions in Venice Beach have been deteriorating for over a year. City codes prohibiting encampments on the beach and sidewalks were rolled back per new COVID-19 regulations when the pandemic hit, and normal street sweeping crews were cut to limit contact.

Then Venice was declared a sanctuary zone by Los Angeles Councilmember Mike Bonin, whose district includes the beach. Tents were no longer violating city policy.

Bonin, who is facing a recall effort over his policies, and Los Angeles Mayor Eric Garcetti also championed temporary A Bridge Housing units in Venice to help with the problem.

But residents have told The Epoch Times that the facility has only served to attract more homeless to the nearby streets since its development. Tents and trailers parked on the side of the street are present outside of the complex. Many of those same people living in A Bridge Housing are “dual residents,” with some still dwelling in their tents outside, according to locals.

Soledad Ursua, chairwoman of the Venice Neighborhood Council (VNC), told The Epoch Times that the issue is one of “lack of enforcement” due to COVID-19.

“That’s really how a lot of these crime problems have really spiraled out of control,” she said. “And it’s sad that we have to ask the city to resume enforcing our laws, you know, laws that we have on the books. So, Venice residents, we have to basically beg for our laws to be enforced again.”

The Los Angeles Fire Department announced last month that over 54 percent of fires in the county this year had been started by homeless encampments. In Venice, a number of fires sparked in encampments have been reported, with one corporate building burning to the ground earlier this year.

Say said he personally witnessed a homeless person start a fire on the beach only last week.

It was somebody’s little wagon with batteries, and they wired it up wrong to play their musical instruments, and it blew up, caught on fire, [and] burned itself out,” Say recalled.

The neighborhood is also experiencing a sharp uptick in crime, according to statistics provided to the Venice Neighborhood Council by LAPD Capt. Steve Embrich.

Year-to-date numbers show that robberies have nearly tripled since the same period last year. Homeless-related robberies are up 260 percent; homeless-related assault with a deadly weapon is up 118 percent; property crimes and area burglaries are up 85 percent; and grand theft auto is up 74 percent.

According to Embrich, felony arrests are up 68 percent, while misdemeanor arrests have grown by 355 percent. But arrests aren’t enough: Suspects are often released back onto the streets within hours.

“So, arrests are way up—the officers arrested a lot more people—but you may not see a difference because most of those arrests, like 99 percent, are we arrest them, and they’re coronavirus released, they’re released back into the community shortly after we book them,” Embrich told the VNC during a recent meeting.

Grand theft auto (GTA) incidents in Venice are “much higher than the rest of the area,” Embrich said.

“And with our GTA, what we see is that we have a very short recovery window. So, most of the cars that are stolen are recovered within Pacific area, very close, or they’re recovered in Culver City or whatever adjacent cities, and the recovery period is short—that means your cars are being stolen out of Venice, for the purpose of sleeping or for the purpose of transportation.”

‘Tearing the Community Apart From Within’

How to solve the problem is tearing the community apart, according to Venice Neighborhood Councilmember Brian Averill.

“The city of L.A. has dropped the ball on the crime in Venice. … It’s not being addressed. So, people on different sides of the issues in our community are sort of turning on each other. Not only is it unsafe, but it’s really tearing the community apart from within,” Averill told The Epoch Times.

“Because people pay taxes to feel safe and to feel protected, and it is chaotic out there, so that’s the city’s sort of ineptitude.”

Say said he understands the residents’ frustrations.

“It’s crazy about the fighting stuff. I’ve seen neighbors and houses fight, and it goes on for years down here. They’re in the morning ready to chop each other’s heads off, and at night they’re sharing dinner,” Say said.

Averill said the push for “housing first,” a theory the city has embraced that believes more housing units are needed as the first step to help the homeless, does not treat the complexities of each individual case, as people may need other resources to rehabilitate them.

He said that “a triage situation” would be the best option right now.

“It’s a disaster out there, frankly,” he added. “Why we’re not seeing some sort of triage is beyond me. … You should be getting people into the triage, figuring out what they need. Some people just need $1,000 so they can get a bus ticket or a plane ticket home, some people need addiction help, some people need detox. Some people need serious, you know, mental illness help.”

On June 7, Averill was present at a press conference on the boardwalk when a knife-wielding homeless woman was subdued steps away from L.A. Councilmember Joe Buscaino. At the time, Buscaino was in the middle of a news conference addressing homelessness on the boardwalk as part of his mayoral campaign.

Bystander Nico Ruderman yelled “Knife!” and LAPD’s Embrich subdued the woman, sustaining minor cut injuries while arresting her. It is unclear if the woman intended to attack Buscaino. Some witnesses say she was arrested because the knife fell out of her pocket.

Within hours, however, the suspect was released back onto the boardwalk, charged only with a misdemeanor.

Said VNC’s Ursua, “Our concerns are valid. We were afraid to go out. … If a councilmember can almost get stabbed, it means that it could happen to us.”

A few days after the incident, Buscaino requested that the city restore its ban on sidewalk encampments.

‘Inept and Corrupt Politicians’

Since the pandemic began, the boardwalk has become “like hell went to hell,” according to Say.

“It was bad [before], but it wasn’t like this,” he said.

For years, the colorful history of homeless dwellers has been an integral part of Venice Beach, with locals referring to them as “street people.” Business owners told The Epoch Times they used to know most of them by name. They were part of the community—until the pandemic brought a massive influx of new transients.

“It was with COVID, people getting tossed and all that. This place filled up quick: all women, men, middle-aged, you know, everybody here, little kids sometimes,” said Say. “A lot of new people, they try to blend in. They say, ‘I’ve been here 20 years,’ and it’s like, ‘I’ve only been here two and I haven’t seen you.’”

If parents have little children, “they get hooked up quick” with help, Say said. “And if you’re part of it—they call it ‘the family,’ you know—if you’re part of the family, they know you down here, you’re OK.”

But they still get into fights with each other, he added. “I’ve seen people fighting, screaming, threatening [each other] with pipes and poles in the morning, and bringing them a pair of shoes at night and sharing their dinner,” he said.

Venice Beach Bar manager Luis Perez told The Epoch Times previously that when the stay-at-home orders were declared last year, homeless people were bussed in from other cities and dropped off on the boardwalk. It was clear they didn’t fit in with the culture, he said. Most of them were addicts.

Now, attacks against visitors and other homeless people are regularly documented on social media by a local watchdog group, with new videos uploaded nearly every day.

In the meantime, the encampments are still growing—and impacting local businesses. Recently, another tent community appeared behind the Rose Café restaurant on nearby Rose Avenue, a few blocks from the beach. The encampment has barbecue pits, dressers, and motorbikes parked inside the tents.

Right outside businesses on the boardwalk, trash, needles, and tents can be seen in plain sight, piled up on top of each other.

Klaus Moeller is owner of the Ben & Jerry’s Ice Cream shop on the boardwalk. He has been dealing with problems caused by the homeless for over a year.

On June 5, Moeller filed a police report against a homeless person who attacked his manager.

“Woman hit a Hare Krishna monk, then threatened our customer. When our manager asked her to leave, she hit the manager in the face,” Moeller told The Epoch Times in an email.

The police did nothing. “Police refused to make an arrest and told us that an assault apparently now is considered a misdemeanor,” he said.

Moeller said he doesn’t blame the police, as current “catch and release” policies “make any arrest a waste of time for them.”

“I blame the inept and corrupt politicians,” he said.

Moeller said that only a day earlier, a beloved local security guard at a nearby skate shop “was hit over the head with a bottle and then repeatedly stabbed by a homeless guy in their parking lot.”

Moeller said he has reached out repeatedly to Bonin, the local representative. But his attempts at communication have failed.

I have tried for a year now to have Mr. Bonin speak with me but emails are not answered. Our very own councilman, whose salary is paid with our taxes; refuses to even talk to us or acknowledge that there is a problem,” Moeller said.

The Epoch Times reached out for comment but did not hear back from Bonin’s office. However, Bonin released a series of tweets defending his housing policies.

“There is loud and growing criticism of homeless housing from people saying homelessness is about addiction and mental health, not housing. We absolutely need more mental health & drug rehab services—and we can’t address these issues among the unhoused without housing,” Bonin said in a June 3 tweet.

On June 10, Bonin asked the Los Angeles Homeless and Poverty Committee to shift $5 million in budgeted aid to fund housing programs in his district.

But Say warned that not every homeless person wants the help. He said most of the people living in Venice get government support.

He pointed to a homeless man in a wheelchair wearing pajamas. The man gets $1,400 a month from the government, Say said, “and he loves it out here.”

Say said that government Section 8 housing vouchers are available to many people, providing “a nice place to live,” and if you’re older, you get priority. But many people, like the man in the wheelchair, prefer to live on the street.

“They go, ‘No, I love it out here. Nobody tells me what to do, and I run around in my underwear,’” Say said. “You know, whatever. They’re crazy. What can I say? It’s Venice.”

Correction: a previous version of this article incorrectly described Averill as an eyewitness to the actions of the knife-wielding woman on the boardwalk. Averill was present a the press conference but did not see the woman’s actions prior to the arrest.

Follow Jamie on Twitter: @jamiewritess


[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

:: 6-12-21 France 24 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Across US West, drought arriving dangerously early

Issued on: 12/06/2021 - 19:00

Los Angeles (AFP)

Lakes at historically low levels, unusually early forest fires, restrictions on water use and now a potentially record heat wave: even before summer's start the US West is suffering the effects of chronic drought made worse by climate change.

Eighty-eight percent of the West was in a state of drought this week, including the entire states of California, Oregon, Utah and Nevada, according to official data.

In a particularly stark symptom of this trend, which is affecting more than 143 million Americans, Lake Mead -- the country's largest reservoir, lying at the border of Nevada and Arizona -- now stands at its lowest level since its creation in the 1930s.

The lake, formed when the massive Hoover Dam was built across the Colorado River not far from Las Vegas, stands at just 36 percent of capacity, below even a record set in 2016.

Authorities expected something like this -- but not until August.

The situation in northern California, which normally receives ample precipitation in the winter and spring, is no better. Lake Oroville, the state's second largest reservoir and a key part of a network providing potable water to 27 million Californians, is 165 feet (50 meters) lower than in 2019.

Widespread water-use restrictions appear inevitable over the coming months, with potentially serious ramifications for Western states, in particular for irrigation-dependent farmers -- who provide much of the country's fruits and vegetables.

In California, whose vast almond groves supply 80 percent of world production, some farmers have already begun uprooting trees to save water.

As of April 1, the date traditionally marking the area's last snowfall, the snowpack on the upper slopes of the Sierra Nevada -- source of roughly a third of all water used in California -- was at only 60 percent of average.

"Really, one thing unique this year is that as snow melted, the runoff ended up soaking into dry soils and ended up evaporating," never reaching Lake Oroville, John Yarbrough, an official with the California Department of Water Resources, told AFP.


"So that's what was unusual this year, how little runoff we got from that snowpack."

- 'Rare, dangerous and deadly' -

According to the US Drought Monitor, one third of California is currently experiencing "exceptional drought," the worst level.


And dry soils and water-deprived vegetation create the conditions for even higher temperatures, feeding a devastating vicious circle.

Not surprisingly, the southwestern US is bracing for an extreme heat wave this coming week, with temperatures some 20 degrees Fahrenheit (11 Celsius) higher than seasonal norms and with highs of up to 120 Fahrenheit expected in some spots.

Meteorologists have issued heat warnings, saying that Las Vegas, for example, could hit 115 Fahrenheit, surpassing a record established in 1940.

Such conditions are "rare, dangerous and deadly," said the National Weather Service bureau in Phoenix, Arizona -- where the thermometer is expected to hit 118 degrees on Friday.

Authorities are particularly concerned about forest fires, which have arrived unusually early this year and with rare intensity. As of the end of May, fires in California had already destroyed five times as much vegetation as they had last year at this point.

Most experts say that even if drought is an expected part of life in the Southwest, the situation has clearly been worsened by climate change.

A study published last year in the journal Science estimated that human-caused climate change worsened the impact of drought by 46 percent from 2000 to 2018.

"We're already living in a new climate, that is a different climate than when many of our systems were designed and built 50 or 100 years ago," Noah Diffenbaugh, a climatologist with Stanford University, told AFP.

"And it's a climate in which these water deficits primarily result from the influence of warming temperature."


He said he believes the risks presented by climate change can still be managed.

But to do so, he said, it is vital "to not just catch up with the climate change that's already happened, but to leapfrog ahead." 

:: 6--21 The Weather Channel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Heat Dome to Set Records in the West Much of This Week

By Chris Dolce2 hours ago

Dangerously hot temperatures will grip parts of the West this week, smashing numerous daily record highs and even threatening a few all-time June records.

A large dome of high pressure in the upper atmosphere has developed over the West. Beneath the dome, sinking air is causing temperatures to soar well over 100 degrees in many areas.

Heat alerts have been issued by the National Weather Service for various time periods this week, from parts of the Southwest into the Great Basin and California. Outdoor activities should be limited in these areas because of the possibility of heat-related illnesses.

Keep Drinks Cool With This Stylish End Table Cooler (SPONSORED)

The core of the heat will be most persistent in the Southwest, but it will also affect parts of the Great Basin and Rockies. It will spread into California's central valley by later in the week.

Records have already been broken in this heat wave and more are likely to fall in the days ahead, from Montana into the Desert Southwest and California.

Tucson, Arizona, set daily record highs both this past Saturday (110 degrees) and Sunday (112 degrees). Salt Lake City broke a daily record high on Sunday by hitting 102 degrees.

Billings, Montana, Denver, Salt Lake City, Phoenix, Las Vegas and Sacramento are some of the cities that could set at least daily record highs in the week ahead.

Some locations could even threaten all-time record highs for the month of June. This includes Salt Lake City and Las Vegas, where the all-time June records are 106 degrees and 117 degrees, respectively.

The hot conditions this week will be particularly dangerous for vulnerable groups, such as the sick and the elderly. The NWS has useful heat safety tips that can be incorporated into a daily routine when extreme heat sets in.

Job sites: Stay hydrated and take breaks inside as often as possible. Remember that in temperatures above 110, you will not know that you are sweating.

Indoors: Check up on the elderly, sick and those without air conditioning.

In vehicles: Never leave children or pets unattended – look before you lock.

Outdoors: Limit strenuous activities and find shade. Drink plenty of water and avoid alcohol.

Wildfire concerns will also be elevated this week because of the hot temperatures in combination with long-term drought conditions in place across a large part of the West.

The Weather Company’s primary journalistic mission is to report on breaking weather news, the environment and the importance of science to our lives. This story does not necessarily represent the position of our parent company, IBM. 

:: 6-7-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Rare' genome sequencing almost certainly proves COVID WAS deliberately made in a Chinese lab before it leaked to the world: Another expert study makes bombshell claim

COVID-19 has the genome sequencing combination of 'CGG-CGG'

Two US experts say that no naturally occurring coronavirus has ever had that combination

The 'CGG-CGG' combination is extremely rare, except when it used by scientists doing 'gain-of-function' in laboratories

The experts conclude that it is more likely than not that the virus was therefore created in a lab

In recent weeks, many of the world's top scientists have pushed to determine whether the virus was leaked from the Wuhan Institute of Virology

By Andrew Court For Published: 00:05 EDT, 7 June 2021 | Updated: 14:35 EDT, 7 June 2021

Two U.S. experts have penned a damning essay saying that science strongly suggests the novel coronavirus was manufactured inside a Chinese laboratory.

The claim was made by Drs Stephen Quay, CEO of biopharmaceutical company Atossa Therapeutics Inc, and Richard Muller, a physics professor at the University of California Berkeley, in The Wall Street Journal on Sunday.

In the op-ed, the men say their proof lies in genome sequencing, or analyzing the DNA, of SARS-CoV-2, the virus that causes COVID-19.

There are 36 DNA segments - made up of three-letter 'words' - that viruses use to make an amino acid known as L-arginine.

L-arginine helps make proteins but is also often used in so-called 'gain of function' research, which alters viruses to make them more transmissible and more deadly.

The new virus contains a segment called CGG-CGG, which is considered rare even in experiments in which researchers are trying to manipulate virus.

But even more telling is that this combination has never been found naturally in any other type of coronavirus, including in SARS and MERS, both of which are cousins of the new virus.

'A virus simply cannot pick up a sequence from another virus if that sequence isn't present in any other virus,' Quay and Muller wrote.

'The CGG-CGG combination has never been found naturally. That means the common method of viruses picking up new skills, called recombination, cannot operate here.'

The essay comes after an explosive study last week claimed that Chinese scientists created COVID-19 in the Wuhan lab, then tried to cover their tracks by reverse-engineering versions of the virus to make it look like it evolved naturally from bats.

In the new essay, Quay and Muller go on to state that those who believe COVID-19 began by being transferred from animals to humans 'must explain why it happened to pick its least favorite combination: CGG-CGG. Why did it replicate the choice the lab's gain-of-function researchers would have made?'

The pair conclude: 'Yes, it could have happened randomly, through mutations. But do you believe that? At the minimum, this fact—that the coronavirus, with all its random possibilities, took the rare and unnatural combination used by human researchers—implies that the leading theory for the origin of the coronavirus must be laboratory escape.'

In recent weeks, many of the world's top scientists have pushed to determine whether the virus was leaked from the WIV.

The lab leak theory was initially dismissed by many in the media and academic communities.

President Joe Biden last week ordered intelligence agencies to launch a probe into whether COVID was man-made after all.

Circumstantial evidence has long raised questions about the Wuhan Institute of Virology, where researchers were known to be conducting experiments on bat coronavirus strains similar to the one responsible for COVID-19.

China insisted early and often that the virus did not leak from the lab, claiming that crossover to humans must have occurred at a 'wet market' in Wuhan that sold live animals.

Perhaps driven by animosity for Donald Trump, who embraced the lab leak theory early on, the mainstream U.S. media and academics heaped scorn on the possibility, calling it an unhinged conspiracy theory.

But new evidence, including reports of three workers at the Wuhan lab who fell seriously ill with COVID-like symptoms in November 2019, has forced a sober reassessment among doubters.

Frustration with China increased this week after Beijing said that it would not participate in any further investigations by the World Health Organization.

Biden rebuked China in his announcement of the new intelligence review, calling on allies to help 'press China to participate in a full, transparent, evidence-based international investigation and to provide access to all relevant data and evidence.'

Meanwhile, the former head of the Food and Drug Administration, Dr Scott Gottlieb, has said Fauci told world leaders in the spring of 2020 that the coronavirus may have escaped from a lab in Wuhan, China.

U.S. researchers around that time still were considering whether the virus came from a lab break, and Fauci told the health leaders gathered that the newly identified strain of the coronavirus 'looked unusual,' according to Gottlieb.

The disclosure from the former FDA chief comes as an increasing number of mainstream scientists and media figures no longer are parroting the line from the Chinese Communist Party that the virus came from a bat.

Even President Joe Biden has ordered government agencies to investigate the possibility that it might have come from a lab.

Now, Gottlieb says Fauci last year at least considered that COVID-19 could have come from a lab - before closing ranks around the idea that it occurred naturally.

Gottlieb, who served under President Donald Trump, said a former senior member of the Trump administration told him at the time of Fauci's 2020 talk. Gottlieb said he'd recently reconfirmed with that person that Fauci had given the talk.

'I think early on, when they looked at the strain, they had suspicions,' Gottlieb recalled Sunday on CBS Face the Nation, speaking of U.S. scientists. 'And it takes time to do that analysis, and that dispelled some of those suspicions,' he added.

And it's also important, Gottlieb said, to look at the virus beyond a scientific perspective: It also needs to be examined from a national security lens, he said.

'A scientific mindset looks at the virus and the virus' behavior and draws a conclusion,' he said.

'A national security assessment looks at that and then looks at the behavior of the Chinese government, the behavior of the lab, other evidence around the lab - including the infections we now know took place - and that changes the overall assessment,' he said.

Although some experts still believe the virus was transmitted from a bat to some other species of animal, then to humans, its origins remain unproven.

It comes after study last week claimed that Chinese scientists created COVID-19.

That paper was authored by Professor Angus Dalgleish, an oncologist at St George's University, London, and Dr Birger Sørensen, a Norwegian virologist and chair of pharmaceutical company Immunor.

The shocking allegations in the study included accusations of 'deliberate destruction, concealment or contamination of data' at Chinese labs, and it noted the silencing and disappearance of scientists in the communist country who spoke out.

The journal article, exclusively obtained by, is set to make waves among the scientific community, as the majority of experts have until recently staunchly denied the origins of COVID-19 were anything other than a natural infection leaping from animals to humans.

While analyzing COVID-19 samples last year in an attempt to create a vaccine, Dalgleish and Sørensen discovered 'unique fingerprints' in the virus that they say could only have arisen from manipulation in a laboratory.

They said they tried to publish their findings but were rejected by major scientific journals which were at the time resolute that the virus jumped naturally from bats or other animals to humans.

Even when former MI6 chief Sir Richard Dearlove spoke out publicly saying the scientists' theory should be investigated, the idea was dismissed as 'fake news.' 

:: 6-7-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As The American Taxpayer Funds America's Destruction, Those Seeking Truth Are Being Labeled 'Dangerous' By Big Tech - First They Created The Problem, Now They're Offering 'The Solution'

- Remember! Their 'Dangerous Solution' Is To Get The World's Population Down To 500 Million

June 7, 2021 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

While author Naomi Wolf became a leading spokeswoman for the 'third wave of the feminist movement' years ago, with feminists such as Gloria Steinem praising her work while she also became a political advisor to the presidential campaigns of Bill Clinton and Al Gore, Wolf has now been labeled as 'dangerous' in the eyes of big tech and the establishment after she tweeted out what twitter considers 'vaccine disinformation'.

With that same twitter for well over a year labeling the Wuhan, China lab origin of Covid-19 as a 'conspiracy theory', banning twitter accounts that tweeted out such 'misinformation' before that theory recently went mega-viral and mainstream, we see that the 'censorship campaign' of big tech has been kicked into overdrive in 2021, rather than being 'tamped down', with Wolf being banned from twitter for her anti-vax tweets.

Yet with more and more scientific and medical experts straying away from the Covid-bat-cave conspiracy theory as more and more Dr. Anthony Fauci emails come out, what if Wolf is correct in her vax-warnings, and not some 'crazy conspiracy theorist' as the same left that once adored her is now calling her?

So what did Naomi Wolf tweet to so enrage the left and twitter? While you can see one of her most recent tweets that got her banned from twitter below, we'll explore why Dr. Naomi Wolf has been labeled as a 'dangerous conspiracy theorist' in the next section below.

And before continuing we'll report here that yours truly, All News Pipeline, has also been labeled 'dangerous' by 'big tech' for some of our stories, with numerous ANP stories being totally 'demonetized' due to their anti-vax content. So that's one of the reasons why your donations to ANP are HUGE, and we thank you so much for helping us to keep ANP online, putting out 'dangerous' new content every day, and a roof over our heads. ANP readers truly are the greatest!!

So exactly why are people like Dr. Naomi Wolf (and outlets like ANP, Natural News and many others) being deemed as 'dangerous' by big tech, with twitter totally banning Dr. Wolf like they also banned President Donald Trump? As we'll see in this Business Insider story, it looks like 'big tech' (and Democrats) are absolutely PETRIFIED of the truth coming out about this 'scamdemic' that enabled massive mail-in voting fraud to get Joe Biden into the White House. From that story.

During recent weeks, as Wolf has aligned herself with figures from the political far right and turned on Joe Biden for taking America on a path to totalitarianism with his strategy for fighting Covid-19, her liberal allies have been aghast. "I daily get texts from friends and former friends telling me to 'stop'. One just messaged 'you're doing incalculable harm.'" she complained on Twitter, where she bombards her 142k followers with messages about vaccine side-effects, the profits of big pharma and the negative impact of masks on children.

Wolf has taken her protests across America, from Maine to Oregon, where she identified "a fascistic atmosphere" and compared Covid rules to Jim Crow laws.

Wolf's next book, she says, will be called Step Ten, based on her contention that America is on the brink of fascism, as a result of responses to Covid.

"A much-hyped medical crisis," she claims, "has taken on the role of being used as a pretext to strip us all of core freedoms." It is a sequel to a dystopian book Wolf wrote in 2008, The End of America: Letter of Warning to a Young Patriot, in which she examined 20th Century dictatorships and what brought them about.

More recently she has subscribed to conspiracy theories on the dangers of 5G. "Since November I've been noticing weird things happening in the clouds and also been noticing some strange group consciousness in Manhattan," she observed in a YouTube video on the supposed "huge health hazard" resulting from 5G rollout.

She compared Covid adviser Anthony Fauci to "Satan," described vaccine champion Bill Gates as "a monster capable of mass experiments on humans" and claimed that children wearing face masks are losing the ability to smile. "I'm seeing kids with their lower faces hanging inertly, absolutely unmoving facial muscles, when they take their masks off," she tweeted.

But thankfully, as that mainly negative story about Wolf pointed out, she's not backing down.

When she recently complained that "progressive" friends were trying to "shame/bully me for talking to conservatives about liberty," Wolf argued: "How can I stop doing what I've always done?"

With some ANP stories being labeled as 'dangerous' actually a badge of honor to us as we are simply seeking truth, and are willing to travel wherever that truth may lead us, the latest sign of major US government involvement with the creation of Covid-19 comes to us from this Epoch Times story (which you can read in full via this link) reporting the "US Gave More Money to Chinese Lab for Bat Research Than Fauci Claimed".

Just more evidence that the American people have been hugely lied to by our own 'servants', the government, what else are they hiding? It's clear from this Epoch Times story that the American taxpayers have been funding not only research into deadly bioweapons, which were later used against us, but also funding America's destruction.

The United States gave over $800,000 to the top-level laboratory in China from which some believe the CCP (Chinese Communist Party) virus escaped, according to newly released documents.

Internal emails from officials with the National Institutes of Health and an office inside the agency, the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID), show they discussed in 2020 a question from Republican members of Congress regarding how much the agencies sent to the Wuhan Institute of Virology.

The total amount sent between Fiscal Years 2014 and 2019 was $826,777, according to the officials.

The funding went to EcoHealth Alliance, which channeled money to the lab for the purpose of “understanding the risk of bat coronavirus emergence.”

The total amount is different from the amount that Dr. Anthony Fauci, director of NIAID, told members of Congress the Wuhan lab received from the U.S. government.

And as this new story over at Becker News had pointed out, with the Pentagon itself investing millions of dollars in the lab linked to Dr Anthony Fauci and the China bioweapon that was used to attack America and steal the 2020 election for Joe Biden, does anyone really believe that American taxpayer funding will stop in the days ahead just because this story is finally getting the attention that it deserves from the MSM? Yeah, we don't either.

So with more and more people being injured or killed by this so-called 'vaccination' every day as we hear in the 1st video below featuring Judy Mikovitz, and the possibility that when this is all said and done, more people will die from being 'vaxxed' than from Covid itself, we all owe it to our families and loved ones to stay informed in the days ahead.

As Mike Adams warns in the 2nd video below in his Covid message to friends and family about the 'vax' that we're not being told by the establishment, all of this is nothing less than the globalists 'creating the problem,' the Covid bioweapon, then offering the 'solution', the 'vaxxes', that were already implanted within their minds. Yet the devil is in the details when you realize they have long had a sinister 'depopulation agenda', attempting to whittle the planet's population down to a mere 500 million people as seen on the Georgia Guidestones. Now THAT is 'dangerous'! 

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 6-7-21 Gold Switzerland :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“Transitory” Inflation? — Sublime Yet Ridiculous

By Matthew Piepenburg June 7, 2021

History is a funny thing, almost as funny as human nature. The policy makers, including their latest meme of “transitory inflation,” are no exception to such psychological tragi-comedy.

In short, we don’t see inflation as “transitory.”

Transitory Hope, Timeless Lies

It’s sometimes helpful to step outside of market history to gain perspective on human behavior, and hence, measure leadership trends at other desperate turning points similar to the one markets are now careening toward.

By late 1864, for example, as Union forces under General Grant bore closer to Richmond at the tail-end of a long and passionate civil war which a grossly outnumbered Confederate Army was (by then) destined to lose, hope nevertheless sprung eternal from an increasingly discredited leadership.

Jefferson Davis, President of the Confederate States, described the mounting casualties, dying currency and withering food supplies as only “transitory.”

Less than 100 years later, as the German Wehrmacht lost its 6th Army to the cold winter and red-hot resistance of the Red Army, the propaganda machine in Berlin described that war-ending turning point in 1943 as merely a “temporary setback.”

Speaking of dying armies, Napoleon’s 1812 march into Russia with 360,000 soldiers ended in disaster when he marched out with just under 15,000 soldiers left, prompting the infamous (and shivering) Bonaparte to declare, “It’s only a small step from the sublime to the ridiculous.”

Transitory Inflation: More Fantasies from On High

Fast-forward to the Fed’s current war against natural market forces and we see yet another ridiculous example of a losing war whose inflationary death toll is being otherwise touted by our financial leadership as “transitory” or “temporary.”

Like the foregoing military examples, market bulls, sell-siders, politicians and central bankers share an uncanny capacity to ignore the obvious and promote the fantastical—as fantasy is often easier to bear (and sell to the masses) than reality.

Fantasy, after all, is as effective a tool for re-lection, Fed-tenure and advisory fees in a losing market war as it is a patriotic weapon in a losing military war.

The most recent example of fantasy as policy is now evident in the popular meme that the +4% year-on-year inflation numbers in April and May are merely “transitory.”

In short, we are now being told not to worry about inflation.

That is, we can all calm down, for inflation, we are asked to believe, is as “temporary” today as the year 1-year cap on QE we were promised from Bernanke as far back as 2009, when the Fed’s balance sheet was under $1T rather than the current $7+T.

So much for promises of the “temporary” …

As for inflation being anything but “transitory,” we’ve given countless warnings, proofs and solutions to current and increasing inflation to come.

Like Robert E. Lee’s outnumbered army, the math makes future of inflation, and the slow death of the dollar, inevitable rather than theoretical.

And yet now more than ever there are those telling us not to worry about inflation or its implications.

Defending the Dis-Inflationary

In fact, and in all fairness to those who feel deflation rather than inflation is ahead, we’ve given fair voice to their viewsas well.

Nevertheless, and sadly, it seems necessary, yet again, to return to history, economic Real Politik and math to help the inflationary truth sink in.

That is, it’s time to fact-check the hope-peddlers so common to the main stream financial propaganda that surrounds us today as markets move from the Fed-supported sublime to the inflationary ridiculous.

In all fairness to the great inflation vs. deflation debate (or war), there are, again, fair arguments to be made against inflation as a long-term reality.

The latest and most common arguments against current inflation include the popular belief that supply-chain disruptions on everything from lumber to computer chips are only “temporary.”

Once these “transitory” disruptions are resolved, supply will recover and inflationary forces will vanish.  Fair enough.

Another argument gaining bullish momentum against inflation is blaming the “temporary” climb in the CPI measure of inflation on rising car prices.  Fair enough.

Deflationary pundits will also remind us that inflation numbers are un-naturally high because they measure rising prices in silly little things like food and energy. Thus, if you take them out of the equation, then inflation is really closer to 2%, so why panic?

Then again, if you have a report card with 3 A’s and 2 F’s, that too is not a problem if you simply disregard the 2 F’s… Besides, who needs food or energy anyway?

Deflationists (as well MMT fantasy pushers) will further remind that even the extreme monetary expansion unleashed by central bank money printers is not inflationary, as all that printed money never hits “velocity speed” in the real economy, and thus has no inflationary impact.

Fair enough.

Finally, the pro-deflationist camp will rightfully remind us that massive debt levels, decades of Uncle Sam’s ability to export inflation overseas and the slow economic growth of the pandemic economy will cool demand and keep prices low rather than high—all anti-inflationary forces.

Fair enough.

But here’s the rub: “Fair enough” is not the same as “true enough,” and whether one chooses to believe it or not, inflation is not only coming, it’s already here and it isn’t going to be “transitory.”

Inflation: Anything but “Transitory”

Ok, so how can we be so certain in a world of uncertainty?

Well, for one thing, the very CPI scale used to measure inflation is the open joke on Wall Street, and measures inflation about as well as Lance Armstrong’s lie detector measures truth.

We’ve addressed this topic ad nauseum.

Thus, dis-inflationary pundits can defend all day long the “transitory” nature of rising prices on everything from computer chips to used trucks, but they are ignoring the larger fact of defending their non-inflationary case with a discredited CPI witness…

Adding to the inflationary reality which is anything but “transitory” is the very definition of inflation itself, which hinges less upon that bogus CPI scale and far more upon a single metric: Increases in the broad money supply.

In case such an evidentiary (as well as mathematically obvious) increase doesn’t give you an inflationary chill, just consider the following increase in the M1 money supply. A picture, after all, says 1000 words (or billions) …

Furthermore, even if one discredits money printing (i.e., monetary policy) as inflationary due to the lack of “velocity” of printed dollars trapped behind the Hoover-like dam of the Fed, Treasury Department and TBTF banks, one simply can’t deny the inflationary effects of fiscal policy—that is: money pouring directly (and at increasing velocity) into the real economy.

Biden, for example, is proposing a $6T budget to Congress. Will it pass? Or will it be watered down to a meager $5.5T or $4.8T?

But what’s a trillion here or a trillion there in this surreal new abnormal? Given all the money spewing out of DC, trillions have become banalized to mean almost nothing to a nation and market addicted to fake money.

Then again, we all know how addictions end: You either quit or die.

Furthermore, and quite telling, is the simple fact that the Fed itself favors inflation, as there’s no better way to get themselves out of a $30T public debt hole of their own digging than by sucker-punching the masses with deliberate inflation to pay off their own debt binge with increasingly inflation-debased dollars.

The FOMC, like any general staff in a losing war, will pretend that such a currency casualty is “transitory,” or that they otherwise have the “temporary inflation battle” under control.

The Fed calls their battle plan “symmetrical inflationary targeting,” pretending to the world that they can order inflation around like a cadet at West Point.

But then again, if the Fed controls the very scale that measures inflation, perhaps they can keep bluffing (lying) their way around otherwise obvious inflation a bit longer. Either way, the end result is unavoidable.

But think about that for a second: The Fed measuring its own inflationary policy is like the Wuhan Lab measuring its own viral leaks

An Ode to Fed Apologists

Fed apologists/cheerleaders, however, will continue with their fantasy defense that the Fed will eventually “tackle” the inflationary problem once they have full confirmation that it’s running too hot.

We discussed the open dishonesty as well as mathematical impossibility of the Fed tackling the debt (and hence inflation) problem “down the road” in a recorded interview here.

Despite such contrary math, the cheerleaders tell us the Fed will eventually step in with some needed “tapering” to keep inflation under control.

Furthermore, the Fed itself will make even more comical claims that they are very worried about unemployment, and that if jobs reports (and non-farm payrolls) continue to disappoint, the FOMC superheroes will need to keep printing money to buy bonds and keep rates low.

After all, the Fed was created to help the little guy, right? The Fed’s entire mission is to keep employment strong, right?

Well, if you believe that, do a little more research on who created the Fed and why…

The Fed’s Real Mandate: Faking It

But even if historical research on the Fed’s true origins and mission are of no interest, then just stick to current math and basic realism.

As I’ve written so many times elsewhere, the Fed is not holding back its “tapering” option just to help improve employment.


Instead, the Fed is going to hold back tapering because they have taken our nation to the highest levels of debt danger ever seen in its history; thus, if they were to ever “taper” and allow rates to naturally rise, Uncle Sam (and the markets) would be insolvent faster than Powell can mince words on 60 Minutes.

In short, “tapering” is not an option, it’s a fantasy buzz-word for troops otherwise losing morale.

This means the money printers will continue to run hot to the tune of billions per month and deficit spending (along with Fed balance sheets) will continue run hot to the tune of trillions per year, which means inflation is and will be anything but “transitory.”

Does this mean that the year-over-year rate of change in inflation will be 4%, then 5% then 6% with each passing month on a never-ending rise to the north?


Inflation numbers, including the fictional ones coming out of DC, will see peaks and valleys, and I’m not suggesting inflation will hit 18% by the time you read this.

Nor am I suggesting that periods of disinflationary “relief” won’t make the headlines soon if, for example, lumber and car prices revert to their means, which is always possible, if not likely, once bottlenecks at saw mills and shipping ports are reduced.

And hey, maybe Fauci et all will be able to lock us all down with ever-knew COVID variant headlines which crush demand and alas, dis-inflate the CPI.

Again, nothing moves in a straight line, including inflation, but the trends and realities (monetary and fiscal excess) discussed above are not “transitory” and thus neither is (or will be) inflation.

Of course, inflation is a deadly enemy. It eats away at market returns, savings accounts, currency power and hence spending power.

Like the winter outside of Moscow, Borodino, Petersburg or Stalingrad, it’s a silent killer.

And like Napoleon’s army in Russia or Lee at Gettysburg, our financial leaders now stand before a cannonade of fatal money supply levels and yet still think (or tell us) they are winning…

In short, they have already taken our markets, economies and currencies over that fine line from the sublime to the ridiculous.

But like many of their faithful soldiers and current investors, those with the most to lose just don’t know the danger they are already in or the war their currencies will inevitably lose.

That’s neither sublime nor ridiculous; just tragic. 

:: 5-2-21 Word Press :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The United Nations & the Origins of “The Great Reset”

Posted by Klark JoussMay 2, 2021 Posted inUncategorized

“Freedom faces a new enemy. The tyranny comes under the disguise of expert rule and benevolent dictatorship. The new rulers do not justify their right to dominance because of divine providence but now claim the right to rule the people in the name of universal health and safety based on presumed scientific evidence.”

…Under the leadership of Stalin, Churchill, and Roosevelt, twenty-six nations agreed in January 1942 to the initiative of establishing a United Nations Organization (UNO), which came into existence on October 24, 1945.

Since its inception, the United Nations and its branches, such as the World Bank Group and the World Health Organization (WHO), have prepared the countries of the world…[for] a world government…

Guns have been referred to as “the great equalizer,” and there’s no weapon which can come close to them in that regard.

A lot of the popularity of firearms is due to the fact that anyone can use them effectively, not only the strong and agile. The young, the old, men, women and child can take up firearms in defense of home and family and do so effectively.

But what do you do if you can’t use a gun – or if you don’t have a gun — to protect yourself?

The next decisive step toward the global economic transformation was taken with the first report of the Club of Rome. In 1968, the Club of Rome was initiated at the Rockefeller estate Bellagio in Italy. Its first report was published in 1972 under the title “The Limits to Growth.”

The president emeritus of the Club of Rome, Alexander King, and the secretary of the club, General Bertrand Schneider, inform in their Report of the Council of the Club of Rome that when the members of the club were in search of identifying a new enemy, they listed pollution, global warming, water shortages, and famines as the most opportune items to be blamed on humanity with the implication that humanity itself must be reduced to keep these threats in check.

Since the 1990s, several comprehensive initiatives toward a global system of control have been undertaken by the United Nations with Agenda 2021 and Agenda 2030.

The 2030 Agenda was adopted by all United Nations member states in 2015. It launched its blueprint for global change with the call to achieve seventeen sustainable development goals (SDGs). The key concept is “sustainable development” that includes population control as a crucial instrument.

Saving the earth has become the slogan of green policy warriors. Since the 1970s, the horror scenario of global warming has been a useful tool in their hands to gain political influence and finally rule over public discourse.

In the meanwhile, these anti-capitalist groups have obtained a dominant influence in the media, the educational and judicial systems, and have become major players in the political arena.

In many countries, particularly in Europe, the so-called green parties have become a pivotal factor in the political system. Many of the representatives are quite open in their demands to make society and the economy compatible with high ecological standards that require a profound reset of the present system.

In 1945, [Julian] Huxley noted that it is too early to propose outright a eugenic depopulation program but advised that it will be important for the organization “to see that the eugenic problem is examined with the greatest care, and that the public mind is informed of the issues at stake so that much that now is unthinkable may at least become thinkable.”

Huxley’s caution is no longer necessary. In the meantime, the branches of the United Nations have gained such a level of power that even originally minor UN sub-organizations such as the World Health Organization (WHO) have been enabled to command individual governments around the world to obey their orders. The WHO and the International Monetary Fund (IMF)–whose conditionality for loans has changed from fiscal restraint to the degree to which a country follows the rules set by the WHO–have become the supreme tandem to work toward establishing the new world order.

As Julian Huxley pointed out in his discourse in 1945, it is the task of the United Nations to do away with economic freedom, because “laisser-faire and capitalist economic systems” have “created a great deal of ugliness” (p. 38). The time has come to work toward the emergence “of a single world culture” (p. 61). This must be done with the explicit help of the mass media and the educational systems.


With the foundation of the United Nations and its sub-organizations, the drive to advance the programs of eugenics and transhumanism took a big step forward. Together with the activities of the Club of Rome, they have stage to initiate the great reset that is going on currently.

With the pronouncement of a pandemic, the goal of comprehensive government control of the economy and society has taken another leap toward transforming the economy and society. 

:: 6-7-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Yet Another Scientific Study Concludes COVID Is Likely Lab Engineered

by Steve Watson June 7th 2021, 4:20 am

Another new scientific study has concluded that it is more likely than not that the COVID pandemic originated with a virus engineered inside a lab.

Dr. Stephen Quay and Berkeley physics professor Richard Muller revealed the findings in The Wall Street Journal Sunday, noting that “The most compelling reason to favor the lab leak hypothesis is firmly based in science.” The scientists added that “COVID-19 has a genetic footprint that has never been observed in a natural coronavirus.”

The research points to the genome sequencing of the virus ‘CGG-CGG’, which is one of 36 sequencing patterns observed, but does not occur in nature.

“The CGG-CGG combination has never been found naturally. That means the common method of viruses picking up new skills, called recombination, cannot operate here,” the scientists assert.

A virus simply cannot pick up a sequence from another virus if that sequence isn’t present in any other virus,” they add, while also noting that the CGG-CGG combination IS commonly used in ‘gain of function’ research, which is known to have been used with coronaviruses at the Wuhan Institute of Virology.

The scientists urge that those who believe COVID-19 jumped from animals to humans “must explain why it happened to pick its least favorite combination: CGG-CGG.”

They further ask for an explanation as to “Why did it replicate the choice the lab’s gain-of-function researchers would have made?” “Yes, it could have happened randomly, through mutations. But do you believe that?” the authors of the study ask, adding “At the minimum, this fact—that the coronavirus, with all its random possibilities, took the rare and unnatural combination used by human researchers—implies that the leading theory for the origin of the coronavirus must be laboratory escape.”

This latest study comes on the heels of a revitalised focus on scientific research by Professor Angus Dalgleish of St George’s Hospital, University of London and Norwegian virologist Birger Sorensen which presents compelling evidence suggesting the virus was manufactured in a laboratory.

As the scientists noted, they were ostracised and ignored until recently when intelligence findings revealed that workers at the Wuhan lab fell sick with COVID-19 symptoms in November 2019.

As the global pandemic unfolded, scores of scientists came forward suggesting the genome sequencing of the virus was unnatural, and should be further investigated. The lab leak theory was effectively shut down, however, when scientists led by Dr Peter Daszak “orchestrated a ‘bullying’ campaign and coerced top scientists into signing off on a letter to The Lancet journal aimed at removing blame for Covid-19 from the Wuhan lab he was funding with US money.”

Daszak, who keeps appearing as the lead figure in investigations of the research he funded with US grant money via his own organisation, reportedly used his influence to get The Lancet to publish the letter, which stated that to even suggest the lab leak theory had any credibility was equal to spreading “fear, rumours, and prejudice.”

The release of Dr Fauci’s emails has also reconfirmed that Fauci was discussing the lab leak scenario with other scientists, and knew full well that it was a distinct possibility, despite making statements to the contrary in public, before any robust scientific research into the matter had been carried out.

Ty & Charlene Bollinger break down the latest in the leaked Fauci e-mails that expose his many lies to the American public.

Now former head of the Food and Drug Administration, Scott Gottlieb, has revealed that Fauci briefed world health leaders in the spring of 2020 that the lab leak was a possibility.

Appearing on CBS News this past weekend, Gottlieb admitted that Fauci told government health advisors that the virus “looked unusual,” and that scientists he was working with “had suspicions” that it was manipulated. 

[ :: 3-6-05 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have talked about the EU and how they have grown in power and shall grow to more power. I have talked to you about China and yet America embraces China their enemy and they build them up that later China shall come against many and destroy many because of the finances you have provided for them. That was not my wisdom, that was not my knowledge. It was not my wisdom nor my knowledge when you gave your secrets to a country that worships a false god and they have sold them to other countries and become superior. Oh how foolish man is. etc..

:: 6--21 The Post Millennial :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China to build over two dozen bio labs like Wuhan Institute in next 5 years

The Guangdong province announced in May that it was planning to build between 25 to 30 biosafety labs in the next five years.

In the next few years, the world could see almost 60 maximum security Level 4 virology labs in operation. The Guangdong province announced in May that it was planning to build between 25 to 30 biosafety labs in the next five years.

"What could go wrong?" questioned Human Events senior editor Jack Posobiec:

The facilities will be flung all over the globe, spanning 23 countries including the United Kingdom, the United States, India, Gabon, and Côte d’Ivoire.

The current Wuhan Institute of Virology is now at the center of an investigation by US authorities into whether COVID-19 could have leaked from its lab.

About 75 percent of these facilities are or will be built in urban areas, which has experts around the world worried about the possibility of further "lab leaks."

"Reporting is getting better certainly in some countries such as the UK and US where there has been media coverage of this, but we’re not yet where we want to be. The more work that is going on, the more accidents will happen," commented Filippa Lentzos of King's College in London, the Financial Times reported.

Richard Ebright, a professor of chemical biology at Rutgers University, concurred:

"The larger the number of institutions and the larger the number of individuals with access to these dangerous agents, the greater the risk.

Ebright said that accidents and leaks have happened in large numbers in places that have weaker biosafety standards. "We need to strengthen biosafety and biosecurity rules around the world," the scholar urged.

Such laboratories used to carry out the most dangerous biological research have proliferated in the past decade with scientists now warning that lax controls at several locations could lead to another pandemic. Many experts have said the probe into the origins of COVID-19 has shown the problems of running high-risk experiments in the country. In March, 13 countries criticized China for not allowing full access to data and samples relating to the start of the pandemic. 

:: 6-7-21 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Gov DeSantis Vows to Oppose Any School Board Candidate Who Backs Critical Race Theory

Republican Florida governor continues pledge to keep far-left CRT out of schools

By: Jay Greenberg |@NeonNettle on 7th June 2021 @ 3.00pm

The Republican governor of Florida, Ron DeSantis, has continued his drive to keep radical-left Marxist curriculum out of his education system by vowing to oppose any school board candidate who supports Critical Race Theory (CRT).

On Saturday, Gov. DeSantis blasted the increasingly popular far-left CRT that is being ushered into school curricula nationwide.

The governor promised he would oppose any Republican school board candidate in Florida who doesn’t outright reject it.

DeSantis made the pledge during a Saturday interview on Fox News's on “Unfiltered with Dan Bongino.”

DeSantis vowed to take advantage of his “political apparatus” against any Republican school board candidate who supports either mandatory masking for schoolchildren or teaching critical race theory.

“Next week, I have my Commissioner of Education going to the Board of Education banning it, banning any departure from accurate history and following our standards,” he said regarding critical race theory. "This is something we’ve got to stay on the forefront of," DeSantis told Bongino.

"We’re also, Dan, not going to support any Republican candidate for school board who supports critical race theory in all 67 counties or supports mandatory masking of schoolchildren,” the governor continued.

"As you said, these local elections matter.

"We are going to get the Florida political apparatus involved so we can make sure there’s not a single school board member, Republican, who ever indulges critical race theory,” DeSantis added.

Political consultant Ryan Girdusky, who recently started the 1776 Project PAC to support local school board candidates who oppose critical race theory, praised DeSantis for his position.

Girdusky told The Daily Wire: “Currently, Florida has over a dozen school districts in the state that push the 1619 Project and critical race theory.

"I believe he is serious about his intentions.

"He is the most popular Republican in the state and the 1776 Project PAC would gladly campaign on behalf of school board candidates who oppose critical race theory and have DeSantis’ endorsement.”

DeSantis and Florida have been at the forefront of states fighting back against critical race theory, which DeSantis has before described as a “very harmful” form of “race-based” Marxism.

Asked to respond to the claim that America is “a systemically racist country,” DeSantis told Fox News host Laura Ingraham during a town hall in April that such a proposition is “a bunch of horse manure.”

“I mean, give me a break,” DeSantis said to applause from the audience.

"This country has had more opportunity for more people than any country in the history of the world, and it doesn’t matter where you trace your ancestry from.

“We’ve had people that have been able to succeed.”

“And here’s the problem with things like critical race theory that they’re peddling,” DeSantis continued, pivoting to the controversial academic movement that some states such as Florida and Idaho have taken measures to ban from their public schools.

“They’re basically saying all our institutions are bankrupt, and they’re illegitimate.”

“Okay, so how do you have a society if everything in your society is illegitimate?” asked DeSantis.

“So it’s a very harmful ideology, and I would say, really, a race-based version of a Marxist-type ideology.

"So we’ve banned it in our schools here in Florida. "We’re not going to put any taxpayer dollars to critical race theory, and we want to treat people as individuals, not as members of groups.” 

:: 6-4-21 Voice of America :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Mulls Launching ‘Digital Dollar’

By Rob Garver June 04, 2021 03:09 AM

WASHINGTON - A top Federal Reserve official raised eyebrows in the financial services world last week by saying that the central bank is stepping up development of a plan that could result in the issuance of a digitized version of the U.S. dollar. In doing so, she indicated that the U.S. is joining a growing movement among major economic powers to rethink how money will be exchanged in the future.

The U.S. would not be the first country to consider launching what is known as a “central bank digital currency,” or CBDC. China is taking a leading role. But the significance of the dollar to global trade and the world economy in general makes the Fed’s interest in the project especially meaningful for the development and acceptance of what would amount to a form of digital “cash.”

WATCH: China's digital currency

Proponents of a CBDC point to a future in which electronic payments between individuals or businesses could be instantaneous and permanent, with no need for a bank to serve as an intermediary, and in which even individuals without access to a bank account could easily receive secure electronic payments.

Doubters express multiple worries, including concerns about privacy, pointing out that the system could give the federal government access to transactions that individuals would prefer to make in private. There are also economic concerns, such as the possibility that a digital dollar circulating freely around the globe could displace national currencies issued by smaller countries’ central banks.

Whether it’s a good thing or not, the possibility of national governments issuing digital versions of their own currencies is gaining traction globally, with China leading the way on a digitized version of the yuan that is already in limited circulation.

David Treat, a senior executive with Accenture who leads the consulting firm’s efforts in the area of digital currencies, said that his company has worked with a majority of the central banks in G-20 countries, and he estimates that a quarter of them will have some sort of digital currency in circulation by 2024.

With CBDCs seemingly an inevitable part of the world’s financial future, here are some of the pros and cons of the new technology being applied to the world’s most widely used currency.

Pro: low volatility

Unlike other digital currencies, such as Bitcoin, a digital U.S. dollar would be worth exactly that: one dollar. The digital “token” held by the owner is backed and guaranteed by the Federal Reserve.

“There is no question as to its value,” said Treat. “Whether it's the dollar in your wallet, the dollar in your savings account, or the central bank digital currency version of $1 in your digital wallet, all of them always equals $1.”

Pro: efficiency

While normal digital transactions might seem instantaneous, there is a vast web of digital infrastructure underpinning even a simple Venmo money transfer, requiring multiple exchanges of information between financial services providers confirming that the person making the payment has the resources to cover it, and that the recipient is equipped to receive it. A breakdown in any part of the system can result in delayed payment confirmation.

By contrast, said Treat, a digital dollar would operate like cash, in that all the information needed to verify that a transaction has taken place exists within the token stored in a digital wallet. When a payment is made, that information is encoded in the token itself, making that information a permanent element of the token.

This means that two individuals with digital wallets on their smartphones could theoretically exchange digital dollars for goods and services without an internet connection, so long as the devices were able to connect through now ubiquitous near field communications technology. (When both digital wallets regained an internet connection, a record of the transaction would be stored in a “distributed ledger” that would add a further degree of security.)

Pro: global accessibility

A reliable digital dollar could be used around the world, in both cross-border and domestic transactions.

“One of the key potential benefits of CBDC would be reduced costs and friction in cross-border exchange,” said Daniel Gorfine, a director of the Digital Dollar Project, a non-profit effort that is aiding in the push to roll out a digital dollar. “It is important that the U.S. play a leadership role in establishing global standards around CBDC to foster this potential.”

With the proliferation of smartphones in even some of the world’s poorest countries, CBDCs in general could help bring many people around the world into the digital economy.

“To the extent that a digital wallet on a mobile device is lower cost from a technological, operational, and regulatory perspective, more un-or-under-banked individuals may gain efficient onramps to the financial system,” said Gorfine, who answered questions in an email exchange with VOA. “This should certainly hold true within the U.S. and abroad; indeed, the experience of countries like Kenya show that digital access can have a strongly inclusive effect on underserved populations.”

Con: privacy concerns

The idea that the Federal Reserve would be running a system that tracks an untold number of financial transactions conducted by private citizens raises alarm among privacy advocates. Many point to China’s digital yuan system, in which the government sees access to transaction data as an explicit feature.

In an interview with CoinDeskTV last week, Brian Brooks, who served as the acting chief regulator of U.S. national banks during the Trump administration, said that he doesn’t believe the U.S. ought to go down the same road as Beijing.

“The idea of funneling everybody into the [Federal Reserve] for a CBDC feels a lot like asking people to go back to the post office,” said Brooks, now the CEO of cryptocurrency trading platform Binance. “I just don’t think that’s the American way. It’s clearly the Chinese way, but I don’t think we’re going to see that in this country.”

Supporters of a CBDC, like Treat, say that the Fed’s operation of the system should be seen as a plus to privacy advocates, because the central bank would be bound by the U.S. Constitution’s Fourth Amendment ban on the unreasonable search and seizure of personal information.

Con: undermining local currencies

Making it possible for individuals outside the U.S. to easily exchange payments in U.S. dollars could be good for people on the individual level but bad for countries trying to manage a national currency.

If the dollar were to supplant the local currency as the preferred medium of exchange, it could damage the buying power of individuals reliant on it and harm the local central bank’s ability to manage its own money supply.

It’s a problem that Gorfine acknowledges must be addressed.

“Studying the potential for increased international dollarization is prudent,” he said. “There may be ways to mitigate certain risks, however, including by limiting holdings in digital dollars ... In the long run, to the extent that demand grows for access to digital currencies, it is a good thing for those offerings to be underpinned by strong democracies that embed key norms and rule of law with the digital currency offering.” 

:: 6-6-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Insane World We Now Live In - Americans Are Not Getting Smarter, They Have Been Dumbed Down To Unprecedented Levels And It Is Getting Worse

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine June 6, 2021

Every generation thinks they are going through worse things than their parents did. They aren't.

Every generation believes their issues and problems are "new." They aren't.

Every generation thinks they are "smarter" than the generation begore them. They aren't.

Technology has advanced, but the human brain itself, has not. In fact, after looking through some top stories out there, it appears as if we, as a human race, are becoming dumber, not smarter.

There is a lot happening present day that is completely insane, from threats of world war, to active civil unrest within America, to people so very obsessed with President Trump that they don't seem to realize he is no longer in the White House, to a psychiatrist describing her "fantasies" of murdering white people, to a Yale audience.

This and so much more gives us insight into a nation that is rapidly going insane.

Yet this is the world we now live in.  Am I exaggerating? Lets see.


Recently we reported on a number of networks that are supposedly kid-friendly, all pushing the LGBT agenda onto America's children, and now we see yet another headline that shows America going to hell in a handbasket.

Breitbart headline: "Nickelodeon Casts Its First Ever Openly Trans Teen Actor in a Live Action Show."

The teen in question is only 13 years old.

Nickelodeon has cast its first-ever openly transgender teenage actor in a live-action show, Sasha A. Cohen, who will be featured in the children network’s series Danger Force. The 13-year-old actor — along with his twin sister Natalie Cohen — will appear on the June 19 episode of Danger Force, according to a report by Variety.

Where to start here.

A child allowed to make that type of a life choice, which will hold ramifications for their whole lives.

What is wrong with their parents?

A supposedly child-friendly network pushing trans children onto other children via a live action show.

Both show an extreme abdication of responsibility since every study into this topic shows that trans teens attempt, and commit suicide at a much higher rate than teens collectively.

Of course if one reads the LGBT Movement's version of the reasons behind those above average suicide rates, they blame bullying, or non-acceptance, while completely ignoring the mental issues that comes from being gender confused.

A confusion I may add that is being enhanced by the media, the entertainment industry and the LGBT society (gay mafia).

Recently a CBS News' 60 Minutes segment discussed red states refusing to allow life altering hormone and/or surgical procedures on children or teens, which was fine and dandy with their LGBT, leftists audience.

Then they dared address those that changed their minds, after altering their entire lives, and the left became completely unhinged because their orthodoxy was challenged, the truth was addressed, and the damage done to those youths was exposed, which goes against the preferred narrative.

Some of those stories were nightmares, including one where a teen had been given hormone treatments, had his testicles removed and had breast augmentation, all within a three month period.  Then changed his mind.

How do you undo that type of damage. And, how do you let your children physically maim themselves before they are old enough to understand the ramifications of doing so?

See? Insanity.

ANP NEEDS YOUR HELP: Before continuing, we wanted to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)


President Trump gave attended a rally the North Carolina Republican Convention on Saturday, where he gave a speech that was incredibly well-received from the participants, but online Trump Derangement Syndrome (TDS) infected lunatics, spent an entire night going over stills of his speech, not for the content, but so they could examine his "crotch."

Some weirdo decided to claim that Trump was wearing his pants "backwards," so others decided to try to confirm or debunk this theory.


I absolutely refuse to take the time to put each and every social media post discussing Donald Trump's crotch, zipper and wrinkles, into this piece, but thankfully that is what the website Twitchy is for, to capture the idiocy found on Twitter.

Here is the link to that bit of insanity.


As we see Democrats, including the White House occupant, Joe Biden, condemning white "supremacy" as the number one threat we face in America, we see far less reportage on the violent rhetoric of non-whites.

A New York psychiatrist told a Yale audience that she "fantasizes" about shooting random "white people."

I had fantasies of unloading a revolver into the head of any white person that got in my way, burying their body, and wiping my bloody hands as I walked away relatively guiltless with a bounce in my step. Like I did the world a f****** favor,” said Dr. Aruna Khilanani in April.

This is not the first time we have seen the media and the left turn a blind eye to the violent rhetoric aimed against white people.

Just imagine if the psychiatrist had been white and talked about "unloading a revolver into the head of any" black person" that got in their way."

There would be national outrage and wall-to-wall coverage by NYT, Wapo, CNN and every leftist out there.


Another example of how America somehow turned insane is the whole "defund the police" movement, where to appease protesters and rioters, law enforcement officers, those completely justified by protecting others, are thrown under the bus by politicians and liberal state leaders, in an attempt to appease those rioting.

Example - Ashville, North Carolina:

Ashville, North Carolina’s police department (APD) has seen 84 officers leave since January 2020 and is now making clear it will no longer respond to theft calls.

The Daily Mail reports the department will also forgo answering fraud and trespassing calls.

APD Police Chief David Zack cites the “protests against law enforcement” as one of the factors that led so many officers to step away from the job.

The Ashville Citizen Times notes that “the APD officer attrition rate, formerly one per month, jumped to 7.5 per month in the four months after local protests set off by Minneapolis police murdering Black resident George Floyd.” And even after the highest profile protests waned the APD continues to see an attrition rate of roughly six officers a month.

That is just the latest example of an issue we have reported on multiple times.

Attack the police. Throw them under the bus to appease rioters. Cut their budgets by millions.

Then proceed to complain when crime spikes, or slow reaction times because of the demonization of all law enforcement.


One of the most disturbing things, at least to me, is when the left has gone so insane that even other liberals turn away from their orthodoxy, and I find myself agreeing with at least some positions said liberal is espousing.

Bill Maher, a liberal comedian who once wished for a recession just to damage Donald Trump during his presidency, has recently dropped a few hard, brutal truth bombs against the left.

This includes his assertions that the media's COVID "panic porn" has generated a lot of misinformed liberals, while complimenting the Republican governor of Florida, Ron DeSantis, and condemning NY's "luv guv" Andrew Cuomo over their handling of protecting the elderly.

Maher, which I remind everyone once again is a liberal, took on the scam of colleges and Biden's proposals to give "free" college to all, by asking "Is it really liberal for someone who doesn't go to college and makes less money to pay for people who do go and make more?"

One of the best aspects of his screed was when he asserted that colleges have "turned into giant luxury day care centers."


Perhaps the best example of how liberalism truly is a mental disorder is the way they can self-own themselves without even understanding the lunacy of the positions they are taking.

Take the latest two stories about Twitter.

Twitter bans liberal feminist Naomi Wolf, for daring to question the official narrative on COVID vaccines.

Amidst the spread of that news, we see that Twitter banned the President of Nigeria, so Nigeria blocked Twitter throughout the country, and Twitter takes to the site to say:

We are deeply concerned by the blocking of Twitter in Nigeria. Access to the free and #OpenInternet is an essential human right in modern society.

We will work to restore access for all those in Nigeria who rely on Twitter to communicate and connect with the world.

Yes, this is true, it is not satire and that came from Twitter's official, verified, public policy account.

The same company that bans conservatives for wrong-speak on their platform.

Liberalism truly is a mental disorder.

President Trump's speech in North Carolina on Saturday, shown below, covers much of the same insanity we have been speaking about, including the craziness of the "defund the police" movement at the beginning of his speech. 

:: 6-7-21 The Washington Standard :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Outsourcing Production Of Virtually Everything Has Brought US To Brink Of Nightmare Economy Scenario

Michael Snyder / June 7, 2021

Many of the imbalances that are contributing to the nightmarish shortages that we are currently witnessing are not going to be solved any time soon. Ever since I started The Economic Collapse Blog, I have been warning that outsourcing the production of just about everything and running massive trade deficits year after year would eventually have very serious consequences down the road. Well, now we are officially “down the road”, and our incredibly foolish trade policies have put us in a very precarious position. During the “good times”, being extremely dependent on the rest of the world to make stuff for us wasn’t a problem, but now it is rapidly becoming a national security issue.

For example, without a steady flow of computer chips, our society as it is formulated today simply could not function. We need computer chips for our vehicles, for the trucks that transport all of our goods, for the farm equipment that produces our food, for the extremely sophisticated equipment in our hospitals and for the millions upon millions of electronic devices that connect to the Internet.

The global chip shortage has been a very painful reminder of how exceedingly dependent we have become on technology, and it has also shown us how unwise it was to outsource production of most of our chips to Asia.

Back in 1990, the United States produced 37 percent of all computer chips in the world.

Today, that number has fallen to just 12 percent.

Business leaders are now pledging to start ramping up production here in the U.S., but that will take an extended period of time, and Intel’s CEO is openly admitting that the current shortage of chips could take “several years” to be resolved…

Intel Corp’s (INTC.O) CEO said on Monday it could take several years for a global shortage of semiconductors to be resolved, a problem that has shuttered some auto production lines and is also being felt in other areas, including consumer electronics.

Sadly, there are many other industries where our outsourcing makes us extremely vulnerable.

Did you know that 60 percent of all apple juice that is sold in this country now comes from China?…

Taken together, these laws explain why the apple orchards near my hometown disappeared. Nearly 60 percent of the apple juice sold in the United States comes from China, even though most of America has a climate conducive to apple production. The problem is so bad that salmon caught in the United States is shipped to China for processing and then shipped back to the United States for consumption.

There is no reason why we can’t make our own apples. In fact, weather conditions are ideal for apple growing in much of the nation.

And how hard can it be to gather apples and squeeze the juice out of them? We should be able to do that here.

But during the “good times”, big corporations discovered that they could make a little bit more profit by outsourcing to China, and so that is what they did.

Over the decades, big corporations have come to dominate food production in America, and this has pushed small family farmers to the brink of extinction…

The design of this framework benefits only the largest farmers who have the resources to produce these commodities at scale. For family farmers, the impact has been devastating. The share of each dollar spent on food that winds up in the hands of farmers has fallen from 53 cents in 1946 to 14 cents today, the lowest level ever recorded. Diversified family farms raising a variety of crops and livestock have been replaced by large industrial operations exclusively growing commodities like corn and soy at scale.

This grimness has caused countless family farms to throw in the towel. Since 1980, America has lost 50 percent of its cattle farms, 80 percent of its dairies, and 90 percent of its hog farms. As Benson and Butz threatened, farmers were forced to choose between getting big or getting out. The average size of a farm nearly doubled from 650 acres in 1987 to 1,201 acres in 2012.

As long as relations with China are good, we will be able to get the apple juice, salmon and other food products that we need from them.

However, if relations with China get really sour, all of a sudden there will be a whole bunch of basic things that will be in short supply and that we won’t be able to make for ourselves.

Speaking of China, there is a very serious shortage of shipping containers right now. And one factor that is making it worse is that we buy far more from China than they buy from us. So empty shipping containers are stacking up on our side of the Pacific Ocean because there is not enough commercial traffic going back the other way.

Sometimes empty shipping containers are shipped back to foreign ports without anything in them, but this is exceedingly wasteful…

Using export data from U.S. Customs and Border Protections compiled by trader intelligence data firm Import Genius, Earther analyzed thousands of U.S. export records marked “empty container” shipped by Thor Joergensen A/S, a supplier based in Denmark whose largest customer is Maersk Logistics.

We found that in 2020, 668,086 empty containers were shipped to foreign ports around the world, 12 times more than in 2019. At the height of this empty container frenzy, in November 2020, 87,000 ghost containers were exported, 87 times more than at same time in 2019.

Another shortage that is weighing heavily on the U.S. economy is the worker shortage. Even though employment is still way, way below pre-pandemic levels, millions of Americans have decided that they simply do not want to go back to work because of the generous government benefits that they are now bringing in.

As a result, we are now facing a serious worker shortage, and the U.S. Chamber of Commerce says that it is “getting worse by the day” “The worker shortage is real — and it’s getting worse by the day,” US Chamber of Commerce President and CEO Suzanne Clark said.

Most big corporations can easily pay more to bring in new workers, but many small businesses that are barely scraping by cannot afford to shell out higher wages. Along with other factors such as widespread shortages and higher commodity prices, this is creating a “perfect storm” that threatens to force many more small businesses to shut their doors. In fact, one recent survey found that 35 percent of all small businesses in America are “at risk of closing permanently by the end of the summer”…

As small businesses complain that it has never been harder for them to hire workers according to a recent NFIB survey, many are facing growing pressure to survive. As the American economy continues to reopen, some fear it might not happen soon enough to save thousands of small businesses. Data from Alignable’s June Revenue Poll shows that 35% of all small business owners are still at risk of closing permanently by the end of the summer.

Among the 3,772 small business owners in the 10 days ended June 1, Alignable’s June Revenue Poll showed a myriad of factors – including the remaining closures and restrictions, growing inflationary pressures on prices, rising gas and transportation prices and labor shortages – are creating problems that affect small businesses more intensely than their corporate partners.

The U.S. economy has proven to be quite resilient, but the extreme imbalances that we are witnessing now threaten to cause immense damage in the months ahead, and they won’t be solved any time soon. In fact, I believe that our economic challenges will soon escalate dramatically.

Before I end this article, I want to take a moment to acknowledge the passing of Robert Wenzel. He was an important voice for liberty, and I always enjoyed his commentary on The Economic Policy Journal.

So many people have been dying lately. Robert was only 63, and he will be missed.  It has been said that life is like a coin. You can spend it any way that you want, but you can only spend it once.  Be sure to spend your life on something that really matters.

Article posted with permission from Michael Snyder 

:: 6--21 Brighteon :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mike Adams' covid vaccine message to family and friends... what you aren't being told by the establishment


113 comments Disqus' Privacy Policy 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

[ ::